ene 8 8 29-8 0 —0- Ong => 0 0 2 . Tek fet rer htarit ti cette rerer rests $ ’ + . i Taps * it . Gt ih ieletotate tt ; iii § SZcry 2) <2 eH) INV NX \Y = \ \ \\ YS =\\ a Cj A \ ) i} i) Yi, ay Bequest of Kenneth K. Mackenzie - MINNESOTA = cs ¥ % BOTANICAL STUDIES bs EDITED BY CONWAY MACMILLAN Bie BULLETIN NO, 9 OF THE SURVEY , BOTANICAL SERIES N@duvd TVOINVLOES MYUOA MIN os 8002 ° 0 Agi ‘ UV roryr mT ATK 440 Sealy ee Ne ORR TKS ~ MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 1894-1898 Ein wig HARRISON & SMITH eae PRINTERS — MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. The University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. November Ist, 1897. . Joun S. PILLSBURY, President of the Board of Regents of the University, me of MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, being Bulletin No. the Survey and the second volume of the Botanical series. ae Pama, Sir: your obedient servant, Conway MACMILLAN, State Botanist. BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY The HON. JOHN S. PILLSBURY, Minneapolis, - Regent for Life The Hon. DAVID M. CLOUGH, Minneapolis, - - - Ex-Officio The Governor of the State. CYRUS NORTHROP, LL. D., Minneapolis, - - - Ex-Officio The President of the University. The Hon. W. W. PENDERGAST, M. A.,Hutchinson, - Ex-Officio The State Superintendent of Public Instruction. The HON. GREENLEAF CLARK, M.A., St. Paul, - - - - 1904 The Hon. S. G. SMITH, St. Paul, = E - - = = 1904 The HON. STEPHEN MAHONEY, B. A., Minneapolis, - - - 1901 The HON. SIDNEY M. OWEN, Minneapolis, - - - - 1902 The HON. ALPHONSO BARTO, St. Cloud, - - - - - 1902 The Hon. M. R. Topp, Preston, - - . - - - 1902 The HON. WILLIAM M. LIGGETT, Benson, - - - - 1903 The Hon. A. &. RICE, Willmar, - 2 - . - - - 1903 The HON. ELMER ADAMS, Fergus Falls, - - - - . 1904 TABLE OF CONTENTS Pretarory nete, by ‘THe EDITOR tas. .s ede sonar ccasd On the occurrence of sphagnum atolls in central Minnesota, by CONWAY MACMILLAN............. Some extensions of plant ranges, by E. P. SHELDON. On the nomenclature of some North American species of Astragalus, by EH. P. SHELDON.........0cs0000% List of fresh water algae collected in Minnesota dur- ing 1893, by JOSEPHINE E. 'TILDEN.............+.- On the poisonous influence of Cypripedium spectabile and Cypripedium pubescens, by D. T. MACDOUGAL. Nitrogen assimilation by Isopyrum biternatum, by ER A EASA UO SHAMS oA Voice w ethos bee ae 2.4 emlage waletes On the morphology of hepatic elaters, with special reference to branching elaters of Conocephalus conicus, by JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN..............06: Revised descriptions of the Minnesota Astragali, by Dh heh 2 oy Fe ee RE Synonymy of the North American species of Juncodes, with further nomenclatural notes on Astragalus, DYE Eo SHBLDON ee skincare ees cae «s'elede. cc en eee ee Further extensions of plant ranges, by E. P. SHELDON. Determinations of some Minnesota lichens, by W. D. UDR Oe Dra Sn a cae atsn ee ae Mee wae ale G4 o/catesujslee te e's» A revision of the Mucoraceae with especial reference to species reported from North America, by RoscoEr EASE gay arets ts Ses INT Ore ocia't als de steno an ohare bee Revision of the Minnesota grasses of the tribe Hor- (MGAG.* DYeH RANOTSPEVANPATIOY). ste cain ccs becca sie oe A prelimary list of the North American species of Astragalus, Dy FO) @. SHBUDON «<2. vc ines ecnee sen On a new registering balance, by A. P. ANDERSON... On a new electrical auxanometer and continuous PECOTUGIY DYRV Vs) ES ROST jo vice doc seis coin t'b'e ewe'elain Sie Titles of literature concerning the fixation of free nitrogen by plants, by D. T. MACDOUGAL......... Compilation of records of some Minnesota flowering Mites, Vel, Posie hte. de kskw cy cashes aesiess List of fresh-water algae collected in Minnesota dur- ing 1894, by JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN..............+: vi XXI. XXII. XXIII. XXIV. XXV. XXVI. XXVII. XXVIII. XXIX., XXX. XXXI. XXXII. XXXII. XXXIV. XXXV: XXXVI. XXX VII. XXXVIIL. XXXIX. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The grand period of growthin a fruit of Cucurbita pepo determined by weight, by ALEX. P. ANDERSON... A preliminary list of the mosses of Minnesota, by JOHN OL. FOLZINGERT 6. ch Aen otic ee secs oe eee A contribution to the bibliography of American aleae:) by JOSEPHINE SH: LIEDEN(: & osssseee sche On the genus Cypripedium L., with reference to Min- nesota species, by HENRIETTA G. FOX............ Poisonous infiuence of various species of Cypripedium, DY Da Ts MA CDOUGAT AE. aoe dens ele nee eee Tree temperatures, recorded by Roy W. SQUIRES.... Some Hepaticae of Minnesota, by JOHN M. Houz- INGER A study of some Minnesota Mycetozoa, by E. P. SHELDON): 2:;- i shiwie cice see ember cimiiees wie Ble oso ns ee On the distribution of the North American Helvel- lales, by LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD...........++ee0: A contribution to the physiology of the root tubers of Isopyrum biternatum (RAF.) TorR. and GRAY, by DT. MacDOuUGAL iodide dpiene ho e's velcaeeee = eee Determinations of plants collected by Dr. J. H. SANDBERG, in Northern Minnesota, during 1891, by Js, (Mi. HOU ZINGHERS cia ng ccna oekadusee sone eee Estimation of the changes in dry weight of leaves of Helianthus, by S. THomMPson and W. W. PEN- DEBGAS®. conga kar wpe een sev ak « ieee ta ecie s phe te Ree Some Muscineae of the northern boundary of Minne- sota, collected by Conway MacMillan, during 1895. ‘by. Jc eM cELOLZINGHRS crs sn ceeeioces ane ae eee Additional extensions of plant ranges, by E. P. SHELDON ee eee tee eee eee ee ee see eee eee eeeeeFESeFeseeseseeee ec | List of fresh-water algae collected in Minnesota during 1895, by JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN............ A contribution to the life-history of Pilinia diluta Wood and Stigeoclonium flagelliferum Kg., by JOsE- PHUNE By. eC DG DEIN... /oidieties olicls sins etc s citrine eae Pollination and reproduction of Lycopersicum escu- lentum, by BRUCE WINK. os. 5.) 2.00% 2s sence A re-arrangement of the North American Hyphomy- cetes I, by Rosco—E POUND and FREDERIC IE. CLE MENIES [2 Sie ome toe cies Webs. cele beams eine eae On the stem-anatomy of certain Onagraceae, by ERANCIS) RAMAT MWS sc uicistee.c <2 cee dees foe ie eee A new Hypnum of the section Caliergon, by JOHN M. LOL ZING ERAT sis pelle eee ghia chaste Ebhalchaalc ss oe Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Minnesota. I. Lichens of Lake of the Woods, by BRUCE FINK ea | oe he xu Contributions toa knowledge of the lichens of Minne- M, ‘sota. II. Lichens of Minneapolis and vicinity, by an ot Pan ERR STOM IE WU TES c/o s Casio oiec'ns 0s es ga eee A ey | sai A re-arrangement of the North American Hyphomy- cetes. Il, by Rosco—E PoUND and FREDERIC E. We gn REMMI AGS jnlp enna pe is, w'sicre ais. ¢ cle bia sie yi edie as eal ema “oo On some mosses at high altitudes, by J. M. Hotz- om 2 AES ee eee Sat MeT Ben bie viride 739 3] The forces determining the position of dorsiventral = TRAVEG AIM Peds DUA cc coating os dh psy dad alent ee 743 va On the genus Coscinodon in Minnesota, by J. M. RE UGE ee tuttai seers etek da ois bre ole wa vat wake eee eae 753 Observations on the ferns and flowering plants of the Hawaiian Islands, by A. A. HELLER...... onee ae oo TRO a, The phenomena of symbiosis, by ALBERT SCHNEI- me ORS re Miainb eek in waking Cory b osalnw Sadiosaiv iricteo.a'oe 0 o ce en do? ae ie L. Observations on the distribution of plants along a shore at Lake of the Woods, by CONWAY MaAc- eee Ty REG AES RE ieee ee eS ee ee id caer SEOAD ig LI. The alkaloids of Veratrum, by GEO. B. FRANK- kee PEM REE EN tance Bigia a's piss « vce Riapwielv e's « Cras bore oe OS ~ ” “ -~". z
+
Ret Da See eT
ea pete his ie gk SO Bh ve eth i Fa ES ae 5 ae arn A8
is ped 2 Ke Pas ee ia 0) f e 1S Drab ae yx es ;" is
ike # see Ne F d
: | MacMillan: OCCURRENCE OF SPHAGNUM ATOLLS. 3 :
_ form width of about ten feet. On the west its continuity is Z.
: broken by a channel, twelve feet across, which furnishes com- }.
munication between the waters of the intra-insular lagoon and
_ those of the pond outside of the atoll.
Measurements of Ballard’s atoll and pond. Measure-
ments of the pond in which Ballard’s atoll is situated
showed its dimensions to be as given above. The depth of the
_ water is nowhere great. The greatest depth is about twelve
feet and this maximum of depth, as is usually the case with the
glacial lakes and ponds of Minnesota! is in the middle,
consequently within the lagoon. At the shore there is no
_ definite beach line. From it the water increases gradually in
_ depth until within about six feet of the outer aspect of the
% _atoll-ring. At this point it measures but about four and one
half feet. The transition to the emergent surface of the atoll
is therefore somewhat abrupt, but in this character not
equaling the still more abrupt shelving off from the inner
aspect of the atoll to the maximum depth of the lagoon. No-
___ where outside of the atoll, so far as our measurements indi-
cated, was the depth of water half so great as within the
lagoon. The bottom from shore to atoll is very soft, consist-
__ ing of black vegetable muck with a considerable intermixture
te of decaying sphagnum. Within the lagoon, the decayed
e. aa is not so abundantly present.
Vegetation of the pond outside of Ballard’s atoll. When
‘a f “observed i in the early part of July the waters of the pond pre-
2 Es. sented a considerable though not luxuriant growth of aquatic
f and semi-aquatic vegetation. The following plants were most
_ conspicuous:
ss Carex pseudocyperus Linn. var. americana Hochst.—Sedge.
ih 4 _ Carex lupulina’ Muhl.—Sedge.
ig SS * Carex retrorsa Schwein. —Sedge. .
_ Scirpus fluviatilis (Torr. ) Gray.—Bulrush.
Juncus effusus Lian.—Rush.
Tris versicolor Linn.—F leur de Lis.
' Potentilla palustris (Linn. ) Scop.—Marsh Hive finger.
Utricularia vulgaris Linn.—Bladderwort.
Utricularia intermedia Hayne.—Bladderwort.
At one point in the pond a small island had been formed upon
yy, which a clump of Betula pumila Linn. (low birch) had estab-
» 68
aM,
.
t? 1. Hall, C. W. Formation and! Deformation of Minn. Lakes. Science. 21: 314
ike ©, 1803
a
=
a
fr
oa
De” yh =
4 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
lished itself, and here and there patches of sphagnum the size
of a dinner-plate were floating on the surface of the water.
Three species of sphagnum were present, but these have not —
yet been specifically determined. Inthe channel throvgh which —
the pond drains into lake Whitman, as noted above, Typha lati-
folia Linn. (cat-tail) was observed, but elsewhere it was want-
ing in this pond, though a very common aquatic of the region ©
in general.
Vegetation of Ballard’s atoll. The plants established upon
the atoll itself were, however, very different, and in the case of
one plant highly remarkable. When seen from the shore, early —
in July, the atoll was aflame with the crimson flowers of Sar-
racenia purpurea Linn.—the side-saddle flower, or as more
commonly termed in Minnesota, the pitcher-plant. Mingled
with the red, and scarcely less abundant, were the white and
cottony inflorescences of three different species of Eriophorum
(cotton-grass). A careful examination of the atoll, close at
hand, showed that the following plants were established upon |
it:
Scheuchzeria palustris Linn.
Carex tenuifiora Wahl.—Sedge.
Carex tenella Schkr.—Sedge.
Carex intumescens Rudge.—Sedge.
Eriophorum polystachion Linn.—Cotton-grass,
Eriophorum gracile Koch.—Cotton-grass.
Eriophorum vaginatum Linn.—Cotton-grass.
Pogonia ophioglossoides (Linn. ) Ker.—Adder’s tongue orchis.
Limodorum tuberosum Linn.—Purple orchis.
Lyonia calyculata (Linn.) Reich.
Kalmia glauca Ait.—Pale laure].
Andromeda polifolia Linn.—Andromeda.
Oxycoccus oxycoccus (Linn.) MacM.—Small cranberry:
Menyanthes trifoliata Linn.—Buckbean.
_ Sarracenia purpurea Linn.—Pitcher- plant.
In addition to these and forming a matrix upon which they
had developed were the same three undetermined species of
sphagnum which had been found in small patches outside of
the atoll. The general texture of the atoll was loose so that
one standing anywhere upon it soon sank into the soft and
spongy moss up to the knees, Compared with that of the
surrounding pond it will be seen that the atoll vegetation
is entirely distinct. The most notable plant, from the point of
view of the plant geographer, is Kalmia glauca Ait. This lo-
ie) Wane BAe +
7 gta
ee ons” Tan Niege < ¥:
vet AS Pe a ii: ee
art he we AL at ced
La
MacMillan: OCCURRENCE OF SPHAGNUM ATOLLS. 5
-
this plant, in central Minnesota. It has previously been re-
. ported from the north shore of lake Superior by Messrs.
___- Sandberg, Aiton and Schmidt. The two orchids—Pogonia and
___ Limodorum—are rare plants in central Minnesota and Eriopho-
rum vaginatum Linn. is comparatively infrequent. On the
a atoll there was a distinct arrangement of species which is of
interest. Menyanthes trifoliata Linn. was most abundant on
_ the outer and inner edges. kKalmia occupied five distinct
-_- patches, being abundant in these areas, but not between. The
Res: _ Sarracenia and Eriophorum occupied the central position in the
: _atoll-ribbon and sought apparently the firmer substratmu.
_ Oxycoccus and Andromeda were sparingly represented. Only
a dozen or so plants of Lyonia were observed.
General description of Anderson’s atoll. This atoll oc-
curs in asmall pond tributary to the north bay of lower Gull
lake. The pond is barely fifty yards across, with high banks,
and the atoll ring is within a foot or two of twenty yards in di-
ameter. Its breadth, however, is greater than that of Bal-
“ ee - lard’s atoll, being twelve feet on the average from the outer to
the inner aspect. The lagoon, then, is slightly less than fifty
‘ [ae _ feet across. The pond-waters outside are clothed with a luxu-
‘ees - riant growth of Panicularia fluitans (Linn.) OK. mingled with
the following in less abundance:
_ Typha latifolia Linn.—Cat-tail.
-Potamogeton zosteraefolius Schum.—Pondweed.
Sagittaria sagittaefolia Linn.—Arrow-head.
_ Phragmites phragmites (Linn.)Karst.—Reed grass. .
Polygonum emersum ( Mx.) Britt.—Smartweed.
_ ___ Utricularia intermedia Hayne.—Bladderwort.
The water of the pond was shallow, averaging four feet, just
outside of the atoll-ring. The vegetation of the atoll itself,
- except for the presence of thesame three species of Sphagnum
and avery abundant growth of Limodorum, differed entirely
___ from that of Ballard’s atoll. The most conspicuous plant was
_ ____ Picea mariana (Mill.) B.S.P. Twenty-seven young trees of this
_--—s«Species—the black spruce—had established themselves upon
e ger the atoll. The largest was but four and one-half feet in
5 ©, height, while the smallest noted was not over eight inches.
These trees, evenly distributed, occupied the middle of the
_ ribbon of sphagnum and presented a most attractive and
a unusual appearance, forming as they did an almost perfect
ieee" ring about the open, placid and central lagoon. Next in im-
.
6 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
portance, as giving character to the atoll, was a dense growth
of Ledum latifolium Ait.—Labrador tea—which covered almost
the entire island. A complete list of plants observed on An-
derson’s atoll is as follows:
Sphagnum, three undetermined species.—Peat-moss.
Panicum crus galli var. hispidum (Muhl.) Torr.—Cock’s-
comb grass, (four plants, only. )
Gyrostachys romanzowiana (Cham.) MacM.—Tress orchis.
Limodorum tuberosum Linn.— Purple orchis.
Cornus canadensis Linn’-—Dwarf cornel.
Ledum latifolium Ait.—Labrador tea.
Andromeda polifolia Linn.—Andromeda.
Gentiana sp. und.—Gentian.
Campanula aparinoides Pursh.—Bellflower.
Picea mariana ( Mill.) B.S.P.—Black spruce.
Curiously, Sarracenia and Oxycoccus, very commonly found
in peat-bogs, did not appear on this atoll—or, at least were not
observed. In general the texture of the atoll mass was much:
firmer than that of Ballard’s atoll. One could stand anywhere
upon it without sinking in above the insteps. This was doubt-
less due to the firmer interknitting of the roots of Picea and
Ledum. The lagoon of this atoll, unlike that of the other, was
somewhat invaded with floating vegetation—mostly Utricularia
intermedia Hayne, with a few plants of Panicularia.
Origin of the atolls. To frame a reasonable explanation of
the way in which these sphagnum atolls have developed is not
altogether easy, Various hypotheses present themselves, some
of which will not be discussed here. That the ponds in which
the atolls are formed are certainly not fed by springs indicates
that no connection between these peculiar ring-formed masses
of sphagnum and the domed or raised peat bogs 2 can be as-
sumed. Were the atoll-lagoons fed by springs from the bottom
it might be supposed that the original form of the sphagnum
mass was that of a dome and that through pressure or variation
in water level the dome had been broken and thus a depression,
occupied by the lagoon, had appeared. This hypothesis would,
however, be rendered untenable by the greater depth of the
lagoon than of the surrounding pond. Nor would it be clearly
apparent why the submergence of the region outside of the
atoll—postulated by such an hypothesis—should have taken
place.
2. Ganong, W. F. Onraised peat-bogs in New Brunswick. Bot. Gaz. 16 :; 123
1891.
a Ae is is
MacMillan: OCCURRENCE OF SPHAGNUM ATOLLS. 7
Hypothesis of changes in pond level. The explanation of
‘ts the presence of sphagnum atolls may be derived from assumed
_ changes in level of the pond water, and indeed their presence
_ may, conversely, be held to indicate or to demonstrate fluctua-
tions in the pond level. If it be possible to conceive that in
these two atoll-producing ponds there has been, during the
course of years, a gradual diminution in size followed by a
__ rather rapid increase in diameter and depth, I believe the for-
_mation of the atolls would become a phenomenon readily com-
prehensible. It might be shown that the sequence of events
e? was somewhat as follows: The ponds through those gradual
_ and rather complicated changes in drainage, rate of silt-depo-
sition, annual rain fall, bottom physiognomy and evaporation
bes which are known to affect the dimensions of bodies of fresh
_ water in a glacial area, slowly diminished in size until their
” shore lines were approximately coincident in position with the
inner aspect of the modern atoll ring. The whole diameter of
the pond, at this stage of its development as a geographical
_ feature, would have been approximately equal to the diameter
of the present intra-insular lagoon. Concomitantly with such
“4 diminution in size, doubtless extending over a term of years,
_ vegetation of the shoreward area would have established itself
in characteristic zones*. The littoral flora and the submerged
ark plants just outside the shores would have formed a loose turf
_ lining the edges of the pond. This turf would have become
gradually more solid as it extended farther landward and
- would at a little distance from the water’s edge have become
_ modified in character and in vegetation, giving a foot-hold for
plants of larger growth. It is not imperative to assume that
_ this shore-lining formation was necessarily of a sphagnum
type, although in fact it might very well have been of such a
nature. When, subsequently to this epoch of gradual diminu-
_ tion, the ponds began to increase again, the effect of the rise in
_ level of the water was to detach from the shore a ring of the
; loose littoral turf and.this mass of vegetation with its attend-
ant soil, buoyed up at first as a circular floating bog, appears
to-day as the characteristic sphagnum-atoll. That the atolls
should be of such regular width, varying but a foot or two on
any line from outer to inner aspect, indicates the regularity of
slope, on all sides, of the pond-bottom towards the shore. Ap-
parently the line along which the floatable portion of the shore-
3. Magnin, Ant. Recherch.surla vegetation des Lacs du Jura. Rev. Gen. de Botan.
5: 241,303. 1893.
i RSS eu ee he. out Tes Sle Sis Ye Bie cae, | le ea i Miatnase aon, Tx he i
hears A ee DEORE Ly AT hy ORS DARN TAN ORE aS ON Reed
ps at Ny) WEN oe Shooter
8 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
vegetation separated from the firmly anchored portion was
very nearly concentric with the shore line itself. Having, by
its rise, thus detached a floating bog differing from the innu-
merable other floating bogs of the Minnesota lakes only in its
regular and annular outline, the pond continued to increase and
spread over the greater part of its original bed. This increase
in size left the annular bog far out in the waters of the pond
which had formed it by its fluctuations in level, and as the
mass of vegetation and soil became thoroughly saturated with
the water below, its character may. gradually have changed
until only the sphagnum plants retained vitality, Generations
of these, succeeding each other contributed to the weight of
the ring and finally pressed it down upon the bottom of the
pond, forming the anchored atoll of the present. As the
texture of the atoll became firmmer—at first along a line about
equi-distant from its outer and inner faces—new plants estab-
lished themselves, their seeds and fruits having been carried
there by the winds and by birds, or having perhaps lain dor-’
mant a long time after the original detachment of the bog.
Ballard’s atoll with its Sarracenia, Eriophorum and Kalmia
vegetation and its spongy texture appears to be less fully de-
veloped than Anderson’s with its firmer structure and its
_ growth of Ledum and Picea. Both, however, might have been
formed synchronously, but the smaller, situated in the shallower
pond might be supposed to have developed its peculiarities
more rapidly than the larger.
Fluctuations in lake and pond levels. Such fluctuations —
in the level of ponds and lakes are by no means unknown’, and
may very properly be assumed in the case of the two ponds in
question. Mr. Warren Upham very kindly calls my attention
to the remarkable case of Stump lake in North Dakota as evi-
dence, and with his permission I offer here, from his forth-
coming work on the glacial lake Agassiz, a somewhat extended
quotation, the whole of which has direct bearing on the subject
discussed in the present paper: x
‘‘Devil’s lake and Stump lake, situated near together in
North Dakota, were found by my levelling in August, 1887, re-
spectively 1,432 and 1,417 feet above the sea. Devil’s lake at-
tains a maximum depth of 75 or 80 feet in the eastern portion
of its broadest area, and the northeast arm of Stump lake
is said to be in some places 100 feet deep. Both lakes are now
4, Whittesly, Charles. On Fluctuations of Levelin the North American Lakes
Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 12: pp. 25. 1860.
MacMillan: OCCURRENCE OF SPHAGNUM ATOLLS. 1)
ee without outlets, but distinct beach lines show that since the re-
cession of the ice of the Glacial period they have been raised
nearly 25 feet above the present level of Devil’s lake, being
then confluent, with an outlet from the southwestern area of
Stump lake, southward to the Sheyenne.
Devil’s lake shows evidence of having attained about the year
1830, a level sixteen feet higher than its low stage in 1889,
reaching at or near the former date to the line that limits the
large and dense timber of its bordering groves. Below that
line are only smaller and scattered trees, of which Captain E.
E. Heerman informed me that the largest found by him and cut
a few years ago had fifty-seven rings of annual growth. Within
the twenty-five years since the building of Fort Totten, this
lake has fallen nine or ten feet; and it has fluctuated four feet,
under the influence of the changes in the average precipitation
of rain and snow during the past dozen years.
It is also known that these lakes have stood continuously
lower than now, at least by several feet, during a long period,
sufficient for the growth of large forests on the shores of Stump
lake, and of the north and south Washington lakes and lake
a Coe, in T. 149, R. 63, for this is proved by submerged logs and
_ stumps, the latter standing rooted in the soil where they grew.
_ Many of these logs and stumps have been hauled out of the
southeastern bay of Stump lake by the neighboring farmers
for use as fuel. This prolonged epoch of comparative desicca-
tion may have coincided with the more arid conditions in the
Great Basin, which as shown by Professor I. C. Russell, ap-
_ pear to have entirely dried up Pyramid, Winnemucca and other
lakes of Nevada about three hundred years ago.’*
From the case of Stump lake an analogy may be derived for
the ponds in Cass county where the atolls have been noted. It
3 is probable, however, that no such lapse of years need be de-
manded for the periodic diminution and increase of these
_ ponds, as is indicated by the Stump lake and Devil’s lake phe-
nomena described above. Indeed, I am not clear that the sud-
_ den rise in the water was not coincident with the completion of
the lumbermen’s dam across Gull river, the outlet of Gull lake.
This I am informed was built about fourteen yearsago. By
it the level of the water in Gull lake itself has been maintained
sometimes as much as eight feet above its original and normal
level. It isa question, however, whether the time that has
* Russell: Geological History of Lake Lahontan, U. S, Geol. Surv. Monog. xi.
PP. 223-237, 252. Compare also G. K. Gilbert: Lake Bonneville, Monog i p. 258.
Being Wit 4 ra TINY Meg IS a ree neem, CONDO RA ERTS VEER Pane g a RN mS
10 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
elapsed since the completion of this dam would be at all suffi-
cient for the development of such an atoll as that of Anderson.
The growth of Picea would perhaps indicate a greater age
than this hypothesis would permit. I was at first inclined to
think that the fact of lake Whitman being not directly con-
nected with the Gull lake chain, but emptying into a rapid in-
let stream of Gull lake, was sufficient to disprove the hypothe-
sis that the dam on Gull river could have at all effected the sep- _
aration of the atoll-rings, but Mr. Upham in conversation
expresses the opinion that even a disconnected lake in the
neighborhood of one, the level of which had been increased by
a dam across its outlet, might vary in level through changes in
the saturation plane of the surrounding soil. Ballard’s atoll
‘could scarcely be connected with the changes in level of Gull
lake except upon the assumption of such modifications in the
general saturation plane of the district. From the facts at
hand neither Mr. Warren Upham nor the writer is inclined to
attribute the atoll-formations to the artificial increase in the
level of Gull lake and its tributaries. It is however a tenable
hypothesis and should it be the correct one furnishes a new
and highly interesting example of a method of plant-distribu-
tion and the appearance of a unique plant-physiognomic feature
through the modification of natural conditions, as a result of
human activity.
Particular conditions of atoll formation. It is evident that
the mere fact of decrease in the level of a pond, followed by
increase, does not explain fully the formation of the sphagnum
atolls which have been described in this paper. Were these
the only factors, apparently such atolls would be much more
common phenomena. Instead of being, so far as known, limi-
ted to two obscure ponds, they might be looked for in most of
the small bodies of fresh water in central Minnesota. The
rarity of atoll-producing ponds indicates that there must be a
concurrence of several favorable conditions else the atoll will
not be formed. t
- Original character of littoral vegetation. Still another and
-_ probably avery important condition of atoll formation would
_ be the original distinctive character of the shore vegetation of
the pond. If plants of robust growth, sending their roots deep
into the ground had early established themselves by the wa-
ter’s edge, they might have served to anchor the whole area
_ about them to such an extent that no floating bog could have
- been formed, or if formed it must have been fragmentary in
_ character, being derived from areas where such strong plants had
_ not become established. Therefore great homogeneity of vege-
eee ¥ a kes
_ rae
Mig oN,
-_
~
pik AF ete
¥
wipes. ot
oo he te Thy
tea
as
-
12 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
tation around the shore line of the pond at its season of low .
water must be postulated as a condition of atoll formation. As
stated above the shore-plants may have been largely sphagnous,
but they might, too, have consisted of small sedges, Campanula
and slender grasses—such as are important components of so
many shore-floras and floating-bog floras in the lakes of
Minnesota.
Slight lateral tension of winter ice. A not unimportant
condition of atoll formation and persistence is to be looked for
in the absence of strong lateral, shoreward ice-pressure, caused
by the expansion of ice as formed in winter upon the pond
surface. In ponds of considerable size and depth this is suffi-
cient to modify the shore vegetation and its distribution to a
very marked degree. It would evidently, too, exert a distort-
ing and destructive influence upon an annular floating bog if it
were of sufficient size, enclosing a lagoon of sufficient diameter
for such a force to become considerable. The depth, surface-
area, contour and cubic contents of the basin would, if an atoll
were to be formed, have to be of such a nature that this force,
when acting, should be distributed regularly and should remain
at a minimum.
Rapid anchoring of the atoll. It cannot be conceived that
the condition of a floating bog should persist for a long term
of years in the atoll-forming turf. Even if all the disturbing
causes acted at the minimum demanded by the hypothesis, and
under the favorable conditions outlined above, the persistence
through many decades of the floating position of the turf would
give opportunity for cumulative effects, slight in themselves,
but in the aggregate sufficient to distort or disrupt the ring. A
_ necessary condition of permanence in the atoll must be looked
for, then, in the comparatively rapid substitution of a grounded
or anchored position for the plastic, mobile, easily disturbed
position of the floating bog. It could have been for but a few
years at the most that the bog remained as a buoyant formation.
‘Sides: é
res
: ek oe
AD Fes
tue ee
Pe Geer tert fe
he
+.
~~
u ai
bss rape
- OETA Om
“ay NS = alee ee “~~ Wi fa
Pe ON ae Gann) MEN 2 5 oh nd |e hata pea
aren
Rees
er
> tle 2) 2
Through increase in mass and weight it must rapidly have
sunken and anchored itself firmly upon the bottom. Here again
a definite and not too great size and depth of the parent pond ~
appears as one of the essentials of atoll formation.
* Summary and eonclusion. A consideration of all the facts
catalogued upon the preceding pages permits a brief summary
as follows: :
1. Atolls of sphagnum with various adventitious plants
established upon them have been observed in central Minnesota.
MacMillan: OCCURRENCE OF SPHAGNUM ATOLLS. 13
2. The vegetation of the atolls differs from that of the pond
outside and the inner lagoon. It varies with the development
and desiccation of the atoll.
8. The origin of the sphagnum atolls in the cases studied
_ *may be ascribed to a season of gradual recession of the waters
-_ of the pond, followed by a season of comparatively rapid in-
crease in area and level.
va 4. The atolls first appeared as annular floating bogs separa-
* ted from the shoreward turf as a result of the original zonal
distribution of littoral plants and the rise of the waters together
with the favorable concurrence of a group of special and
necessary conditions.
aE 5. Some of the apparent conditions of atoll-formation are
(a) a definite maximum size and depth of the parent pond; (b)
considerable height and regularity of the banks of the parent
‘pond; (c) a regular and gentle slope of the pond bottom from
- shore tocenter; (d) a definite original character of littoral veg-
___ etation when the pond was at low level; (e) a reduction within
- minimum limits of the lateral pressure and tension of winter
ice; (f) a comparatively prompt anchoring of the atoll upon the
bottom.
be A number of special problems present themselves at the close
of the general investigation, but in this connection it will be
unnecessary to enter into them in detail. For example, there
- ‘might be noted the conditions which determine the average
width of the atoll, its distance from shore, the ratio between the
size of the intra-insular lagoon and of the pond as a whole, the
particular causes of the appearance of given species of plants
upon a given atoll, the relation between the vegetation of the
-__ atoll and of the pond and between the pond and the lagoon and
: a number of other matters, the full consideration of which would
prolong the discussion beyond bounds. The purpose of this
__ paper has been indicative rather than exhaustive, and having
____ described an unusual plant-formation with such hypotheses of
its origin as the facts would seem to warrant, it may properly
close. In conclusion it may be not immaterial to note the in-
teresting condition that would prevail should such circular
peat islands become fossilized subsequent to the complete ob-
literation of the ponds by invading vegetation. I am not aware
_ that such circular depositions of peat have been encountered,
but apparently their formation is not impossible and I should
% presume that under favorable conditions they might be demon-
strated by discovery.
14 : MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Ill. SOME EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES.
EDMUND P. SHELDON.
Potamogeton heterophyllus ScHres.
forma myriophyllus (ROBBINS). MoronaG. Naiad. N. Am. 24.
1893.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Abundant in lake Mora, Kanabec county, Minn. (Z£. P. S.,
July, 1892.) Found also in Page lake, Carver county, Minn.
(C. A. Ballard, August, 1892). A form which seems to be
intermediate between the above and forma minima Morong,
was found in a pond near Milaca, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (Z£.
P. S., July, 1892). It has the dichotomously branched stems
of the former and the small, one-nerved, submerged leaves and >
clustered fioating leaves of the latter.
Juncus greenii OAKES & TuCKERM. Am. Jour. Sci. I,
14:37. 1848.
Not previously reported from Minnesota. Sandy soil near
Zumbrota, Goodhue county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard, August, 1892).
I am indebted to Mr. F. V. Coville for the determination of this
plant.
Polygonum rigidulum n.sp. (Plate I).
Perennial, aquatic, stout, somewhat rigid, 3—6 feet high,
branching above the base, immersed portions of the stem much ~
swollen, geniculate, rooting at the nodes, tapering upward from
each node, glabrous below, minutely scabrous above with short
appressed hairs; leaves 3—7 inches in length, erect, not floating,
obliquely attached to the petioles, the lower ovate or roundly
-obcuneate, with petioles as long as the blade, mostly glabrous fe
or with short, appressed hairs on the veins underneath, the —
upper oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous or finely pubes-
cent; spikes elongated, in pairs; flowers pale rose color; fruit
orbicular, smooth and shining.
Fae ee ee eee AMR Oe Pe Me en. ee we aera
oo aah mopy: Ut MoE Nd pg cr aL a onl ds a ee
- Sheldon: EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 15
_ This plant is no doubt near to Polygonum emersum (Mx.) Britt.
but it differs in its larger size, aquatic habitat, the geniculate,
branching, tumid stems and the obcuneate, almost glabrous,
obliquely attached leaves, The proposed species prefers shal-
a low, sandy lake bottoms in clear water, which is in contrast to
the muddy edges of sloughs and swamps, the ordinary habitat.
a of Polygonum emersum.
wa Lake Mora, Kanabec county, Minn. (Z. P. S., July, 1892);
Lakeville lake, Dakota county, Minn, (Z. P. S., August, 1893);
Big Stone lake, Grant county, South Dakota (£. P. S., Sept.,
1898); small lakes near Willmar, Kandiyohi county, Minn. ( W. -
Dz Frost, July, 1892); near Nicollet, Nicollet county, Minn, (¢.
A. Bullard, July, 1892).
.
: Claytonia latifolia (SoLANDER).
Claytonia virginica Linn. var. latifolia SOLANDER in Ait. Hort.
Kew. 1: 284. 1789.
Claytonia caroliniana Micux. Fl. 1:160. 1803.
Hitherto the only Minnesota collections of this species have
been made along the southeastern border of the state. It is
- abundant in copses at Highland Park, near Duluth, Tower and
Encampment, Minn. (£. P. S., June, 1893).
ae shits St
eo SPs
y=
‘a Lychnis drummondii (Rupr.) Wats. King’s Rep. 5:37.
61871;
Ae | Not previously reported from Minnesota, although occurring
‘ in Winnipeg and south in the Rocky mountains. It was found
on sandy, sterile ground near Princeton, Mille Lacs county,
Minn. (£. P. S., July, 1892).
Ranunculus circinatus SiptH. Fl. Oxon. 1794.
rh Hitherto Minnesota collections of this species have been
made only at Vermilion lake (ZL. H. Bailey, July, 1886). It was
_ found in abundance at Silver lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. (Z.
P, S., August, 1892). The plant has the habit of recurving the
-flower-peduncles after flowering, thus withdrawing the fruit
under water to ripen; (carpotropische Bewegung).
: Nasturtium amphibium (Linn.) R. Br. in Ait. f, Hort.
| Kew. 4:110. 1814.
Not previously reported from the United States, although
collected by Dr. John Macoun, at Fort William, Lake Superior.
It was found in ditches and borders of small lakes near Milaca,
Mille Lacs county Minn. (£. P. S., July, 1892).
16 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Potentilla nicolletii (WatTs.).
Potentilla supina LINN. var. nicolletii WATS. Proc. Am. Acad.
$:553. 1873.
Stems erect, 10-15 inches long, leafy, pubescence close with
short appressed hairs; leaves ternate; inflorescence elongated,
-leafy and falsely racemose; achenes but little gibbous on the
ventral side; otherwise as in Potentilla supina LINN., which it —
most resembles.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Collected by Nicollet at Devil’s lake, North Dakota, (not
Minnesota, as given by Gray and Watson).
. Near Fergus Falls and Pelican lake, Otter Tail county, Minn.
(E..P. S., August, 1892).
Lespedeza angustifolia (PURSH). ELL. Sk. Bot. S. C.
2:206. 1824.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Specimens of this plant were found on dry, sandy hillsides
near Gull lake, Cass county, Minn. (MacMillan and Sheldon,
August, 1890).
Astragalus convallarius GREENE, Erythea. 1 : 207. 1893.
Not previously reported from Minnesota or South Dakota.
Abundant near Graceville, Big Stone, Brown’s Valley, Traverse
county, Minn., and near Wilmot, South Dakota (Z. P. S., Sept.,
1893).
Euphorbia hexagona Nutt. in Spreng. Syst. 3 : 791. 1826.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Collected near Vasa, Goodhue county, Minn. (D7. J. H. Sand-
berg, July, 1882).
Callitriche autumnalis Linn. Syst. Nat. 2:52. 1767.
Not previously reported from Minnesota, although mentioned
in Upham’s Flora of Minnesota, as to be looked for in the
northern part of the state. It was found in abundance on the
banks of the Mustinka river, near Wheaton, Traverse county,
Minn. (£. P. S., Sept., 1893).
Elatine triandra ScuKkuurR, Bot. Handb. n. 1028. 1808.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
This rare plant was collected in pools near Cannon river,
Burnside township, Goodhue county, Minn. (4. P. Anderson,
August, 1893).
iy “\ b $
«
, : uke deol
a Pe eee re, ee!
Se ee ee
Sheldon: EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 17
- Viola selkirkii GoLp1I£, Edinb. Phil. Journ. 6 :319, 1822.
_ This plant was reported by Mr. O. E. Garrison as occurring
i “a near the source of the Mississippi river, but prior to the present
. season no authentic specimens from Minnesota were known to
E the writer. It was found in abundance in woods near Tower,
_ Highland and Encampment, Minn. (Z£. P. S‘, June, 1893).
=
= Viola sylvestris LAM. var. puberula (Wars).
ee Viola canina Linn. var. puberula Wars. in Gray’s Man. 6 ed. 81.
ries 1890.
_____Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Laie °°
Collected in abundance on the rocky shores of Lake Superior
_near Two* Harbors, Knife river and Marmata, Minn. (Z. P. S.,
ba ‘Sune, 1893).
Viola longipes Nutt. in T, & G. Fl. 1:174. 1838.
> eae Viola debilis Nurr. Journ. Acad. Philad. 8:15. 1834.
~ i . not Viola debilis Micux. FI. Bor. Amer. 2: 150. 1803,
a _ which is a synonym of Viola striata Arr. Hort. Kew, 3:29. 1789.
at Viola canina Lrnn. var. longipes WATS. FI. Calif. 1:56. 1880,
2 ; but this latter probably refers to Viola adunca SmrvrH.
_ Not previously reported from Minnesota.
_ Growing abundantly on the pine barrens near Brainerd, Crow
= : Wing county, Aitkin and Nichols, Aitkin county, Minn. (£. P. S.,
eS June, 1892).
at es 7
__-—s Cusenta indecora Cxorsy, Cusc. 162. 1841.
__ Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Abundant on Vleckia foenicula (PURSH) RaF., Fergus Falls,
3 | Otter Tail county., Minn. (Z. P. S., August, 1892); on Solidago
i and . “ea Battle lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. ( E. P.
x Mpicago eae Mead: (B. C. Tar ie. Fie 1892).
Cuseuta coryli ENGLM. Am. Journ. Sci. I. 43 : 337. 1842.
Hitherto Minnesota collections of this species have been made
only in the southeastern corner of the state. It was found on
Solidago latifolia LINN., near Spicer, Kandiyohi county, Minn.
(W. D. Frost, August, 1892); Glencoe, McLeod county, Minn.
(2. J. McElligott, June, 1890).
18 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Solanum triflorum Nutt. Gen. 1:128. 1818.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Collected near Sabin, Clay county, Minn. (Miss Ida M. Piper,
June, 1891).
Veronica serpyllifolia Linn. | Spec. 15. 1758.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Ditches and roadsides near Knife river and Two Harbors,
Minn. (£. P. S., June, 1893). -
Lonicera caerulea LINN. Spec. 174. 1753.
Not previously reported from Minnesota, but collected at —
Port Arthur, Canada, by Dr. John Macoun. In a‘bog near
Highland, St. Louis county, Minn. (£. P. S., June, 1893).
Aster longulus n. sp. (Plate II).
Stem strict, branching above, 2—5 feet high, hispid with
jointed hairs; leaves linear, 1—4 inches in length, sessile, the
cauline with auriculate-clasping insertion, scabrous above, but
smooth beneath, margins scabrous-ciliolate; heads open panicu-
late, small, +—4 inches in height, singly terminating the erect
or slightly spreading branches; involucre 2—2} lines high;
bracts linear, loose, approximately equal, outer herbaceous; —
rays 4 inch in length, lilac-purple to white; achenes compressed,
3—5 nerved, slightly pubescent when young as in Aster puniceus —
LINN. .
The auriculate-clasping cauline leaves and loose, herbaceous
involucral bracts of this plant seem to suggest its relationship
to Aster tardiflorus LINN. and Aster puniceus LINN., but in aspect
it most nearly resembles Aster longifolius LAM. :
It was found in low swampy ground near Milaca, Mille Lacs
county, Minn. (£. P. S., July, 1892), and in marshy grounds by
roadsides near Center City, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Tay-
lor, August, 1892).
Aster turbinellus LINDL. in Hook. Com. Bot. Mag. 1 : 98.
1835.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Near Prospect Park, Minneapolis, Minn. (Z. P. S., Oct., 1892).
The ‘‘scabrous-ciliolate” leaves are characteristic.
Cacalia suaveolens Linn. Spec. 835. 1753.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
At the junction of the two branches of the Root river, near
Lanesboro, Fillmore county, Minn. (J. C. Hvosilef, Sept., 1893.
6
ON THE NOMENCLATURE OF SOME NORTH
AMERICAN SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS.
EDMUND P: SHELDON.
Astragalus ceramicus n. n.
Astragalus pictus A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 214. 1866.
Phaca picta A. GRAY, Pl. Fendl. 37. 1849.
not Astragalus pictus SreuD. Non. Ed. II, 1: 163. 1840,
a which i is the accepted name for a Chilean species;
=. -not Astragalus pictus Boiss. Diag. II, 6:55. 1853,
a re _ which is a synonym of Astragalus conduplicatus BERTOL. in
Bier Comm. Bonon. 6 :231. 1844, which isa plant of Syria and
pe en
Astragalus ceramicus n n. var. jonesii n. n.
Astragalus pictus A. GRAY, Var. angustatus JONES, Zoe, &: 37. 1893.
3 a not Astragalus angustatus Boss. Diag. I, 2:47. 1849,
Sa well known Persian species. The variety is named for Mr.
Me > ee ‘E. Jones, of Salt Lake City, Utah, whose description fully
ays = j : :
hn _ Astragalus ceramicus n. n. var. imperfectus n. n.
Ree Astragalus pictus A. GRAY, var. filifolius A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad.
| 6:214. 1866.
meet Astragulus filifolius A. GRAY, Pac. R. Rep. 12:42. 1860.
aay ae _ not Astragalus filifolius CLos. in C. Gay, Fl. Chil. 2:111. 1846,
__-which is an accepted name.
Pie
bier, Psoralea longifolia Pursn, lor. Amer. Sept. 2: 741. 1814.
A 4 Orobus longifolius Nutr. Gen. 2:95. 1818.
a Phaca longifolia Nurv. in T. a Fi. N. Am. 1: 346, 1838.
not Astragalus longifolius Lam. Ency. Meth. 1: 322. 1783,
ae which i is an Armenian species.
Se SL SRN Nes CCE GU ETON OF 2 TE
20 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus elatiocarpus a. sp.
Astragalus lotiflorus Hook. forma brachypus A. GRAY, Proc. Am.
Acad. 6: 209. 1866.
not Astragalus brachypus SCHRENK, Enum. Pl. Nov. 69. 1841,
a Soongarian species.
Perennial, acaulescent or somewhat caespitose with short,
thick, woody, rarely branching stems covered with white, ap-
pressed hairs; leaves erect-spreading, 2—5 inches in length,
rachis white-pubescent with long appressed hairs, leaflets
usually four pairs, rarely five or six, broadly lanceolate, acute
or in some forms obtuse or rarely retuse, pubescent with white,
appressed hairs beneath, slightly so above, stipules 2—8 lines
long, ovate-acuminate ; peduncles elongating after the pod has
matured, becoming as long or slightly longer than the leaves,
but flowers sessile, few, usually 3—4, small, 2—8 lines in
length, calyx teeth longer than the tube, corolla yellow, the
keel inflexed; pod ovate-acuminate, incurved, ~ to 1 inch in
length, sessile, woolly- pubescent with white, somewhat spread-
ing hairs, dorsal suture rarely very slightly impressed. -
I have been led to suggest the specific rank of this plant from
observations made at Silver lake, Otter Tail county, Minn.,
during the summer of 1892. It is very abundant in the sandy
‘‘throw-ups” on the shores of this lake. Dr. Gray, in separat-
ing the plant from Astragalus lotiforuws HOOK., gives as a reason
for its rank as a forma, ‘‘pedunculis brevissimis vel nullis.” I
have found that while this is true for the early stages of the
plant, the flower-peduncles after the maturity of the fruit,
elongate and thus raise the ripened pod from the sand or gravel
in which the plant grows to a height equal to or exceeding that
of the leaves. So far as I have been able to determine, this
phenomenon is unusual in Astragalus. Plants in which it oe-
curs might be named in general, elatiocarpic. .
The range of this species is from Colorado and Wyoming to
Texas, Minnesota and Hudson bay.
Astragalus accumbens n. n.
Astragalus procumbens WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 361. 1885.
not Astragalus procumbens Hook. & ARN. Bot. Beech. Voy. 18. 1830,
which is the accepted name for a Chilean species.
not Astragalus procumbens MiLu. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8. No. 18. 1768,
which is a synonym of Astragalus pentaglottis LINN. Mant. 247.
1767, a native of southern Europe and northern Africa.
“Sheldon: NOMENCLATURE OF ASTRAGALUS. 21
"Astragalus oblatus n. n.
Rats: jes k Astragalus nudus Wats. Lot. King. Exp. 5:74, 1871.
ah not Astragalus nudus CLos, in C. Gay, Fl. Chil. 2: 115. 1846,
a Chilean species.
ca,
ye B: Astragalus vexilliflexus n. n.
he BS Astragalus pauciflorus Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 149. 1838,
; not Astragalus pauciflorus PALL. Astrag. 81. 1800,
which is a synonym of (Gueldenstaedtia pauciflora DC. Prod.
on: 807. 1825, a native of the Alps.
“Atsragalus gilviflorus n. n.
ci Astragalus triphyllus Purs, Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:740. 1814.
j Phaca triphylla HAT. & Wrieut, N. Am. Bot, 351. 1840.
not Astragalus triphyllus PALL. Astrag. 68. 1800,
- asynonym of Oxytropis triphylla DC. Astrag. 77. 1802, a native
™ of Siberia. ,
: Phaca caespitosa Nutr. Gen, 2:98. 1818.
not Astragalus caespitosus PALL. Astrag. 70. 1800,
sa synonym of Oxytropis caespitosa PERS, Syn. Pl. 2: 333. 1807,
an Oriental species.
Phaca argophylla Nutr. in T. & G. Fl. 1:343. 1838.
not Astragalus argophyllus Nurr. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 331. 1838.
a synonym of Astragalus glareosus DouGuL. in Hook. Fl. Bor.
: ee 1:152. 1833, a native of the Columbia river valley.
Astragalus gambellianus n. n.
Astragalus nigrescens NuTT. Pl. Gambell. 152. 1848.
not Astragalus nigrescens PALL. Astrag. 65. 1800,
_ @ synonym of Oxytropis nigrescens DC. Prod. 2:278. 1825,
_ which is a Siberian species.
not Astragalus nigrescens A. GRAY, Am. Journ. Sci. II, 33: 410. 1862,
nor Phaca nigrescens Hoox. Fl. Bor. Am. 1:143. 1833,
Pakich are synonyms of Astragalus multiforus A. GRAY, Proc.
: ki _ Am. Acad. 6:226. 1866, which was founded on Hrvum multi-
forum Pursu, Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:739. 1814.
_ Professor E. L. Greene has pointed out very clearly the
difference between this species and Astragalus didymocarpus
Hook. & ARN. },
Named for Dr. Gambell, who first collected the plant.
1. Greene, Flora Franciscana, 1:7. 1891.
Fo ERR SLT RC RY Rs HANSA the @7 Me ey Ve ge Eee Ue een ee a
; RS apd oet ee eRe nom ae
22 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus apilosus n. n.
Astragalus glaber Mtcux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2:66. 18038.
not Astragalus glaber LAM. Ency. Meth. 1:525. 1783,
a synonym of Oxytropis glabra DC. Astrag. 95. 1802, a Siber- —
ian plant.
not Astragalus glaber DC. Astrag. 118. 1802,
which is a synonym of Astragalus fragrans WILLD. Sp. Pl.
$:1294. 1803, a native of the Orient.
Astragalas spatulatus n. n.
Astragalus caespitosus A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6:230. 1866.
Homalobus caespitosus Nutr. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:352. 1838.
not Astragalus caespitosus PALL. Astrag. 70. 1800,
which is a synonym of Ozytropis caespitosa WILLD. Sp. Pl.
3:1804. 1808, occurring in Dahuria.
Homalobus canescens Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:352. 1838,
not Astragalus canescens DC. Astrag. 114. 1802,
an Armenian species.
not Astragalus canescens SOLAND. in Lowe, in Trans. Camb. Phil. Soc.
4:34. 1831,
which is a synonym of Astragalus solandri LOWE, in Hook.
Kew. Journ. 8:294. 1856, a species occurring in Morocco and
Madeira.
Homalobus brachycarpus Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:352. 1838,
not Astragalus brachycarpus Bres. Fl. Taur. 2: 201. 1809,
which is the accepted name for a Caucasian plant.
Astragalus syrticolus n. n.
Astragaius thompsonae WATS. Proc. Amer. Acad. 10: 345. 1875.
not Astragalus thomsonianus BENTH. in Hook. f. & Thom. FI. Ind. 234.
1855,
which is a synonym of Astragalus nivalis Kar. & Kir. Enum.
Pl. Song. 341. 1842, a native of Thibet and Soongaria.
Astragalus jepsoni n. n.
Astragalus demissus GREENE, Erythea, 1:221. 1898.
not Astragalus demissus Boiss. & HELDR. in Boiss. Diag. I. 2:50. 1849
a synonym of Astragalus amoenus FENZL. Pugil. Pl. Nov. Syr.
4. 1842, a Cilician plant.
The species is named for Mr. Willis L. Jepson, of the Uni-
versity of California.
ices Sheldon: NOMENCLATURE OF ASTRAGALUS. 28
kateaeehis suturalis n. n.
Astragalus eriocarpus WATS. King. Rep. 5: 71. 1871.
not Astragalus eriocarpus DC. Astrag. 237. 1802,
Astragalus intonsus n. n
Astragalus villosus Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2:67. 1803.
: not Astragalus villosus GUELDENST. It. 2: 187, 1791,
a synonym of Astragalus pubiflorus DC. Astrag. 183. 1802, a
Siberian species.
Spam °
Astragalus umbraticus n. n.
Astragalus sylvaticus WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 362, 1888.
not Astragalus sylvaticus WILLD. Sp. Pl. 3: 1300. 1803,
which i is a synonym of Oxytropis sylvatica DC. Astrag. 82. 1802,
a Siberian species.
Astragalus famelicus n. n.
Astragalus fallax WAtTs. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 362. 1885.
not Astragalus fallax FIscHER, Syn. Astrag. Tragac. 27. 1853,
Astragalus asymmetricus pn. n.
aN
pt Astragalus leucophyllus T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:436. 1838.
Bad Phaca leucophylla Hoox. & ARN. Bot. Beech. Voy. 333. 1840.
Be not Astragalus leucophyllus WILLD. Sp. Pl. 3: 1331. 1803,
which is a synonym of Astragalus angustifolius LAM. Ency.
x oe Meth. 1: 321. 1783, a species occurring in Greece and Asia
fs Minor.
Astragalus watsoni n. n.
Astragalus hendersoni WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 22:471. 1887.
not Astragalus hendersoni BAKER, in Hook. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 120. 1879,
“the accepted name for a species growing in British India.
Astragalus praelongus n. n.
Astragalus procerus A, GRAY, Proc, Am, Acad. 13: 369. 1878.
not Astragalus procerus Boiss. & HAussK. in Boiss. Fl. Orient. 2 : 464.
1872,
_ the accepted name of a Persian species.
24 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus strigosus (KELLOGG) SHELD.
Astragalus hypoglottis LINN. var. strigosa KELLOGG, Proc. Calif.
Acad. I. 2:115. 1863.
Astragalus tener A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 206. 1866.
Astragalus griseopubescens n. n.
Astragalus strigosus CoULT. & FisH. Bot. Gaz. 18: 299. 1893.
not Astragalus strigosus (KELLOGG) SHELD. supra.
Astragalus scobinatulus n. sp.
‘ Astragalus haydenianus A. GRAY, var. major JONES, Zoe, 2: 241.
1891.
not Astragalus glabriusculus A. GRAY, var. major A. GRAY, Proc. Am.
Acad. G: 204. 1866.
This plant differs from Astragalus haydenianus A. GRAY in
the taller, more rigid stems, which, together with the leaves,
are minutely rough-pubescent throughout; in the larger, nar- -
rowly triangular-oblong, pointed pods, which are more dis-
tinctly transversely rugose-veined, with the ventral surface
not so deeply divided by the suture, but with the dorsal suture
very prominent, and with stipes twice exceeding the calyx.
It is also distinct from the more northern Astragalus bisul-
catus A, GRAY, in which species the violet-colored flowers are
characteristic. The range of this species is, so far as deter-
termined, from Kansas to Utah
Astragalus coccineus (PARRY) BRANDEGEE, Zoe, 2:72.
1891,
Astragalus purshti DOUGL. var. coccineus PARRY, West. Am. Sci.
6:10. 890.
Astragalus grandiflorus WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 18:370. 1882.
not Astragalus grandiflorus PALL. Astrag. 57. 1800,
which is a synonym of Oxytropis grandifiora DC. Astrag. 71,
1802, a Siberian species. )
LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE COLLECTED
IN MINNESOTA DURING 1893.
JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN.
Most of the algae in the accompanying list were «ollected
near the Gull lake Biological Station in Cass county, during the
month of July, 1893, A few were gathered later in the vicinity
of Minneapolis. The nomenclature is provisional and is based
upon that of De Toni, in his Sylloge Algarum, so far as that
Bk 2 Bork has been published.
wey,"
na —.
Ss - BATRACHOSPERMEAE Srrop. Batrach. 1884.
1. Batrachospermum vagum (Roru). Ac. Syst. Alg. 52.
1824.
Lake Kilpatrick. June 21, 1893.
COLEOCHAETACEAR (NaEG.) PrincsH. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot.
2:33, 1860.
2, _Coleochaete pulvinata A. Br. Kg. Spec. Alg. 245. n. 2.
1849.
Stagnant pool near Stony brook. June 20, 1893.
_ OEDOGONTACEAE (Dx By.) Wittr. Pr. Mon. Oedog. 6. 1874.
" ie 3. Oedogonium braunii Kc. Spec. Aig. 366. 1849.
- Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 10, 1898.
4. QOedogonium grande Kc. Phyc. Germ. 200. 1845.
Irving Chase lake. July 19, 1893.
5. Bulbochaete brebissonii Kc. Tab. Phyc. 4:19. 1849-69.
Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 19, 1893.
> 6. Bulbochaete mirabilis Wirrr. Dispos. Oedog. Suec.
aa 137. 1870.
‘ta Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 26, 1893.
7. Bulbochaete polyandra Cleve. Wittr. Dispos. Oedog.
Suec. 140. 1870.
Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 27, 1893.
26
WS BOR AOD AIRS Se BUTI Cy oat ct Dag aig oe ytd hk aa) ae Cree Fea ceil a) Se
ye As
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
CLADOPHORACEAE (HASSALL) WittR. em. DE Tonr Syll.
8.
YB
10.
14.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
1.
Alg. 1: 264. 1889.
Draparnaldia glomerata (VaucH.) AG. Syst. Alg. 59.
1824.
Pool near lake Kilpatrick. June 23, 1893.
Draparnaldia plumosa (Vaucu.) Ac. Syst. Alg.58. 1824.
Springs near the University, Minneapolis. Sept. 14,
1893.
Stigeoclonium nanum (DiLLw.) Ka. Spec. Alg. 352.
, 1849.
Pool near lake Kilpatrick. June 24, 1893.
Bridal-veil falls, Minneapolis. Sept. 27, 1893.
Stigeoclohnium nudiusculum Kc. Tab. Phye. 3:4.
1849-69.
Mud lake. June 80, 1893.
Chaetophora elegans (RotH.) AG. Syst. Alg. 27. 1824,
Pool near Gull lake. June 28, 1893.
Aphanochaete globosa (NoRD.) WOLLE. Freshw. Alg.
| Ue si te DS Rian kot Vie
Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 20, 1893.
Herposteiron confervicolum Narc. Kg. Spec. Alg.
424, 1849,
Near Mud lake. June 28, 1893.
Cladophora crispata (RoTH) Kc. Phyc. Gener. 264.
1843.
Lake Kilpatrick. June 24, 1893.
Shadow falls, St. Paul. Sept. 6, 1893. ;
Cladophora glomerata (Linn.) Ke. Phyc. Germ. 212.
1845.
Stony brook. June 25, 1898.
Cladophora glomerata (LInN.) Ke. var. rivularis RAB.
Alg. Exs. n. 147. 1850-1867.
Shadow falls, St. Paul. Sept. 6, 1893.
Microspora vulgaris Ras. Krypt. Flor. v. Sachs. 246.
1863. -
Two Harbors, Minn. June 24, 1898. Coll. Z. P. Sheldon.
Microspora amoena (Ka.) Ras. Fl. Eur. Algar. 3 : 321.
1864-68.
Shadow falls, St. Paul. Sept. 6, 1893.
‘Tilden: LIST OF FRESH WATER ALGAE. 27
“ 2, 20," Microspora fugacissima (RoTH) Raz. Fl. Eur. Algar.
3:321. 1864-68.
Shadow falls, St. Paul. Sept. 6, 1893.
21. Rhizoclonium hieroglyphicum (Ac.) Ka. Phyc. Gener.
205. 1843.
Taylor’s Falls. Sept. 16, 1893.
_-YAUCHERIACEAE (GRaY) Dumort,: Comm. Bot. 71. 1822.
22, Waucheria ornithocephala AG. Spec. 467. 16521-1828.
Shadow falls, St. Paul, Sept. 6, 1893.
23. Vaucheria hamata (Vaucn.) DO; Fle Fr. 2:63. 1815.
Stone quarry, Minneapolis. Sept. 13, 1893.
__-—s-24..-s«~Vaucheria geminata (Vaucu.) DC. FI. Fr. 2 : 62. 1815.
\ a Taylor’s Falls. Sept. 16, 1893.
_ YOLVOCACEAE (CoHN) Kircun. Alg. Schles. 85. 1878.
25. Volvox globator (LINN.) EHRENB. Infus. 68. 1838.
Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 7, 1893.
" PALMELLACEAE (DECNE.) NAEG. em. De Toni, Syll. Alg.
1.:559. 1889.
. 26. Pediastrum boryanum (TURPIN) MENEGH. Linnaea.
eek: 14:210. 1840.
Mud lake. June 29, 1893.
«27. «Hydrodictyon reticulatum (Liyy.) Laceru. Bidr.
ee Svrg. Algfl. n. 2.71. 1883.
i oe: Minneapolis. Oct. 25, 1893.
28. Scenedesmus quadricauda (TuRPIN) Bres. Alg. Falais.
ee 66. 1835.
Be. 4 Marsh near Stony brook. July 11, 1893.
ets. - Minneapolis. October 5, 1893.
--—s-:29. Ophiocytium ? eapitatum Worn, Freshw. U. S, 176.
oe 1887.
Monroe. July 12, 1893.
30. Reinschiella ? cuspidata (BAILEY) DE Tonl, Syll. Alg.
Be? 1:614. 1889.
ie. Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 18, 1893.
a 31. Characium ambiguum Herm. Rabenh. Beitr. 26 n. 10.
: ie . 1862-65.
Marsh near Gull lake. June 28, 1893.
28 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
32. Characium heteromorphum ReEINSCH. Contrib. 80.
1874. :
Fish hatcheries, St. Paul. Oct. 1, 1893.
ZYGNEMACEAE (Menecu.)Ras. FI. Eur. Alg. 3 : 228. 1868.
33. Spirogyra weberi Kc. Phyc. gener. 279. 1848.
Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 5, 1893.
34. Spirogyra longata (VaucH.) Ka. Spec. Alg. 489. 1849. -
Marsh near Stony brook. July 11, 1893.
35. Spirogyra gracilis (Hass.) Ke. Spec. Alg. 488. 1849.
Marsh near Stony brook. July 11, 1893.
36. Spirogyra varians (Hass.) Ke. Spec. Alg. 439. 1849.
Lake Kilpatrick. July 15, 1893.
37. Spirogyra bellis (Hass.) Crouan. FI. Finist.121. 1867.
Gulllake. July 17, 1893.
38. Spirogyra neglecta (Hass.) Kc. Spec. Alg. 441. 1849.
Home brook. July 22, 1893.
39. Spirogyra majuscula Kc. Spec. Alg. 441. 1849.
Minneapolis. Sept. 5, 1893.
40. Zygnema leiospermum De By. Rabenh. Alg. Exs. n.
638, 1850-67.
Lake Sibley. July 22, 1893.
41. Zygnema cruciatum (VAucu.) Ac. Syst. Alg. 77, n. 5.
1824.
Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 10, 1893.
42. Zygnema aequale (Ka.) De Toni. Syl. Alg. 1 : 739. 1889.
Pool south of lake Kilpatrick. July 5, 1893.
43. Mougeotia genuflexa (DILLw.) AG. Syst. Alg.83, 1824.
Pool near lake Kilpatrick. June 16, 1893.
DESMIDIACEAE (Ka.) DE By. Conjug. 1858.
44. Desmidium baileyi (RaLFs.) DE. By. Conjug. 70. 1858.
Marsh near Monroe. July 12, 1893.
45. Spirotaenia condensata Bres. Ralfs. Brit. Desm. 179.
1848.
Pool near lake Kilpatrick. June 24, 1893.
46. Penium interruptum Bres. Ralfs. Brit. Desm. 151.
1848.
Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 5, 1893.
= ae
Paes PS
oan
vig
ae
—
ne)
Bef 52.
Bes 53.
Be 54.
Be 61.
TAT.
a. 46,
49,
50.
51.
rs bs.
56.
57.
58,
y 80.
Tilden: LIST OF FRESH WATER ALGAE. 29
‘Penium polymorphum PEerRtTy. Kleinste. Lebensf. 207.
1852.
Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 138, 1893.
Closterium strigosum BREB. Liste. Desm. 153.
Lake Kilpatrick. July 3, 1893.
Closterium macilentum BREB.
Lake Kilpatrick. July 3, 1893,
Closterium kuetzingii Bres. Liste. Desm. 156. 1856.
Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 10, 1893.
Closterium parvulum Nagc. Einz. Alg. 106.
Marsh near lake Kilpatrick. July 11, 1893.
Closterium ensis DeLp. Spec. Desm. subalp. 219. 1873.
1856.
Liste. Desm. 153. 1856.
1849.
Minneapolis. Oct. 5, 1893.
Pleurotaenium trabecula (EHRENB.) NarG. Einz. Alg.
104, 1849.
Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 8, 1893.
Cosmarium tumidum LunpD. Desm. Suec. 45.
Mud lake. June 29, 1893.
Cosmarium brebissoni MENEGH.
1840.
Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 14, 1893.
Disphinctium notabile (BRrB.?) HANsG. Prodr. Alg.
186. n. 858. 1886-88.
Stony brook. July 14, 1893.
Cosmarium ansatum (EHRENB.) KG. Spec. Alg. 174.
1849.
Home brook. July 22, 1893.
Xanthidium torreyi WouLe. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club
12:3. 1885.
Pool south of lake Kilpatrick. July 5, 1893.
Xanthidium fasciculatum EHRENB. Infus. 146. n. 169.
1838.
Marsh near Monroe.
1871.
Linnaea 14: 210.
July 12, 1893.
Anthrodesmus incus (BREB.) Hass.
nm: /9.- - 1852.
Pool near Monroe.
Freshw. Alg. 357.
July 12, 1893.
Micrasterias radiosa AG. Flora. 10:643. 1827.
Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 26, 1893
TEES ANSWER See eh UME THOS a tye nO aa) Sa MLN MN UN oR
~
30 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
62. Micrasterias truncata (CorDA) Brees. Ralfs. Brit.
Desm. 75. n.9. 1848.
Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 27, 1893.
63. Staurastrum odontatum WoLLE. Desm. U.S. 134. 1884.
Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 19, 1893.
64. Staurastrum tohopecaligense WoLLE. Freshw. Alg.
U.S. 45. 1887.
Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 26, 1893.
65. Staurastrum dejectum BREB. var. convergens WOLLE.
Desm. U. S. 121. 1884.
Lake Kilpatrick. July 3, 1898.
66. Staurastrum ravenelii Woop. Freshw. Alg. U. S. 153.
1872.
Marsh north of Stony brook. July 11, 1893.
67. Staurastrum furcatum (EHRENB.) BreB. Liste. Desm.
186. 1856.
Peat bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 14, 1898.
68. Staurastrum hirsutum (EHRENB.) BREB. Ralfs. Brit.
Desm. 127. 1848.
Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 19, 1893.
69. Staurastrum tricornutum Wo.Luue. Desm. U.S. 145.
1884.
Home brook. July 22, 1893.
NOSTOCEAE (MeEneEGcH.) THURET. Am. Sci. Nat. Bot. IIL
2:3819. 1844.
70. Mastigonema elongatum Woop. Prodr. Proc. Amer.
Phil. Soc. 128. 1869.
Pool near lake Kilpatrick. June 20, 1898.
71. Mastigonema aerugineum (KG.) KIRCH.
Pool near lake Kilpatrick. June 20, 1893.
72. Mastigonema sejunctum Woop. Freshw. Alg. U.S. 53.
1872.
Lake Harriet, Minneapolis. Sept. 19, 1898. Coll. @
A. Ballard.
73. Seytonema intertextum (KG.) Rap.
Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 18, 1893.
74. Hapalosiphon fuscescens Ka.
Lake Kilpatrick. June 21, 1893.
Tilden: LIST OF FRESH WATER ALGAE. 31
75. Nostoe pruniforme (RotH) AG. Disp. Alg. 45. 1810-
1812.
- Lake Kilpatrick. June 30, 1893.
«76. -—-« Cylindrospermum limnicola Ka.
a Irving Chase lake. July 19, 1893.
ws 77. Lyngbya aestuarii LizBM. Danske. Alg. 1841,
or, > ~©~—sS Gull lake. ‘July 18, 1893.
eS 78. Oscillaria antliaria JuzrG. Alg. Exs. n. 14.
Be: Gull lake. July 17, 1893.
-—s- 79.“ Spirulina jenneri Ke. Tab. Phyc. 1849-69.
a Home brook. July 22, 1893.
Br
-CHROOCOCCEAE (Narc.) Wirtr.?
a - 80. Merismopedia glauca (EurRs.) NAEG. Einz. Alg. 55. 1849
BS: Peat-bog near Jake Kilpatrick. July 13, 1893.
ss 81. Merismopedia convoluta Bres. in Kg. Spec. Alg. 472.
Bex 1849.
ag Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 13, 1893.
poe 82. Merismopedia violacea (BREB.) Kc. Spec. Alg. 472.
ag 1849.
Be Trout-mere, Osceola. Oct. 5, 1893. Coll. Conway
a MacMillan.
Bs. _ 88. Gomphosphaeria aponina Ke. Tab. Phyc. 1. t. 31. f. 3.
Re 1845.
Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 10, 1893.
_ BACILLARIEAE Nirzscu. Beitr. Infus. 1817.
" 84. *Navicula sphaerophora Ka. Alg. Exs. n. 84. 1845.
s Cullen lake. July 7, 1893.
85. Navicula tuscula Eurp. Ber. 21. 1840.
Lake Sibley. June 22, 1893.
86. Cocconeis pediculus EHRs. Infus. 194. 1838.
Near Mud lake. June 28, 1893.
87. Pleurosigma spencerii (QUEK.) W. Sm. var. kuetzingii
Grun. V.H. Syn. 118. 1880-81.
Lake Sibley. June 22, 1893.
88. Epithemia turgida (Enrs.) Ka. Bac. Pl. 5. 1844.
Gull lake. June 16, 1893.
89, Fragilaria capucina DesmMaz. Crypt. France ed. I. n.
458. 1825.
Pool near Stony brook. June 21, 1893.
PE a pete AEE BE ET ee PION TLE VERRES ¢ naa DE see een Ta OE
. . rom eI PS pee eel see ay
32 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
VI. ON THE POISONOUS INFLUENCE OF
CYPRIPEDIUM SPECTABILE AND
CYPRIPEDIUM PUBESCENS. *
D. T. MAcDOUGAL.
The plants which are poisonous to the skin, in a more or less
degree, include a large number, many of which are common
and well known species. In this connection reference is had
only to those plants which, during some stage of their exist-
ence, will produce poisoning by contact, or by means of a
volatile principle, which acts upon the skin of any person ap-
proaching them, and is exclusive of those which are injurious
either in the form of extracts or preparations, or in their
lengthened application, or in their manipulation in the manu-
factures.
Without doubt the larger percentage of the common plants
known to be poisonous, is due to the fact that they offer much
more numerous opportunities for observation than do the rarer _
forms. For it is by no means to be understood, that there are
mauy plants which are always and invariably poisonous. So
far as can be learned there are no plants, except perhaps the
urticaceous forms, which are injurious to every one handling
them. Probably the most virulent of the class of plants refer-
red to, are the species of Rhus; yet many persons can handle
them without danger at all times, and others are only injured
by plants in a certain stage of growth. On the other hand,
many of the plants in this category are injurious only to a very
small percentage of the persons touching them, so that their
irritating qualities might remain undiscovered altogether un-
less tested by a large number. As an example, it may be cited -
that the hop plant, in the limited handling it receives in the
domestic garden, is ordinarily regarded as innocuous; yet in
extensive hop gardens of California, among the thousands of
pickers in the fields, are many who are severely irritated by it.
1. A preliminary notice was read before the Indiana Academy of Science, De-
cember, 1893.
a 19 cis ‘
A ao .
MacDougal: POISONOUS INFLUENCE OF CYPRIPEDIUM, =
ee The poisoning may be due to mechanical injury, as the pierc-
; . _ ing of the skin by stiff hairs of special poison organs, such as
i _ the glandular hairs of the nettles, or to a volatile substance,
nS such as the toxicodendric acid of the poison ivy. The follow-
. ing list includes some native plants of Minnesota, which have
= _ been definitely ascertained to be more or less poisonous, in the
- manner indicated.?
iy:
ae
+e,
7
f ‘Rhus vernix LINN. Poison ivy.
ae Rhus radicans LINN. Poison oak.
a Spathyema foetida (LINN.) RAF. Skunk cabbage.
a 2 _ Bidens frondosa LINN. Beggar’s ticks.
es .. Erigeron canadense LINN. Fleabane.
ri ne Xanthium canadense MILu. Cockleburr.
an Polygonum hydropiper LINN. Smartweed.
Polygonum acre HBK. Water pepper.
Actaea spicata alba (LINN.) MrLu. Baneberry.
Anemone quinquefolia LINN. Wind fiower.
Anemone hirsiutissima (PURSH) MACM. Pasque flower.
Euphorbia corollata LINN. Spurge.
Euphorbia marginata PursH. ‘‘Snow on the mountain.”
Ranunculus septentrionalis Porn. Crowfoot.
Ranunculus sceleratus LINN. Cursed crowfoot.
- Urtica gracilis Arr. Nettle.
Laportea canadensis (LINN.) GAUDICH. Wood nettle.
The above list includes only the plants of the state which are
known to be poisonous to the touch, and is not inclusive of a
large number which are more or less suspected of being so.
The present article contemplates the addition of two species of
- Cypripedium to the list.
On many different occasions, and from widely separated
; a localities, unconfirmed reports have been made of the poison-
ous effects of Cypripedium spectabile and C. pubescens.
a In the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club for February,
‘ fe 1875, is found the following note.®
; ne ** Prof. H. H. Babcock, in a communication to The Pharmacist, Chicago,
January, 1875, states that, being especially susceptible to poisoning by
Rhus Toxicodendr on, he for several years took every precaution against it.
Be He not only was careful to avoid contact with the plants, but would not
___ collect specimens of other plants growing near the Rhus, and went so far
as to avoid handling fresh specimens gathered by others for fear these
. had been in contact with it. Notwithstanding all this, he found that
late in May or early in June of each of several successive years he was so
__- severely poisoned as to be confined to his room for several days, his face
presenting the appearance usual in poisoning by Rhus. Upon referring to
am 2 White: Dermatitis Venenata. Boston. 1887.
Cornevin: Des Plantes Vénéneuses. Paris. 1887.
eae 3. vol. 6, p.15. 1875.
cn Use TREN ee RRs La i ore Pio tli dl ae see elk a Nike heat tT 8s 3 oF a BI
34 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
his field notes, he found that each season the puison manifested itself the
day after he had collected either Cypripedium spectabile or C. pubescens,
and feels quite convinced that in his case the unpleasant effects were due
to these heretofore unsuspected plants. Prof. B. asks for experiment to .
determine if his view is correct. Have any of the readers of the Bulletin
any observations bearing upon the matter ?—G. 7.”
In the succeeding number of the same journal is the following
note to the contrary. .
‘* None of our Cypripediums are poisonous plants, applied either extern-
ally or internally. They are much employed by eclectic physicians of
this country, and though tons of these plants are annually brought to
this market to be manufactured into extract, tincture, or ‘Cypripedin,’
I have yet to be informed of the first case of poisoning, the result of
handling the fresh plant or otherwise.
I am very susceptible to the effects of Rhus, even from contact of the
stems in winter or when quite dry. Others are liable to be poisoned from
the emanations of the plant at long distances without coming into con-
tact with it. Some others still have a periodical return of the symptoms
of such poisoning recurring for a number of years thereafter. — Rh. H,
Kunze, M. D.
[We have, ourselves, known cases of the periodical return of the Rhus
irritation in persons who had handled the plant. when brought into the
city, but who avoided doing so a second time, and were not likely to go
where it grew.— Eds. ]”’
In the editorial columns of the Botanical Gazette® is found
the following comment upon the matter:
‘*The most unexpected and harmless plants may be brought into this
catagory (of poisonous plants). An instance within the writer’s know-
ledge was that of a clear-minded lady of a botany class, who found the.
large white lady’s slipper (Cypripedium spectabile), a plant to be avoided;
and the absurdity of the notion, in the opinion of the other members of
the class, did not in the least change her assertion of its poisonous quali-
ties. * * * The subject has considerable of the indefiniteness and
evasiveness of the ghost, haunted house, and mesmeric questions now
being investigated by the society for psychical research, etc. * * *
Even a knowledge of the extent of the subject would be of value.”
Contemporaneously with this notice there appeared the
manuals, ‘‘Des Plantes Vénéneuses” — containing descrip-
tions of nearly two hundred and fifty, and ‘‘ Dermatitis
Venenata’’— of more than a hundred plants, poisonous in vari-
ous ways. In the latter work the supposition of Prof. Babcock
concerning the poisonous qualities of Cypripedium pubescens is
credited in the following paragraph. ®
* * * and was greatly surprised to be informed by Prof. J. Nevins
Hyde, of Chicago, that his friend, the late Prof. H. H. Babcock, * * *
found the C. pubescens, which grows from Canada to Georgia, nearly as
4. vol. 6, p. 22. 1875.
5. vol. 12, p. 275. 1887.
6. l.e., p. 118. 1887.
Fs MacDougal: POISONOUS INFLUENCE OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 35
. “irritating to, nit As) iews! tonicodendron.-* * * *.* * * # * %*
ee Other but more indefinite reports sustain the character of this plant.”
Prof. H. G. Jesup reviews the statements, brought together
in the Bulletin of the Torrey Club, and offers the following cir-
cumstantial evidence on the subject.’
i
, ‘* A lady near whose home grew a fine clump of Cypripedium spectabile
_ had been in the habit of gathering it when in bloom. * * * Atsuch
times for four or five successive seasons she suffered from symptoms of
Rhus poisoning, but on careful examination no Rhus could be found where
*, the Cypripedium grew. These symptoms invariably appeared whenever the
Cae Cypripedium was in the house and disappeared with its removal, and on
er. her removal to another part of the country never reappeared. In fact,
____when she ceased collecting the plant she escaped entirely.
; * * * * One of my own students had been in the habit of handling
et. Fhus with impunity, and had done so for years. Not long since he was
ee severely poisoned immediately after having gathered and handled a large
Rs quantity of C. spectabile, and, in view of the above facts, very naturally
: attributes his trouble to this plant.”
: 3 The latter article was brought to the author’s attention when
he and other members of the botanical staff of the University
of Minnesota. were themselves objects in circumstantial evi-
ie - dence, and it was determined to secure some positive evidence
x a on the matter. The author, while in the field at Twin lakes,
aa near Minneapolis, September 7th, 1893, met with several well
Re ~ grown plants of C. spectabile, with newly formed seed pods. A
-_- robust specimen was broken off near the base of the stem, and
the leaves were brushed lightly across the biceps muscle of the
_bared left arm. A slight tingling sensation was felt at the
time, and fourteen hours later the arm was greatly swollen
- from the shoulder to the finger tips. The portion touched by
the plant—covering an area of 50 sq. cm.—was violently in-
e Ee flamed and covered with macules, accompanied by the usual
_ symptoms of dermatitis, and constitutional disturbances. By
treatment of the most approved kind the arm was reduced to
its normal size in ten days, but the effects were perceptible a
- month later. The severity of the test has prevented its repeti-
tion. The facts obtained are certainly conclusive as to the
poisonous qualities of this plant. They are, at least so far as
the author is concerned, who would have been satisfied with a
much less pronounced result.
An examination of the two species reveals the presence of
two forms of hairs in great abundance. (See Plate ///.)
One is a curved-pointed septate hair, the apical cell of which
has hard, brittle walls, and is easily detachable from the basal
7. Botanical Gazette. 18:142. April, 1893.
a a ENR A MA alt uaa ch anus eee
a
4
Me
36 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
portion of the organ. The other form is a septate glandular-
: tipped hair. The glandular cell is filled with a light brown
substance, of which the chemical nature remains unknown.
The contents of both hairs show a decided acid reaction, but
: “were not observed to exert any harmful influence on infusoria
placed under the cover glass with them. Both are invested by
a filamentous fungus, apparently one of the Dematieae, which :
sends its hyphae into all the cells, but ramifies most abundant- ii
ly in the glandular tip.
The hairs of C. spectabile are .5—2mm, and those of C. pubes-
cens are from .5—1.5mm in length.
The poisonous effects may be due to the piercing of the skin
by the pointed hair and the consequent action of the acid con-
: tents, or to the surface irritation by the contents of the glandu-
iy! lar hairs, or it is remotely possible that they are due in some
he way to the presence of the fungus.
The demonstration of the poisonous effect of C. spectabile is
pe: conclusive, and since C. pubescens is furnished with similar ap-
: paratus, together with the large amount of evidence brought
nd together, there is every reason to believe that it is equally
injurious.
Whether the plants of these species are poisonous to many
persons or not—and the author suspects that they may be
handled by the majority without danger — yet it is easily ap-
parent that these species, as well as others of the genus, are
protected in a manner that renders them unpleasant to grazing —
animals. It has been repeatedly noticed that large numbers of
5 these plants growing in woodland pastures have been found
: intact, while the surrounding herbage would be very closely
cropped.
The poisonous action of C. pubescens should not in any way
affect the value of the extract as a medicine, since this sub-
stance is derived from the roots, which have no connection
with the effects described. :
Neither should anything presented in this paper detract in
the least from the use of these plants for ornamental or dec-
orative purposes, although it might be well for ssa
persons to handle mature plants with some care.
The subject derives additional interest at this place —the
i University of Minnesota— since the two species are widely dis-
tributed in the state, and the Cypripedium pubescens (the Mocca-
sin Flower) has been formally adoptedas the ‘‘state flower” of
Minnesota.
y ’ - ’ | & if
DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES.
' $ = Bid ;
~ ——— v
- Phate Es Ban conus mipldluitn ‘SeraD.
1. Emergent part of plant. —
in J 2. Submerged part of plant.
‘PLATE II,—Aster longulus SHELD.
1. General aspect.
2. Flower.
. 3. Achene. z -,
oe a. 4, airs from stem.
PLATE IlL.—H airs of Cypripedium.
‘1. Glandular tipped hair of C. spectabile.
2. Pointed hair of C. spectabile.
3. Glandular hair of C. pubescens.
4. Pointed hair of C. pubescens.
ty
ur
%
i
ii
sii iii i iil aa et) kM i ts oe a ee ee |
_ eS.
Bulletin No. 9.
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
PLATE I,
January, 1894.
Bulletin No g. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. January, 1894.
see lca eG ak pean te > a5 = -
= : _
; ‘
, if
; Re \
PLATE |i.
a 4 et ; - ‘a
Bulletin No. 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. January, 1894.
e 4, ‘ s
PLATE Ill.
Ape’ afi
Yea Roi
: Met Witla cies ates tabi Sr IPES We Mt ye " Re tA, LPR, Ge
as VII. NITROGEN ASSIMILATION BY ISOPYRUM
Fa. BITERNATUM.
a> A PRELIMINARY NOTICE.
D. T. MAcDOUGAL.
Probably the most abstract problem confronting the plant
physiologist at the present time is the determination of the
manner in which the higher plants acquire their supply of
nitrogen. Until within the last sixteen years all plants were
supposed to be entirely dependent upon the fixed nitrates of
the soil. About 1880 began an era of investigation remarkable:
for its important results in the discovery of many of the essen-
_ tial features of this phase of plant nutrition. Since the above
‘date more than three hundred memoirs and double the number
of lesser papers on the subject have made their appearance
from the laboratories of the world, and it continues to absorb
the attention of a large number of the foremost investigators.
The results so far attained show that bacterial forms, fungi,
algae, hepatics, and to a limited extent the higher plants may
make use of free nitrogen. The conditions of the absorption of
free nitrogen by the higher plants are not understood farther
than the fact that they are under nocircumstances independent
of the fixed nitrates. The delimitation of this capability of the
higher plants to assimilate free nitrogen will doubtless claim
much attention for some time to come. It seems probable in
the light of the most recent researches that this capability will
be found to be more highly developed in certain groups than in
others, and that within these groups individual species will
exhibit marked maxima.
A large part of the attention to the general subject during
the last decade has been paid to the correlations by which the
_ products of the nitrogen assimilation of the lower forms are
made available to the higher plants—a series of facts of the
__-widest biological significance. As types of these correlations,
may be mentioned the activity of the soil bacteria resulting in
the maintenance of the supply of fixed nitrates, while bacteria,
be» ie PS ewly its ee ir ae Nh Pasa a) air eS lea ee ST ie
5 f 5 iY aa ote
40 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
fungi, and algae grow within or upon the tissues of other plants,
to which the product of their assimilation of free nitrogen are
directly available. Symbioses of the latter form are exhibited
in the tubercles of the leguminous and a few other plants, by
the endophytic mycorhiza of a large number of herbaceous
plants and the epiphytic mycorhiza of forest trees. And at the
present time more than one hundred species of algae! are
known to be found within the tissues of other plants with which
they sustain certain mutual relations.
Many additions to these forms of mutualism and symbiosis
may be expected, while the nature of the interchanges which
take place between the higher and lower plants have not been
made out in any case, with any degree of accuracy.
For several years the author has had under observation
Tsopyrum biternatum, a small plant of the Ranunculaceae,
which inhabits North America northward from Kentucky, and
eastward from the Rocky mountains. Attention was called to
the tuberous thickenings of the fibrous roots, by Dr. O. P. Jen-
kins, in 1888, and they were found to exhibit such peculiar
features of structure and behavior as to be only explainable in
the light of recent research on the assimilation of nitrogen in
the higher plants.
These tubers are apparently a constant feature of the roots,
since they are mentioned in nearly all systematic works con-
taining descriptions of the roots and were present in all speci-
mens examined since 1888. In the plants which have come
under observation the tubers are present in all stages from
barely perceptible swellings to irregular cylindrical, or spindle-
shaped enlargements, 6mm. in diameter, and 2cm. in length.
As many as 30 or 40 may be found on a single plant representing
a total volume of 1—2 cu.cms. These tubers are formed con-
temporaneously with, or previously to the secondary thicken-
ing of the roots, and show a glistening silvery-white surface in
contrast to the normal brown color of the roots. The ‘‘Silber-
glanz” is apparent even at the beginning of their formation,
and by this appearance the tuber-forming portion of the root
may be known before any enlargement has taken place. With
age, however, the tuber takes on a brownish tinge.
The structure of the normal root is typical of this group of
the Ranunculaceae. In the formation of the tubers, the camb-
jum at points opposite two or sometimes three of the xylem
1. Moebius. Conspectus algarum endophyticum. La Notarisia 6: 1221, 1279, 1291.
1893.
ay
: Oe
MacDougal: NITROGEN ASSIMILATION. 41
_ groups, is developed in the form of radial wedge-shaped ex-
bi _ tensions reaching half the distance to the corky layer. Toa
marked development of the parenchyma surrounding the central
__ ¢ylinder is due the size of the tubercle. The corky layer is
___ strongly developed in mature tubercles, but apparently retains
; me - its power of growth during the entire life of the tubercle. Pro-
_ fessor C. W. Hargitt read a note on the structure of the tubers,
before the American Association for the Advancement of Sci-
S ence, at Indianapolis, in 1890, which was afterward published ”,
and the results of his work are*not entirely confirmed by the
ag
3
observations recorded here.
Numerous examinations, with a view to determining the -
__ chemical nature of the cell contents of the tubers, have been
ae as made in the laboratories of the De Pauw and Purdue univers-
ities, and at the University of Minnesota. Such examinations .
s _ show uniformly an entire absence of starch, and sugar in its
ordinary forms. The presence of inulin is noted by Professor
Hargitt, but, although all known tests were made for this sub-
_ stance, including Green’s*%, using alcohol, orcin or phloro-
glucin and hydrochloric acid, yet not even a trace of this sub-
stance could be detected. As a control the reagents were
_ tested on the tubers of Syndesmon thalictroides ( Anemonelia),
which contain large quantities of inulin. In the parenchyma.
‘ tous tissue and inner layers of the cork of the Jsopyrum tuber
are large numbers of bodies which give some of the reactions
= of protein globoids together with others of a fatty or waxy na-
ture. Intermingled with these bodies are numerous organisms
BS of a bacterial nature whose morphology is yet undetermined.
The infection of the root by these organisms takes place before
Re” _ the corky layer is strongly developed, and since the formation
tg
‘
Ta
eof the tuber begins before the secondary thickening of the
BF sot, it is surmised that the extraordinary growth of the
5. cambium and parenchyma is due to their irritant action. A
Af aA number of healthy plants, which had begun a secoad growth
a ie of the stems, were received from Dr. L. M. Underwood, of
_ Greencastle, Indiana, October 31, 1893, and were immediately
% ray _ placed i in pots in the plant house. The condition of the tubers
was noted at the time, and two weeks later, when the stems
and leaves were strongly developed, a second examination re-
ps: vealed the fact that the tubers, instead of showing a shrinkage,
had actually increased in size at a time when the plant was to
2. Margitt, C. W. Botanical Gazette 15: 235, 1890
3. Green. Ann. Bot. 1: 233, 1888.
pone 49 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
all intents drawing on its reserve food Plants grown in s
eit free from nitrates have grown in such manner as to indicat
°F - capability of the absorption of free nitrogen. A series of cri
sae ical tests on this point are now in operation. A consideration ee
of the data at hand suggests the following tentative coneiaaaa ae
ions:
their formation before the secondary thickening of the ae
has begun, and their behavior during active growth of the ;
stems and leaves. sid
» 2. The tubers are, so far as known, found on all mature iM
et plants, and, if pathological formations, do not act to the de-— Ah
a triment of the plant. ae
Min oi, 3. Pending critical culture tests, the incomplete observa- ia
7 tions point to an assimilation of free nitrogen by /sopyrwm. i
”
VIII. ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF HEPATIC
ELATERS, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE
TO BRANCHING ELATERS OF
CONOCEPHALUS CONICUS.
JOSEPHINE EK. TILDEN.
The peculiar spring-like, strongly hygroscopic elater cells
_ which are mixed with the spores in the capsules of most spec-
ies of Hepaticae have long been known. ‘To their comparative
-morphology little attention, however, has been given. Com-
monly in the systematic works on the liverworts, after a brief
description of the most obvious characteristics, the further
consideration of the elater is neglected. It would appear,
nevertheless, that the elaters might properly receive extended
study, both on account of their remarkable mechanical function
and on account of their considerable range of variation in the
different genera. This paper is preliminary to a more extended
_ developmental study of elaters.
Historical. It seems that the older writers conceived the
use of the elater to be that of a pedicel for the spores. One of
the earliest references at hand is that of Dillenius! in which he
shows a figure of the elaters of Zargionia and refers to the
Novus Genus of Michelius? where elaters are described as slender
filaments covered with dust. Linnaeus describes Marchantia,
using the phrase ‘‘farina crinulo affixa.’* Ventenat,‘ in his
- statement that the ‘‘seeds of Marchantia are inserted upon
- elastic filaments,” quotes directly from Marchant,* for whom the
genus was named. St. Hilaire also refers to Marchant as his
authority for the same observation.6 Withering’ makes the
general statement, with regard to the various genera of the
Hepaticae, that they have elastic cords, formed of one or two
1, Dillenius, Hist. Muse. 532. Tab. DXXVIII,9B. 1741.
2. Michelius, Nov. Gen. 3. Tab. 3, fig. b. 1729.
. Linnaeus, Gen. Pl. Ed. IT. 506. 1742.
. Ventenat, Tab. du Regne Veg. 2:42. ‘An. VII.’’ 1799.
Marchant, Mem. de l’Acad. des Sc. 280, Pl. 5, 1718.
St. Hilaire, Expos. des Fam. Nat. 1:26. “An. XIITI.’’ 1805.
. Withering, Syst. Ar. of Brit. Pl. 1:363. Pl. XIV, fig. 41,51. Pl. XV, fig. 64. 1801.
*
roa
jac Ot bab ap aly
Fa SS hilt Pat}
“ \)
44 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
spiral threads to which the seeds-adhere, and shows figures of — oe mt
two-spiraled elaters without the membrane. In his specific x
description of Targionia and Anthoceros he states that there
are many seeds, each fixed to an elastic twisted thread.
The presence of starch-grains in elaters has been known for
some time. Von Mohl® speaks of the starch-grains in the
young elaters of Jungermannia multifida and says that the
starch disappears as the spiral bands are formed and the elater
ripens, and again! states that the starch in the elaters of
liverworts vanishes when the spiral fibre is developed in them.
Kienitz-Gerloff observes that he has never seen starch in the
elaters of Marchantia polymorpha," but that those of Junger
mannia bicuspidata are filled with starch-grains which later
on yield material for the double spiral band.
Perhaps more attention has been devoted to the thickening
of the walls of the elater and the number and arrangement of
the bands than to any other particular. A great deal of this
information, however, is inaccurate. Hedwig illustrates seven
different types of elaters with spiral thickenings, of which
those of Conocephalus alone are entirely correct.’ He de-
scribes! the elaters as varying much in the different species as
to composition and length, and as having two, three or four
interwoven filaments which seem to be contained in the very
thin membrane. Kny, in connection with an article on the
Hepaticae, shows a figure of Aneura palmata drawn as if the
thickening band were external. The subject seems to have
been thoroughly studied by Kutzing' who states that ‘‘the
elaters of Marchantia are composed in their early stages of a
gelatinous substance and contain a few chlorophyll grains
which are more or less scattered about. Soon one notices that
the chlorophyll grains become associated by means of very
fine and delicate colorless bands, which gradually develop into
the spiral bands lying on the inner wall of the cell. By further
development these spiral bands lose their chlorophyll grains
8, Withering, loc. cit. 390.
9. Von Mohl, Einige Bemerk. u. d. Entw. u. d. Bau d. Sporen. d. crypt. Gew. Flora
37 21 Ja. 1833.
10. Von Mohl, Grundz. d. Anat. und. Phys. d. veg. Zelle in Rud. Wagner. Handw. d.
Phys. 207. 1851.
11. Kienitz-Gerloft, Vergl. Untersuch. u. d. Entw. d. Leber. Sporog. Bot. Zeit. 32:171,
12, Kienitz-Gerloff, loc. cit. 215.
13. Hedwig, Theoria Gen. et. Fruct. Tab. XXVIII. 1798.
14. Hedwig, loc. cit. 184. : C
15. Kny, Beitr, z. Entw. d. laub. Leberm. Jahrb. f. wiss. Bot. Pringsh. 4: Taf. VII. 1865
16. Kutzing, Grundz. d. Phil. Bot. 2:54. Pl. 21, fig. 13a. 1852.
ar
oy “2
Tilden: MORPHOLOGY OF HEPATIC ELATERS. 45
| - and the cell membrane, which until this time has surrounded
them, dissolves so that finally the spiral band alone is left.
_ These bands are very elastic, and it is by means of them that
the sporogonium is opened, On staining with iodine and sul-
-phuric acid they become first yellow, then red and at last green.
They appear, therefore, to be composed of a mixture of muci-
_ laginous and protein substances.” Leitgeb also takes up this
question quite exhaustively through the different genera.
Blasia pusilla“ is described as having generally two-spiraled
elaters. But near the middle of the cell each (or only one) of
these spirals divides into two branches which run along paral-
lel to each other. So that in the middle of the elater cell four
(or three) separate fibres run beside one another. Sometimes
one of these branches becomes split again, so that frequently
_ three pairs of spiral bands are observed. Again he states that
the elaters of Blyttia! possess two spiral bands; those of Petal-
ophyllum® have mostly two, light-colored, small spiral bands;
and those of Cyathodium in most cases have three spirals.*? He
_ shows a figure of one-spiraled and annular elaters of Boschia.*4
Underwood states that in rare cases elaters contain annular
bands.” Schiffner specifies that the elaters of Bazzania pecti-
nata had two spiral bands present but that he was unable to
_ find any trace of celi wall.*? He also gives a figure of an elater
tot Anthoceros grandis which has but one spiral band. 94
The origin and development of the elater cells has been taken
- up in detail by Schacht.** Hofmeister describes the method Of
Bai ciont of elaters in Pellia epiphylla,** and in Targionia™™
likens the arrangement of elaters and spore mother-cells to
that of the chlorophyllose and vesicular cells in the leaf of
Sphagnum. Leitgeb* mentions elater-like cells with irregu-
early thickened bands found on the bottom of the capsule in the
_ Marchantiacee, and believes them probably to be rudimentary
_elaters. On another page he describes the method of forma-
17. Leitgeb. Untersuch. u. d. Lebermoose, 1:51. 1874.
18, Leitgeb, loc. cit. Heft. IIT. 85. 1874.
19, Leitgeb, loc. cit. Heft. IIT. 133. 1874.
20. Leit geb, loc. cit. Heft. VI. 138. 1879.
21. Leitgeb, loc, cit. Heft. IV. Taf. V1. fig 16. 1879.
22, Underwood, Bull. Illinois Lab. Nat. Hist. 2:11. 1884.
23. Schiffner, Ueber exot. Hep. 260. 1893.
24, Schiffner, joc, cit. Taf. 13. ;
25. Schacnt, Beitr. z. Entw.-Ges. d. Frucht u. Spore v. Anthoceros laevis. Bot. Zeit.
8: 489, 28Je. Taf. VI. fig. 52. 1850.
26. Hofmeister, Verg]. Untersuch. d. Keim. Entw. u. Frucht. Hoherer Krypt. 20. 1851.
27. Hofmeister, loc. cit. 58. 1851.
28. Leitgeb, loc. cit. Heft VI. 44. 1879.
©
46 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
- tion of spores and elaters in Frullania, Lejeunia and Blasia.2
Goebel®® states: ‘‘In the majority of the Hepaticae a number
of sterile cells occur, and these figure either as nourishing cells
of the spore mother-cells, which last gradually absorb the ma-
terial stored up in the first; or they become spindle-shaped
elaters provided with spiral thickenings to which belong in the
sowing the loosening of the complex spores.” And again:
«But not all become spore mother-cells: a part remain sterile
and at first are filled with starch-grains which are consumed
during the growth of the spore mother-cells.” He goes on to
‘say that also in Riella sterile cells are found in the sporogonia
among the spore mother-cells, which remain with thin walls,
the so-called nourishing cells of the spore. Insignificant spin-
dle forms are found in Corsinia. Boschia has undoubted elaters
—long cells mostly with brown ringed or spiral thickenings
which are hygroscopic and have the function of loosening the
spore mass when ripe and thus releasing the spores.*! Leclere
du Sablon? gives a very complete description of the relative
‘arrangement of the spores and elaters in a number of genera.
In Frullania dilatata he states that ‘‘the disposition of the
spores is not less regular than that of the elaters, and there
are as many vertical rows of spore tetrads as there are of
elaters. The sporogonium being somewhat spherical, it is evi-
dent that all the elaters are not of equal length; those which
are near the central part are the longest, and their length di-
minishes as they depart from the axis.” In the case of Pellia
epiphylla he observes that the elaters upon the periphery are
disposed irregularly; towards the interior a felting of spores
and elaters is formed, and in the center there is a sort of col-
umella made up exclusively of vertical elaters. In Targionia
hypophylla the disposition of spores with relation to elaters is
very irregular and appears always the same whatever section
is considered. On the periphery of the sporogonium there is
found a continuous bed of elaters. Sterile cells are present in
Sphaerocarpus terrestris. The role which one generally at-
tributes to them is that of nourishing the spores. It is, how-
ever, more exact to compare them to spore mother - cells
arrested in their development. Thesame writer has thorough-
ly investigated the development of the spores and elaters. In
29. Leitgeb, loc. cit. Heft ITI. 30. 1874.
30. Goebel, Die Muse. in Schenck Handb. Bot. 2: 317. 1882.
31. Goebel, loc. cit. 2: 353. 1882.
32. Leclere du Sablon, Rechr. sur le dev. du Sporog. des Hep. Ann. Sci. Nat. 7 ser.
11, 130. 1885.
A PA
: 4 oe
a. ee vo
eee eae! eo a
O,e
enc
% ara ines at
2
- 2
+
ial a hE a res a
eS ES I ete ee PY eae eT Ee
2
a
E
y: P describing sections cut from young sporogonia of Frullania
te ree
Fi Ee, Oe a Te Pe
A 7
/
h
+
Set a ap ee Oe eS
WE Gere
5
7.
4
45
dilatata he states: ‘‘The cells with dense protoplasm are al-
_ ready divided into two categories; some elongate simply with-
out dividing, the others elongate in the same manner, but
divide. The first form the elaters, while the others give birth
to spore mother-cells.” And farther on: ‘‘It is interesting to
remark in the case of Frullania that each elater is equivalent not
only to a spore mother-cell but to a row of them.” He gives the
following account of the development of the elater cells of
Frullania dilatata®*:; ‘‘At first the elaters have a thin mem-
brane of cellulose. But from this moment the evolution of the
‘membrane from two sorts of elements is essentially different.
While the protoplasm of the spores condenses ancl becomes re-
serve material, the contents of the elaters are seen to diminish,
employed partially at least in the formation of the spiral,
which, as is said, is an internal ornament of the membrane.
This role of nourishing the spore mother cells is generally
attributed to the protoplasm of the elaters. The formation of
this spiral appears to be comparable to that which has
been described by Strasburger in spiral vessels. One
observes at a certain moment, while the elater is still com-
pletely filled with protoplasm, that it forms upon the mem-
‘brane a thin, colorless, granular line, which is the first index
of the formation of the spiral. Little by little this band thick-
ens, its outline becomes distinct, ard one sees the spiral appear,
still delicate and colorless, but with the form which it must
preserve. During this time the interior protoplasm diminishes
in volume, it falls away, so to speak, while the spiral thickens.
Afterwards the protoplasm completely disappears; the spiral
is formed and the elater arrived at its definite state, finds itself
reduced to the state of a cellular skeleton of which the role
henceforth is known to be only of a purely mechanical order.’
As quoted by Bennett and Murray,* Leclerc du Sablon found
_ the sporogonium of the typical Hepaticae to be composed at an
early stage of sixty-four cells, each of which subsequently
divides into four. These cells elongate in the direction of the
axis of the sporogonium and then become differentiated into
two kinds. ‘In the one kind the nucleus undergoes repeated
bipartitions, and these give rise to the spore mother-cells; in
_ the other kind the nucleus does not divide, and the protoplasm
33. Leclere du Sablon, loc. cit. 134.
34. Leclere du Sablon, loc. cit. 138.
35. Bennett and Murray, Handb. of Crypt. Bot. 159. 1889,
Tea ela «
hg hae as
TM ROR TEN AUR RY Se RE SERA MAS TI ESR NUTR AAI gD Sn TSR ELD RY a Re
se a N , ant Bea a SON ith x Rep A NaN! Rec yreer ¥ Owe yay
48 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
forms spiral granulations; these become the elaters. Rarely
(as in Riella) they are replaced by barren cells filled with food
material for the nutrition of the growing spores. The two
kinds of cell are equal in number, each alternating with the
other.”
Kienitz-Gerloff found the measurement of ripe elaters of
Marchantia polymorpha to be .55 mm.*6 Leitgeb gives the
length of elaters in Cyathodium*’ as .86mm. Schiffner®® states
that the elaters of Radula protensa Ldnb., var. irrectilobula’ are
.2 mm. long and .0048 mm. thick.
Erroneous figures of Marchantia elaters are shown in Le |
Maout et Decaisne, Traité de Botanique. 704 (1876), and re-
peated in Bessey, Botany for High Schools and Colleges. Hd.
VI. (1889), and Bastin, College Botany. 341. (1889).
Correct figures of Marchantia elaters are shown in Sachs,
Text-book of Botany. Ed. II. 355. (1882), and repeated in Goe-
bel, Outlines. Eng. Trans. 159. (1887), and Van Tieghem,
Traité de Botanique. 2:1343. (1891). Also, correct figures are _
shown in Leitgeb, loc. cit. Heft V. Taf. IIT, fig. 8.
The branching of elaters of any kind has scarcely been
touched upon. Jn the Micrographic Dictionary it is stated
that Targionia has branched elaters*® and a figure of a branched
elater is given.49 Branched elaters of Trichia, one of the slime
moulds, are shown in Pringsheim’s Jahrbiicher, which resemble
somewhat those of Conocephalus.4! Underwood* states that
Anthoceros has simple or branched elaters. Schiffner* notes
that the elaters of Radula protensa Ldnb. are often branched
and a representation of one is given.
Original investigations. The fact that branching occurs in
the elaters of Conocephalus conicus was noticed by Mr. A. M. Mur-
fin in specimens of this plant brought into the. morphological
laboratory of the University of Minnesota for class work. It was
then too late in the season to obtain other material for compar-
ison, so that it is not known whether or not the same thing oc-
curs in other Minnesota genera of the Marchantiacee.
36, Kienitz-Gerloff, loc. cit. 171. 1874.
37. Leitgeb, loc. cit. Heft VI. 188. 1879.
38. Schiffner, loc. cit. 247. 1893.
39. Griffith and Henfrey, Microg. Dict. Ed. II. 1:348. 1860.
40. Griffith and Henfrey, Microg. Dict. Ed. II. 1: 677. figs. 720, 728, 724. 1860.
41. Wigand, Zur Morph. u. Syst. d. Gatt, Trichia u. Arcyria. Jahrb. f. wiss. Bot.
Pringsh. 3: Taf. I. fig. 10. 1863.
42. Underwood, Gray’s Man. Ed. VI. 726. 1889.
43. Sehiffner, loc. cit. 247. Taf. VII. 1893.
_ MacDougal: MORPHOLOGY OF HEPATIC ELATERS. 49
In Conocephalus each receptacle or head contains a cluster of
ee from seven to nine sporogonia. These are conical in shape
rf; and are filled with spores and radially arranged elaters. The
_ sporogonia of the material investigated at this time were mostly
in rather advanced stages of development, but a few younger
specimens were found.
The method employed in working upon the material was as
follows: The entire contents of a single sporogonium were
mounted in water and with a low power an estimate was made
of the proportion of branched to unbranched elaters in the en-
: tire mount. The most peculiar forms were then selected and
os
a ee nme Ake) at +
Le < he at
Wa x aa hee Pee Si
Fo rae T
fy nin, U
* {
“a
examined under higher power. Measurements were taken with
the micrometer and careful drawings made, giving special at-
_ tention to (1) the contents of the elater cell, (2) the thicken-
ing of the wall of the elaters, (5) abnormalities in branching.
Observations were made in this manner upon two or three
sporogonia in each head, and also upon several receptacles on
the same plant.
The normal elater cell (Pl. IV. figs. 1, 2, 7) of Conocephalus is
comparatively short, thick and geniculate. It secretes on its
_ inner surface a thickened band of a brownish color which winds
7 a
o's
>
2 “
~~
we) ce
- -e:
>
.
natal. ne
i.
<
ats ee ae
Pe Tey, Se Ea er a ee weer ak Tk
*
ie
.
_ =
*.
s
>
spirally around the cell. This band generally branches shortly
after leaving the end of the-elater. One or both of these
strands may branch a second time. In most cases the branches
fuse again at the opposite end, so that in general each end of
an elater is occupied by a single loop, while its middle portion
contains three, four or sometimes five strands running parallel
with each other.
According to citations already given, young elaters have been
ohserved to contain starch. But in all these instances the
writers assert that with the appearance of the spiral bands all
trace of the starch passes away. But in the youngest recep-
tacle examined, the spiral bands of the elaters (PI. V. figs. 8, 9,
11), though only faintly colored, were clearly distinguishable
in outline, showing that they were quite well advanced in age.
These elaters were very abundantly furnished with starch-
grains. This circumstance may have been due to an overplus
of starch after the necessary amount had been used in the
building up of the thickenel bands. It also suggests the orig-
inal nutritive function of the elater. In the elaters of the other
receptacles examined there was no visible trace of cell-contents
of any kind. In attempting to ascertain the character of the
secretion, the best result was obtained from treating with sul-
Wie ae a cab i ime cu hk dik ilo el a NI ad
50 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ~
phuric acid. This caused a decided swelling of the spiral
bands and indicated them to be lignified.
A superficial observation of these elaters would probably
give one no idea of any law governing their mode of branch-
ing. The budding has the appearance of taking place indis-
criminately from the ends or from the middle portion of the
cell. But a more careful study shows that there is a distinc-
tion between the two ends, that one is bifurcated, the other
simple. What appears then to be a branch occurring on the
intermediate portion becomes a simple case of dichotomous
branching from the end, with one member more vigorously
developed than the other. In one instance only (Pl. IV. tig. 9)
an elater was observed in which both ends were bifurcate.
This distal branching of the elaters may be explained as be-
ing due to their radial arrangement within the sporogonium.
They grow upwards from the base in all directions. This
causes the two ends to develop under different conditions, and
hence they come to be different in character and in capability.
The basal ends are crowded and pressed together, and there-
fore become attenuated, while the upper ends, from the shape
of their enclosure, have more than enough room in which to
grow, and as a result they first assume a truncate form and
then, subsequent to the loosening up of the contents of the
sporogonium, they begin putting forth buds to fill up the unoc- —
cupied space. This fact was shown conclusively in the case of
the sporogonium mentioned above, which, though the youngest
one examined, could not be said to be in an early stage of devel--
opment. Yet in this entire mount there were not more than
six or seven branched elaters, and in these the protuberances
were very rudimentary, as shown in the figures. Some recep-
tacles did not contain a single branched elater, and often some
of the sporogonia in a receptacle would furnish branched
elaters while others would not.
As a further instance of this tendency to branch at the upper ms
ends, it may be noted that Sullivant# speaks of the upper ends
of the elaters of Lejewnia as being truncate-dilated. Dh.
This phenomenon, then, is but another example of the incli-
nation of cells to enter upon a new period of growth, under
conditions of relief from pressure, or in other words, of their
tendency to fill space. The analogy is thus apparent between
the branching of elater cells and (1) the budding of the Yeast
plant and of Vaucheria or Botrydium, (2) the formation of armed
44 Sullivant, Gray’s Manual, Ed. I. 685. 1848.
Tilden: MORPHOLOGY OF HEPATIC ELATERS. 51
cells in the air passages of the stalks of many water plants, e. ¢
_ Briophorum and Scirpus lacustris and of stellate hairs in the petiole
of Nuphar, (3) the occurrence of thyloses in the trachez of many
Dicotyledonous woody plants (Quercus, Sambucus, Cucurbita, etc.)
and some Monocotyledons (Canna, Palms, etc.). In connection
with this matter an interesting paragraph is found in Goebel’s
,Outlines® where he observes: ‘‘In parenchyma of the funda-
mental tissue of the leaves (Marattia, Angiopteris, Danaea, and
Kaulfussia), Liirssen*® found outgrowths on the walls of the
cells bounding the intercellular spaces; these outgrowths pro-
ject into the spaces, and where these are small, they take the
form of bosses or conical projections, but in larger ones they
become long, slender filaments, which are quite solid and con-
sist of cuticularized substance; large intercellular spaces are
quite filled with a web of these filaments.” In this case the cell
wall alone undertakes the space-filling function.
_ As to the point at which the bud appears, this may depend
upon several things: (1) There may be slight differences in the
thickness of the wall of the elater, and if so, the protuberance
will occur at a thinner rather than at a thicker part, for that
will have the greater extensibility. (2) There may be variable
areas of maximum turgescence in an unsymmetrical cell, and as
a matter of course, a bulging or swelling out would be caused
where there was the greatest pressure. (3) Again, it is readily
conceived that there may be and probably is some relation be-
tween the branching of the elater cell and the distribution of
bands; but this relation is not easily defined. Whether the
spiral band is principally concerned in the process and by its
more vigorous growth stretches out the cell membrane, or
whether the impulse is given to the membrane itself, and the
_ band merely keeps pace with it in growth, or is formed some-
what more tardily, is a matter which will require much more
study before a conclusion can be reached. In general, the bud,
from its earliest appearance, is seen to be encircled by one or
more loops (Pl. IV. fig. 8, b; fig. 18, a; Pl. V. fig. 12, a. b.), but
exceptions to this rule occur (Pl. IV. fig. 6, c; Pl. V. fig. 4, d.).
(4) Perhaps, also, the varying thickness or width of the bands
may exert some influence.
The branching of the elater itself necessarily leads to pecul-
iarities and complexities in the branching of the spiral bands.
In one case (Pl. V. fig. 1) the spiral band branches (a) shortly
45, Goebel, Outlines, 255. 1887.
46. Liirssen, Handb. d. Syst. Bot, 1:577, 1879.
© Set >?
PE RY ae Plies AP? aOR LD RA INTE CNG A eRe REE gilt, ac ORR DRI ae
° ‘ ' a 4 ‘ 4
52 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
after leaving the end of the elater. One of these strands di-
vides again (b) and the other ata point still farther on(c). One
of the branches from 0 and one fromc meet the second one from
b at d, while the second one from c returns the length of the
elater and fuses with the original fibre at a.
Sometimes the spiral band splits into three or four divisions
(Pl. V. figs. 2, a; 6, a; Pl. IV. fig. 15, a). This generally occurs,
with the throwing out of a branch (PI. JV. fig. 8, a; fig. 14, a).
The general rule appears to be that the two spiral threads
start from the end of the elater, divide once or twice near the
middle, part going directly into each branch of the elater, but
sometimes a strand will traverse, in turn, two parallel branches
without extending into the body of the elater at all (Pl. IV. fig.
Bes ar DL. Ve eS. ta):
It seems generally to happen that the most interesting speci-
mens are found near the edge of the coverglass where evapora-
tion takes place very rapidly. When the wateris renewed such
a disturbance is caused that it is almost impossible to keep the
object in view until it comes to rest again, and even then it is
likely to be in an entirely different position so that the first
drawing cannot be finished; so it is necessary to be very expe-
ditious in the work. However, in one or two cases, I succeeded
in getting two drawings of the same elater from different
views (Pl. V. figs. 4 and 5). This brings out the manner of
branching in the spirals much more clearly. Two bands are
observed to coalesce (a) and immediately separate again, one
of the latter branches dividing a second time (0) to form a loop
_ around the end of the tube. The other branch joins with a
third (c) band which has traversed the length of the elater,
forming likewise a loop which appears from one view (fig. 4)
to lie upon a flat surface of the wall, while in the other position
(fig. 5) a bulging out is apparent, evidently the beginning of a
new branch.
In a single case (Pl. IV. fig. 6) the spiral systems of two well
developed branches of an elater were entirely independent of
- each other. This, perhaps, might seem to have the appearance
of being due to fusion between two elaters, but if we follow the
above mentioned view that the wall and not the fibre takes the
initiative in growth, it becomes a simple case of branching.
In Pl. IV., figs. 4, 8 and 9 and in Pl. V., fig. 18 were all
taken from the same sporogonium. PI. JV. figs. 3 and 11 were
from the same head. ‘The first five elaters represented in PI.
lV. were taken from the same sporogonium. About one-fourth
=
a
a
a
iF PY
4
;
3
‘
MacDougal: MORPHOLOGY OF HEPATIC ELATERS. 53
_ of the whole number were branched. Figs. 6, 7 and 10 were
from another sporogonium in the same head. Figs. 8 and 9
__-were from the youngest receptacle studied. Figs. 12 and 14
oat were from an older head on the same plant as that from which
figs. 8 and 9 were drawn.
_ . Although some of the sporogonia were fully ripe when
c : studied, in no instance was an elater observed which had lost
its membrane.
Summary and conclusions. The above statements may
-_- be summarized as follows:
1. So far as known the young elaters of Liverworts always
contain starch. In most cases it disappears as the spiral bands
4 are formed, but it may also be present in mature elaters.
Aside from this substance no cell-contents have been observed.
2. The branching of elaters is known to take place in Zarg-
I ionia, Anthoceros, Radula and Conocephalus. It is probably more
‘J general.
Sh 3. In the case of Conocephalus, at least, the branching follows
‘i a dichotomous order. It may be explained as due to the radial
-__—s arrangement of the elaters within the sporogonium, from which
x the two ends of the elater come to have different capabilities.
é 4. The conditions of branching may be said to depend upon
three circumstances: (1) The shape of the sporogonium, (2)
the arrangement of the elaters with reference to their mutual
pressure, (3) the structure of the elater.
5. The branching does not take place until the pressure
within the sporogonium is relieved by the loosening up of the
spores and elaters, preparatory to their being set free. There-
fore the branching is analogous to the phenomena of thyloses.
‘ 6. The number of spiral bands in the walls of elaters varies
___ from one to five. These undergo branching and fusion.
. 7. The normal elater of Conocephalus conicus, as a rule, con-
tains two spiral threads, one or both of which generally
branch.
8. The abnormal branching of the elater causes abnormal
branching of the spiral threads
. The data on which this paper is based were gathered in the
- morphological laboratory of the University of Minnesota.
54 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
IX. REVISED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE
MINNESOTA ASTRAGALL.
EDMUND P. SHELDON.
The varied types of Astragalus descriptions in the manuals
have made it seem necessary that a beginning be made in the
way of revision. The following diagnoses are made not from
any type specimens, but from a study of the species as I have
been able to observe them in the field and from the characters
shown by the specimens in the Herbarium of the University of
Minnesota, and of the Missouri Botanical Gardens. For the
use of the latter I am indebted to Dr. William Trelease, who
has kindly loaned me the specimens for study.
Astragalus crassicarpus NuTT. in Fras. Cat.1. 1813.
A. carnosus PURSH Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:740. 1814.
A. caryocarpus KER. Bot. Reg. 2:176. 1816.
A, succulentus Ricu. Frankl. Journ. 18. 1823.
A. pachycarpus T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:332. 1838.
Perennial, with minute, appressed pubescence, becoming
glabrate; stem 14 to 4 dm. in length, decumbent or rarely erect,
simple or branching only at the base, thick, striate; leaves 6 to
10 cm. in length, rachis grooved; Jeajlets 10 to 20 mm. in length,
in eight to fourteen pairs, narrowly oblong or obovate, usually
glabrous above but with close, appressed pubescence beneath;
stipules ovate-acuminate, divaricate or rarely reflexed; peduncles
7 to 12 mm. in length, bearing six to ten flowers in a short,
spike-like raceme; jlowers 15 to 25 mm. in length, slender, ped-
icelled, erect spreading; calyx cylindrical, often tinged with
purple, the subulate teeth one-third to one-half the length of
the tube; corolla violet-purple; legume 1.5 to 2.5 cm. in length,
globose or ovate, glabrous, succulent, thick and fleshy, becom-
ing cellular, bilocular, when mature becoming dull purplish
tinged.
North America: Saskatchewan to S. W. Texas; from Colo. to
Minn., Nebr. and Iowa.
Minnesota: Throughout the prairie portion of the state.
.
F
p.
POO Mg Te RL age EPS Oe BO Oe NE om tee ee) Cp eee
’ a 4 f a . . e
Sheldon: DESCRIPTIONS OF ASTRAGALI. ' 55
Minn. specimens in herb: Clark 1, Minneapolis; Seward 1,
Minneapolis; Cross 1, Minneapolis; Pomeroy 1, Minneapolis;
Sandberg 276, Minneapolis; Kassuwbe 51, Minneapolis; Sheldon
1068, Minneapolis; Ankeny 1, Minneapolis; Sandberg 132, Red
Wing; Sheldon 3729, Fergus Falls; Sheldon 3446, Lake Christ-
ina, Douglas county; Ballard 341, Jordan, Scott county; Aiton
1, Minneapolis; Sheldon 3844, Dalton, Otter Tail county; Shel-
don 3498, Lake Christina, Douglas county.
ied Astragalus plattensis Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. 1:332. 1838.
A. caryocarpus Tork. in Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2:179. 1828.
not A. caryocarpus KER. Bot. Reg. 2:176. 1816.
A. mexicanus A. GRAY, Pl. Lindh. 176. 1845.
Perennial, loosely villous throughout; stems 1.5 to 3 dm. in
length, erect or ascending, striate, often contorted; Jeaves 5 to
Rs 10 cm. in length, rachis grooved above; leaflets 8 to 10 mm. in
length, in six to ten pairs, obovate, oblong or elliptical, obtuse,
often glabrous above; stipules foliaceous, ovate-acuminate, some-
times clasping but not connate, becoming reflexed; pedwncles 6
to 8 cm. in length, subcapitate; flowers 12 to 16 mm. in length,
crowded, short-pedicelled, spreading; calyx cylindrical, loosely
villous, the filiform, spreading teeth one-third to one-half the
length of the tube; corolla ochroleucous, tinged or tipped with
purple; /egume 14 to 20 mm. in length, ovate-acuminate or ob-
long, slightly curved, sulcate, minutely pubescent, finely trans-
versely rugose-veined, completely bilocular, 10 to 12 seeded.
North America: Minn. to Ind. and N. Alabama; west to Kan.,
Nebr., Colo. and Texas.
This species has been reported from western and southwest-
ern Minnesota, but no specimens purporting to come from the
localities named have been seen by the writer.
Astragalus tennesseensis A. GRAY has heretofore been referred
to the above, but it seems to be a valid species. It has been
found from northern Ills. to Tenn. and Alabama.
Astralagus carolinianus Linn. Spec. 757, N. 9. 1753.
A. canadensis LINN. 757, N. 10. 1753.
Perennial, slightly puberulent or glabrate; stems 3 to 12 dm.
high, erect, usually striate, especially above and in the more
pubescent forms; lJeaves .5 to 3 dm. in length, the rachis striate;
leajlets 10—40 mm. in length, in five to fourteen pairs, elliptical
or oblong, usually glabrous above but white pubescent beneath,
acute, obtuse or retuse; stipules triangular-acuminate, connate
56S MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
below; peduncles 6 to 20 cm. in length, bearing long, dense
spikes; flowers 10 to 15 mm. in length, numerous, becoming
horizontal or reflexed; calyx cylindrical, with short, subulate
teeth; corolla greenish cream-color; legume 10 to 15 mm. in
length, nearly erect, oblong or elliptical, glabrous, rarely finely
reticulated or cross-striated, terete or obscurely triangular,
sometimes slightly sulcate dorsally, bilocular, with a thin, clear
membrane lining the cavities.
A polymorphous species varying much in the size and shape
of the leaflets. .
North America: Quebec, Ont., Hudson bay and Rocky mts.
to N. Y., Ga. and Fla.; W. to the headwaters of the Columbia
river and the Saskatchewan; S. in mountains to the Great
‘ Basin region; through Colo., Minn., Nebr., Kan. and Ark.
Minnesota: Throughout the state. 4,
Minn. specimens in herb: Sheldon 3415, EKagle lake, Otter
Tail county; Pomeroy 2, Hennepin county; Kassube 52, Minne-
apolis; Holtz 15, Hennepin county; Taylor 685, Minnesota lake;
Taylor 715, Minnesota lake; Ballard 488, Prior’s lake, Scott
county; Sheldon 1587, Lake Benton; Taylor 912, Glenwood; Bal-
lard 767, Waconia; Sheldon 38786, Sand lake, Otter Tail county;
Herrick 75, Minneapolis; Sandberg 133, Goodhue county; Holz-
inger 56, Winona county; Holzinger 57, Winona county; Burgle-
haus 1, Hennepin county; Sheldon 3275, Bridgman, Mille Lacs
~ county; Sheldon 3852, Dalton, Otter Tail county; Sheldon 3787,
Fergus Falls, Otter Tail county; Sheldon 7212, Graceville, (a
form with elliptical-ovate leaflets, 4 to 5 mm. in length).
Astragalus laxmanni Jacq. Hort. Vindob. 3:22. 1776.
A. adsurgens PALL. Astrag. 40. 1800.
A, syriacus PALL. Reise, 2:559. 1771,
not A. syriacus LINN. Spec. 759. . 1783.
A. semibilocularis DC. Astrag. 136. 1802.
A, adsurgens PALL. var. prostratus FiscH. Hort. Gar. ex DC. Prod.
2:287. 1825.
A. microphyllus GEORGI, Beschr. Russ. Nachtr. 296. 1802.
A. lawmanni Nutt. Gen. 2:99. 1818.
A. striatus Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:330. 1838.
A. adsurgens PALL. var. lawmanni TRAUTY. in Bull. Mosq. 1: 507.
1860.
A. hypoglottis LINN. var. robustus Hoox. in Lond. Journ. Bot.
6:210. 1854.
Perennial, cinereous with minute, appressed pubescence, or
glabrate; stems 1 to 4 dm. high, ascending or decumbent, branch-
ing only at the base, striate or nearly terete; leaves 4 to 12 cm.
_" Nyse wilt Fl ase lal ae oe eee ie ae ee NT bth ts ile
OS : Sheldon: DESCRIPTIONS OF ASTRAGALI. 57
in length; leaflets 8 to 30 mm. in length, in four to ten pairs, nar-
rowly or linear-oblong, acute or obtuse, the margins becoming
——_— revolute: stipules triangular-acuminate, scarious, often reflexed,
Bi. mostly connate below and free above; peduncles 8 to 10 cm. in
y length, usually exceeding the leaves, striate, bearing a dense,
oval spike; flowers 10 to 18 mm. in length, slender; calyx cylin-
drical, the tube equalling or exceeding the setaceous teeth, sub-
villous with appressed white or black and white hairs inter-
mixed; corolla purple or ochroleucous tipped with purple;
legume 10 to 15 mm. in length, coriaceous, pubescent, sessile,
ascending, straight, usually triangular-compressed, with a
dorsal sulcus, bilocular by the intruded dorsal suture, usually |
many-seeded.
North America: Minn. and the Saskatchewan to British
eg Columbia and Washington; S. to Oregon and W. Kan.
. Minnesota: Infrequent in the prairie region of the southern
and western portions of the state.
Minn. specimens in herb: Sheldon 2019, Brainerd; Oestlund
__- 208, Minneapolis; Moyer 1, Montevideo; Holzinger 298, Han-
; cock; Taylor 872, Glenwood; Sheldon 1381, Lake Benton; Sheldon
3462, Lake Christina, Douglas county; Sheldon 5278, Lakeville
lake, Dakota county.
:
"
Yq
Astragalus hypoglottis Linn. Mant. 2:274. 1771.
A. glaux PALL. Reise, 2:464. 1771.
A. arenarius PALL. Reise, 2:464. 1771.
A. agrestis DOUGL. in G. DON. Gen. Syst. Gard. & Bot. 2:257. 1832.
A. goniatus Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:330. 1838.
Perennial, loosely pubescent or glabrous; stems 8 to 25 em.
in length, diffusely procumbent or ascending, nearly terete;
leaves 4 to 8 cm. in length, the rachis channelled; leaflets 6 to 15
mm. in length, in seven to ten pairs, oblong or linear-oblong,
obtuse or retuse; stipules subfoliaceous, ovate, acute or obtuse,
Sheathing; peduncles thick, striate, capitate or subspicate;
Jlowers 15 to 22 mm. in length, erect; calyx cylindrical, loosely
pubescent with nigrescent hairs, especially the linear teeth
which are equal to or shorter than the tube; corolla violet or
yellowish purple tinged with green; legume 7 to 10 mm. in
length, coriaceous, sillky-villous with white, usually appressed
hairs, sessile, erect or ascending, straight, triangular-com-
pressed, with a deep dorsal sulcus, completely bilocular by the
intruded dorsal suture, usually many seeded.
58 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
North America: Hudson bay to Alaska; S. in U. S. from
Mont. to Minn., Nebr. and S. Colo.
Minnesota: Infrequent in the prairie region of the southern
and western portions of the state.
Minn. specimens in herb: Taylor 743, Glenwood; Sheldon
3664, Fergus Falls; Moyer 252, Montevideo; Moyer 253, Monte-
video; Sheldon 7217, Graceville, Big Stone county; Sheldon
7418, Lake Traverse, Traverse county.
Astragalus gracilis Nutt. Gen. 2:100. 1818.
Dalea parviflora PurRsH. Fl. Amer. Sept. 474. 1814.
Psoralea parviflora Porr. Suppl. 4:590. 1816.
Phaca parvifolia Nutr. in T. & G. Fl. 1:348. 1888.
A. parviflorus MACM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 325. 1892.
not A. parviflorus LAM. Ency. Meth. 1:310. 1783.
Perennial, with fine, hoary pubescence, or glabrate; stems 3
to 5 dm. inlength, virgate, erect or ascending, sparsely branch-
ing; leaves 3 to 4 cm. in length, rarely reduced to the filiform
rachis; leaflets 8 to 20 mm. in length, in two to four pairs, nar-
rowly linear or filiform, obtuse or retuse; stipules minute, tri-
angular-acute, often connate below; peduncles 6 to 12 cm. in
length, bearing a slender, many-flowered raceme; flowers small,
4 to 6 mm. in length, on very short pedicels; calyx campanu-
late, with short, triangular teeth; corolla pale purple or whit-
ish; legume 5 to 7 mm. in length, refiexed-spreading, elliptic-
ovate, pointed, coriaceous, transversely rugose-veined, slightly
pubescent at first, becoming glabrous, concave dorsally, the
ventral suture prominent, unilocular, two or three seeded.
North America: Colorado to Kan., Nebr., Mo. and Minn.
Reported from southwestern Minnesota, Watson.
Astragalus lotiflorus Hook. Fl. Bor—Am. 1:152. 1833.
Phaca lotiflora Nutr. in T & G. Fl. 1:349. 1838.
A. lotiflorus Hook. forma pedunculosus A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad.
6: 209. 1838.
Perennial, caespitose with short, thick, woody, branching
stems, cinereously pubescent throughout with appressed hairs;
leaves 4 to 8 cm. in length, erect spreading, rachis pubescent
with white, spreading hairs; leaflets 5 to 15 mm. in length, |
in five to ten pairs, oblong-elliptical, obtuse; stipules ovate,
acute or acuminate, persistent; peduncles 6 to 8 cm. in length,
usually exceeding the leaves, capitately six to ten flowered;
flowers 8 to 12 mm. in length; calyx campanulate, the teeth
a
Sheldon: DESCRIPTIONS OF ASTRAGALI. 59
longer than the tube; corolla yellow or ochroleucous; legume 15
to 20 mm. in length, coriaceous, inflated, turgid, oblong-ovate,
straight, appressed-pubescent, sessile, erect spreading, dorsal
suture impressed, cross-section obcordate, unilocular, few to
many seeded.
North America: Saskatchewan and Brit. Colaa to Minn.,
Dak., Wyo., Nebr., Kan., Ind. Ter. and Texas.
Minnesota: Chippewa county,
Minn. specimens in herb: Moyer 257, Montevideo; Moyer 258,
Montevideo.
Astragalus elatiocarpus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. &
Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9. 20. 1894.
A. lotiflorus Hook. forma brachypus A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad
6: 209. 1866.
Perennial, acaulescent or somewhat caespitose with short,
thick, woody, rarely branching stems, covered with white, ap-
pressed hairs; leaves 5 to 138 cm. in length, erect- pubescent with
long appressed hairs; /eajlets 6 to 16 mm. in length, usually in four
pairs, rarely five or six, broadly lanceolate, acute or in some
forms obtuse or rarely retuse, pubescent with white, appressed
hairs beneath, slightly so above; stipules 3 to 5 mm. in length,
ovate acuminate; peduncles elongating after the fruit has ma-
tured, becoming as long or slightly longer than the leaves;
flowers 3 to 5 mm. in length, sessile, few, usually three or four;
calyx short campanulate, the teeth longer than the tube; corolla
yellow, the keel inflexed; /egume 18 to 25 mm. in length, ovate-
acuminate, incurved, sessile, woody, pubescent with white,
somewhat spreading hairs, dorsal suture rarely very slightly
impressed, unilocular, few to many seeded.
North America: From Colo. and Wyo., to Tex., Minn. and
Hudson bay.
Minnesota: Otter Tail, Big Stone and Traverse counties.
Minn. specimens in herb: Sheldon 3809, Silver lake, Otter
Tail county; Sheldon 3423, Eagle lake, Otter Tail county; Shel-
don 3728, Fergus Falls; Sheldon 7298, Graceville; Sheldon 7433,
lake Traverse, Traverse county; Sheldon 7210, Brown’s Val-
ley, Traverse county.
Astragalus neglectus (T. & G.)
sa Phaca neglecta T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 344. 1838.
. not A. neglectus Fiscu. in SrEuD. Nom. 1:162. 1840,
A, cooperi A. GRAY, Man. Bot. Ed. II. 98. 1856.
aby SOP eae PT NC ORE ee Cpe ee Oe
0 BYE Petr eee Ye eae” Ot gto Drape Se aeatca sat OF
60 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Perennial, many stemmed from the thick root; stems 8 to 8
dm. high, rigid, erect-spreading, glabrous; leaves 4 to 10 cm. in
length, rachis grooved above, slightly keeled below; leaflets 10
to 20 mm. in length, in five to ten pairs, elliptical or narrowly
oblong, obtuse or retuse, smooth above, but minutely rough-
ened with gat, appressed hairs beneath; stipules triangular-
acute, reflexed; peduncles as long as the leaves, subcapitately
eight to fifteen flowered; flowers 15 to 17 mm. in length, becom-
ing reflexed; calyx short-cylindrical, grayish pubescent, often
purplish when fresh, the subulate teeth shorter than the tube;
corolla white or ochroleucous; legume 2 to 2.5 cm. in length,
coriaceous, inflated, ovate-globose, acute, glabrous, reticulated
and minutely transversely rugose-veined, unilocular, but both
sutures becoming intruded with age, lined within with cob-
webby hairs which traverse the cavity, many seeded.
_ North America: Western Quebec, Ont., N. Y. and along the
Great Lakes to Wisc., Iowa and N. Minn.
Minnesota: Otter Tail, Itasca and Goodhue counties.
Minn. specimens in herb: Sandberg 1100, Itasca lake; Sheldon
3826, Dalton, Otter Tail county; Sheldon 3414, Eagle lake, Otter
Tail county; Sheldon 3534, Lake Belmont, Otter Tail county;
Sheldon 3800, Fergus Falls.
Astragalus flexuosus DouGL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard.
& Bot. 2:256. 18382.
Phaca flecuosa Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:140. 1833.
Phaca elongata Hoox, Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:140, 1833,
Perennial, ashy-puberulent; stems 3 to 6 dm. in length, ascend-
ing or decumbent, often branching; leaves 4 to 6 cm. in length,
in five to ten pairs, oblong or linear-obovate, obtuse or retuse;
stipules connate below but triangular-acuminate and often re-
flexed above; peduncles 8 to 16 cm. in length, often striate,
loosely racemed; jlowevs 8 to 10 mm. in length, pedicelled, be-
coming reflexed; calyx campanulate, with short, triangular
teeth; corolla white or purplish; legwme 15 to 20 mm. in length,
coriaceous, Jinear-oblong, flattish, becoming cylindric and
arcuate with age, slightly puberulent, very short-stipitate with-
in the calyx, unilocular, six to ten seeded.
North America: Saskatchewan, Brit. Col., N. W. T., Assini-
boia and lat. 50° N. to Minn., W. to Mont., S. to Colo. and Nebr.
Minnesota: Chippewa, Big Stone and Traverse counties.
Minn. specimens in herb: Moyer 254, Montevideo; Sheldon
72843 Graceville; Sheldon 7169, Brown’s Valley. The two latter
eS
. f 2 - - = : = ae a > ‘ i > ih yt
eee ee Oe Ae Pe eae ee ee eS ee, Ce! ee eee eee? ~
“4
a
fe
q
hath CaM aes ead ie PE ab gn ahiU
Sheldon: DESCRIPTIONS OF ASTRAGALI, 61
specimens were in a preceding paper®* inaccurately referred to
A. convallarius Greene.
Lice
Astragalus tenellus Pursu. Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:473. 1814,
Tray A, multijlorus A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6:226. 1864.
Eos Ervum multiflorum PursH. Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:739, 1814,
ny Orobus dispar NuTT. Gen. 2:95. 1818.
(ane Phaca nigrescens Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:148. 1833.
Dt Homalobus multiflorus T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:350. 1838.
aaa A. nigrescens A. GRAY, Am. Journ. Sci. II. 33:410. 1862.
ge Perennial, slightly puberulent throughout with usually scat-
tered hairs, becoming glabrous with age; stems 1.5 to 4.5 dm. in
. length, rigid, erect-spreading, branched, slender, numerous,
eH, often growing in clumps 3 to 9 dm. in diameter; /Jeaves 2 to 6
em. in length, the rachis usually slightly curved; Jeajlets
6 to 15 mm. in length, in five to twelve pairs, linear or narrowly
oblong, acute or obtuse; stipules connate below but free above, |
- acuminate, erect, becoming dark-colored with age; peduncles as
long as or often exceeding the leaves, with a loosely, seven to
twelve flowered raceme; jlowe7s 6 to 8 mm. in length, becoming
reflexed with age, each borne on a short pedicel, which equals
in length the linear-subulate, reflexed bract which subtends it;
ix calyx campanulate, the teeth shorter than the tube; corolla
ochroleucous, sometimes tinged with purple; legume 10 to 17
mm. in length, including the short stipe which slightly exceeds
the calyx, chartaceous, oblong, flat, glabrous, coarsely reticu-
lated, becoming black, unilocular, two to four seeded.
North America: W. Minn. to Mont.,S. to Kan. and Colo., W.
to Utah, Nev. and S. Calif. :
Minnesota: Otter Tail county.
Minn. specimens in herb: Sheldon 3535, Lake Belmont, Otter
Tail county; Sheldon 3429, Hagle lake, Otter Tail county.
* Bull. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. of Minn. 9, 16,1894.
62
The genus Juncodes was founded by Moehring in his Prime
It was employed by Sabbati in -
Dr. Otto Kuntze re-
Linez Horti Privati in 1736.
1745 and adopted by Adanson in 1763.
X.
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, ah
SYNONYMY OF THE NORTH AMERICAN
SPECIES OF JUNCODES WITH FURTHER
NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON
ASTRAGABUS.
EDMUND P. SHELDON.
stored the genus in 1891.1
The confusion, however, in which Dr. Kuntze has left the
synonymy of the American species has led the writer to pre-
pare this list as preliminary to a more extended study and en-
numeration of the North American species of Juncodes.
J
J
J
uncodes pilosum (Linn. ) O. K. Rev. Gen. 2:725. 1891.
Juncus pilosus LINN. Spec. 329, 1753.
Juncus vernalis REICHARD, F]. Moen. Fr. 2:182. 1778.
Juncus luzula KRACK. FI. Sil. 1:569. 1787.
Juncus nemorosus LAM. Ency. Meth. 3:272. 1789.
Juncus pilosus LINN. var. cymosus FR. SCHR. Bair. Fl. 1:622. 1789.
Luzula vernalis LAM. & DC. Fl. Fr. 3:160. 1805.
Luzula pilosa WILLD. Enum Berol. 393. 1809.
uncodes caroline (Wats.) O. K. Rev. Gen. 2:724. 1891.
Luzuia caroline WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 14:302. 1879.
uncodes giganteum (DESV. )
Luzula gigantea DESy. in Journ. de Botanique 1:145. 1808.
Luzula paniculata Desv. in Journ. de Botanique 1: 147. 1808 ?
Luzula letevirens L1EBM. in Vid Medd. Nat. For. 46. 1850.
Luzula denticulata Lirpm. in Vid Medd Nat. For. 46. 1850.
Luzula latifolia LrEBM. in Vid. Medd. Nat. For. 47. 1850.
Juncodes spadiceum O. K. var. giganteum O. K. Rev. Gen. 2: 724.
1891.
1, Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:722. 1891.
WM EAS ae NaN dk [P ONES (e) Spem COP eR INC Ra y ECU aI st Re TEA! IDRIS BSR One S/R SR A ce
, rath ‘ae
; me , ‘ :
oS, Ps x are We
SoC A eee Oe Oe ee a eee
eae
ae at ,
a oo
é
.
ie
;
.
‘ Sh oh > Gren, f F L ies PS 1 Fee ies OE Te Nis ry ee
a oe eo Sheldon: JUNCODES AND ASTRAGALUS. 63
Juncodes glabratum (Hoppe).
Juncus glabratus HOPPE in Sched. et in Fr. Rostk. de junco. 1801.
Juncus intermedius Host. Icones Gram. Austr. 3:65. 1805.
Luzula spadicea DC. var glabrata E. MEYER. Syn. Luz. 8. 1823.
Luzula glabrata DesvV. in Journ. de Botanique 1:145. 1808.
Luzula glabrata Desy. var vera BUCHEN. in Engl. Jahrb. 12: 107.
1890.
Juncodes spadiceum O. K. Rev. Gen. 2:724. 1891 in pt.
Juncodes parviflorum (EHRH. )
- Juncus parviflorus EHRH. in Bietrag. 6:139. 1781.
Luzula parviflora DEsy. in Journ. de Botanique 1:144. 1808.
Luzula spadicea DC. var. laxiflora E. MEYER, Syn. Luz. 8. 1828.
Luzula spadicea DC. var parviflora E. Meyer. Luz. Sp. in Linn.
22:402. 1849.
Juncodes parviflorum (Euru.) var. melanocarpum (MICHX. )
Juncus melanocarpus Micux. Fl. Bor. Am, 1:190. 1802. “
Luzula melanocarpus Dxsv. in Journ. de Botanique 1:142. 1808.
Luzula melanocarpa Dxsy. var. pallida Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2:188.
1840.
Luzula spadicea DC. var. melanocarpa E. MEYER, Luz. Sp. in
Linn. 22:188. 1849.
Juncodes parviflorum (EuHRH.) var. subcongestum
(WATS. )
Luzula spadicea DC. var. subcongesta WATS. Bot. Calif. 2: 202. 1880.
Luzula parviflora DESY. var. subcongesta BUCHEN. in Engl. Jahrb.
12:110. 1890.
Junecodes caricinum (EK. MEYER) O. K. Rev. Gen. 2:724.
1891.
Luzula caricina EK. MEYER. Luz, Sp. in Linn. 22: 418. 1849.
Luzula barbata Lrepm. in Vid. Medd. Nat. For. 45. 1850.
Juncodes arcuatum (WAHLENB.) O. K. Rev. Gen, 2:724.
KAS 1891. in pt.
Juncus arcuatus WAHLENB. Fl. Lapp. 87. 1812.
Luzula arcuata WAHLENB. FI. Suec. 1:218. 1824.
Juncodes hyperboreum (R. Br).
TInuzula hyperborea R. Br. Chl. Mely. n. 49. 1823.
Luzula confusa LINDEB. in Nya. Bot. Not. 9. 1855.
Juncodes arcuatum O.K. var. hyperboreaO.K. Rev. Gen. 2:724, 1891.
Juncodes arcuatum O.K. var. confusum O.K. Rev. Gen, 2:724. 1891.
Juncodes hyperborea (R. Br.) var. major (HOOK. )
Luzula hyperborea R. Br. var. major Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 2: 188.
1840.
Tee Vea LY dean) eee
? a 7 <
TR eS MQ OASe WELT LATTA? STF BY LURE DA, OI BS oR Ds meaptiatee oR
j ee : te De ie ot y ‘
4
64 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Juncodes hyperborea (R. Br.) var. minor (HOOK. )
Imzula hyperborea R. Br. var. minor Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 189.
1840,
Luzula arctica BuytTrT. Norg. Fl. 1: 299. 1861.
Luzula arcuata WAHLENB. var. hookeriana TRAUTY. in Act. Hort.
Petrop. 1:79. 1871.
Juncodes spicatum (Linn.) O. K. Rev. Gen. 2:725. 1891.
Juncus spicatus LINN. Spec. 330. 1753. -
Luzula svicata DC. Fl. Fr. 3:161. 1805.
Luzula nigricans Desy. in Journ. de Botanique 1: 158. 1808. in pt.
Juncus thyrsiflorus VEST. in R. & S. Syst. Veg. 1: 277. 1829.
Luzula obtusata STEUD, Syn Pl. Glum. 2: 294. 1855.
Luzula spicata DC. var. vera BUCHEN. in Engl. Jahrb. 12: 128.
1890. ;
Juncodes racemosum (DeEsv.) O.K. Rev. Gen. 2:725.
1891.
Luzula racemosa Desv. in Journ. de Botanique 3:162. 1808.
Luzula interrupta DEsv. in Journ. de Botanique 3:163. 1808.
Luzula alopecurus Desv: in H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1:238. 1815.
Luzula alopecurus BE. MEYER in Presl. Relig. Haenk. 1:145. 1827.
Luzula spicata DC. var. interrupta E. Meyer Luz. Sp. in Linn.
22:415. 1849.
Luzula vuleanica LiEBM. Vid. Medd. Nat. For. 44. 1850.
Juncodes comosum (EK. MEYER).
Luzula comosa E. MEYER Syn. Luz. n. 18. 1823.
Luzula capellaris SrEuD. Syn. Pl. Glum, 2: 293. 1855.?
Juncodes campestre O.K. var. comosum O.K. Rey. Gen. 2:724. 1891.
Juncodes comosum (EH. MEYER) var. congestum (THUILL).
Juncus congestus THUILL. Fl. Par. Env. n. 179. 1799.
Luzula campestris DC. var. congesta E. MEYER. Syn. Luz, 17, 1823.
Luzula comosa BE. MEYER. var. congesta WATS. Bot. Calif. 2: 208.
1880.
Juncodes comosum (E. MEYER). var. subsessilis (WaTSs.).
Luzula comosa E. MEYER, var. subsessilis WATS. Bot. Calif. 2 : 203.
1880.
Juncodes campestre (Linn.) O.K. Rev. Gen. 2:724. 1891.
var. vulgaris (J. GAUDIN).
Luzula campestris DC. var. vulgaris J. GAUDIN, Fl. Helv. 2: 572.
1828.
Luzula vulgaris BUCHEN. in Engl. Jahrb. &: 175. 1885.
Bae COP Ma ey TR RTE pra mn TO Fe
tb
sd Sheldon: JUNCODES AND ASTRAGALUS. 65
ia Juncodes campestre (LINN.) O.K. var. multiflorum
> Nig (EHRH.). »
i> Juncus multiflorus EXRH. Calam. Exsice. 1791.
= Juncus intermedius THUILL. F]. Par. Env. 178. 1799.
; Juncus erectus PERS. Syn. 1:386. 1805.
e . Juncus nemorosus Host. Icon. Gram. 97. 18085.
46 Luzula erecta DEsy. in Journ. de Botanique 1:156. 1808.
oa Luzula multiflora Les. F). Env. Spa. 169. 1811.
x > Luzula intermedia var. multiflora SPENN. Fl. Frib. 177. 1825.
an Luzula palescens Horre, Sturm, Deutsch Fl. 18:77. 1839.
ae Luzula campestris DC, var. multiflora L. CELAKOV. Prodr. Bohm.
; 85. 1869.
Cyperella campestris (LINN.) MACM. var. multiflora (EHRH.) MACM.
Metasp. Minn. Val. 143. 1892.
nl Juncodes divaricatum (WATS ).
a Luzula divaricata WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 14:302. 1879.
#7 Astragalus alpinus (LINN. ).
Phaca alpina LINN. Spec. 755. 1753.
Phaca frigida Linn. F 1. Suec. Ed. II. n. 657. 1755.
Astragalus frigidus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:219. 1864.
; Astragalus astragalinus (DC. ).
Phaca astragalina DC. Astrag. 64. 1802.
Astragalus alpinus LINN. Spec. 760. 1753.
A, alpinus PALL. Reise 2: 446. 1771-76.
A not A. alpinus (LINN.) SHELD. supra.
a A. montanus PALL. Reise 2:568. 1771-76.
ae A. montanus JACQ FI. Austr. 3:131. 1775.
not A. montanus LINN. Spec. 760. 1753.
Colorado and Labrador are the only North American locali-
ties from which I have seen specimens of this piant.
Astragalus giganteus (PALL.).
Astragalus alpinus LINN. var. giganteus PALL. Astrag. 42. 1800.
Nearly all the North American plants hitherto referred to
Astragalus alpinus Linn., belong instead to this species.
x _ Astragalus texanus n. n.
Astragalus giganteus WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 370. 1882.
not Astragalus giganteus (PALL.) SHELD. supra.
66. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
XI. FURTHER EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES.
EDMUND P. SHELDON.
Potamogeton heterophyllus Scures. forma myriophyl-
lus (ROBBINS) Morone. Naiad. N. Am. 24. 1893.
The following localities are to be added to those reported on
page 14 of this BULLETIN: Ponds near the tracks of the Brain-
erd and Northern Minn. R. R. about five miles north of Stony
Brook, and in a small lake east of Upper Gull lake, Cass county,
Minn. (C. 4. Ballard, July and Aug., 1893).
Potamogeton rutilus Wotre. in R. & S. Mant. 3:362.
1827.
First reported in Minnesota by Morong in his Naiadacez of
North America as collected by LZ. H. Bailey in Vermilion lake.
Collected also in lake Edna, Cass county, Minn. (A. P. Ander-
son, Aug., 1893.) ‘
Potamogeton major (FR.) Moronc. Naiad. N. Am. 41.
1893.
Collected in Martin county, Cratty. Found also in Gull lake,
Cass county, Minn. (4. P. Anderson and C. A. Ballard, July,
1893.
Naias marina Linn. Spec. 1015. 1753.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
The localities given for this plant by Morong in his Naiad-
aceze of North America are as follows: ‘‘The species is rare in
North America. Canoga Marshes and Cayuga lake, N. Y.
(Morong, Dudley); Florida (Chap. Fl.); Utah (Parry); Lower
Calif. (Palmer). Attributed by Watson in Bot. Calif. to Clear
lake (Bolander) and Huntington Valley, Nev. ( Wheeler). Cuba.
Occurs in Europe and Asia.”
It was found submerged in about one foot of water in a pond
near lake Minnewaska, Pope county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor,
Aug., 1891).
mer yn on ee ee ee
; . = ; ’ “
Si “9 . Z ‘Sie .
Oe ee re ee Ce Re) ee ee ae eee gar eae
«
. eo ee ‘
RT ee an PP A ee ee ee, ee En
we
*
Sheldon: FURTHER EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 67
Sagittaria cristata ENGLM. in ARTHUR Proc. Day. Acad.
Sci. 4:29. 1886.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Collected near Minneapolis, Minn. (J. C. Kassube, July,
1878); White Bear lake, Minn. (EH. P. S., July, 1891); Prior’s
lake, Scott county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard, July, 1891); Minne-
apolis, Minn. (C. L. Herrick, June, 1878). I am indebted to Mr.
Jared G. Smith of the Missouri Botanic Gardens for the iden-
tification of the above specimens. He also informs me that he
has specimens of the same species from Minneapolis and Min-
netonka, Minn. ‘
Muhlenbergia diffusa SCHREB. Gram. 2:t. 51. 1772.
The only previous report of this species known to the writer
is that in the Metaspermae of the Minnesota valley. This was
based upon a specimen now in the Minnesota State Herbarium,
collected in Blue Earth county, Minn. (J. B. Leiberg, 1883). It
was found also on the sandy shores of lake Lida, Otter Tail
county, Minn. (Z#. P. &, Aug., 1892).
Eragrostis campestris TRIN. in Bull. Sc. Acad. Petersb.
1:70. 1836.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
This species was collected at St. Anthony Park, Ramsey
county, Minn. (Dr. Otto Lugger, Sept., 1893). The plant is
probably of recent introduction, but is now becoming thor-
oughly established.
Scolochloa arundinacea (Lizs.) MacM. Metasp. Minn.
Val. 79. 1892.
Not previously reported from Minnesota, although collected
in Emmet county, Iowa, (Cratty), determined by Dr. Asa Gray
and conjectured by him to occur in northern and western Min-
nesota.!
Collected in Gull lake, Cass county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard,
July, 1893), and noted by him as “ very common.”
Mr. R. I. Cratty, of Armstrong, Iowa, has in a recent letter
reported this species as occurring locally in Martin county,
Minn.
1. Gray, Bot. Gaz. 5:27. 1884.
om” ab IA /
f > é
68 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Distichlis spicata (LinN.) GREENE, Bull. Calif. Acad.
2:415. 1887:
Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected near
Morton, Renville county, Minn. (Conway MacMillan, June,
1890).
Scirpus sylvaticus Linn. Spec. 51. 1753.
Not previously reported from Minnesota. Typical specimens
of this plant were found near Milaca, Mille Lacs county, Minn.
(Z. P.S., July, 1892).
4
Scirpus sylvaticus Linn. forma cephaloideus n. f.
Erect, rigid, growing in clumps of from fifteen to twenty —
plants, 9 to 15 dm. in height, with narrow leaves; the panicle
contracted into a glomerate head; bristles 4 or 6, not down-
wardly barbed, but twice exceeding the triangular achene.
Collected in sandy clearings between Milaca and Bridgman,
Mille Lacs county, Minn. (#. P. S., June, 1892).
Scirpus torreyi OLNEY, Proc. Prov. Frankl, Soc. 1:32.
1847.
This plant was reported by Lapham as occurring in Minue-
sota. It was collected at White Bear lake, Washington county,
Minn. (L. H. Bailey, July 1886); low swampy ground, border-
ing Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, July, 1892).
Scirpus nanus SPRENG. Pug. 1:4. 1815.
Not previously reported from central Minnesota. The only
reported Minnesota collection of this species of which I know
is that of L. H. Bailey, at Vermilion lake, in 1886.
It was collected at Taylor’s Falls, Minn., on the rocks in
springy places (Z. P. S., Sept., 1891); and in wet, boggy places
near the ‘‘narrows”, Center city, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C.
Taylor, Aug., 1892).
Carex lupulina MUBL. var. polystachya Torr. & ScHw.
Monogr. 337. 1825.
Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected on the
banks of Cannon river, Burnside township, Goodhue county,
Minn. (A. P. Anderson, Aug., 1898).
ead
Sheldon: FURTHER EXTENSION OF PLANT RANGES. 69
Eriocaulon septangulare Wiru. Bot. Arr. 184. 1776.
Collected at Burntside lake, (ZL. H. Bailey, 1882); reported
from lake Agnes, Douglas county, Minn. (Urs. Terry). Common
along the shores and in shallow water at Linn lake, Chisago
county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892); rare in about two or
three inches of water near the shores of Little lake, Chisago
county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892).
Tofieldia palustris Hups. Fl. Ang]. 157. 1762.
This species was first collected in Minnesota by M. L. 8.
Cheney, in July, 1891.”
It was collected at Two Harbors, Lake county, Minn. (£. P.
S., June, 1893).
Allium tricocecum SOLAND. in Art. Hort. Kew. 1: 428. 1789.
A sylvicolus form of this species with leaves often 2. 5 to 3
inches broad was found near Garrison, Crow Wing county,
Minn. (EZ. P.S., June, 1892).
Salix nigra Marsa. var, faleata Torr. Fl. N. Y. 2:209
1843.
Not previously reported from Minnesota. Frequent on open
ground on the northwest shore of Mille Lacs lake, Aitkin
county, Minn. (H. P. S., June, 1892).
Betula lenta Linn. Spec. 983. 1753.
Although collected by Dr. J. H. Sandberg at Northern Pa-
cific Junction in 1885, this plant was not reported from Minne-
sota until the publication by LZ. S. Cheney
It was collected near Encampment, Lake county, Minn. (Z.
P. S., June, 1893), and on the west shore of Mille Lacs lake,
Crow Wing county, Minn. (H. P. S., June, 1892).
.
. Polygonum cilinode Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 241. 1803.
Heretofore reported in Minnesota from the north shore of |
lake Superior (Juni, Roberts); Upper Mississppi (Garrison);
Stearns county, (Mrs. Blaisdell). Collected at Nichols, Aitkin
county, Minn. (E£. P. S., June, 1892); and on the Mille Lacs
Indian Reservation, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (EZ. P. S., June,
1892).
2, Cheney, L, S. Flora of the Lake SuperiorfRegion, in Trans. Wise. Acad. Sci, 9:243,
3. Cileney, L. S. loc. cit. 9:24. 1893,
PE Ey ee et el et ee ne Pe:
70 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Polygonum microspermum (ENGLM). | ‘ihe
P. tsnue MICHX. var. microspermum ENGLM. in Proc. Acad. Philad.
15:75. 1863.
Polygonum engelmanni GREENE, Bull. Calif. Acad. 1: 26. 1885. .
Not previously reported from Minnesota. 0.
Crevices of rocks near Montevideo, Chippewa county, Minn. :
(L. R. Moyer, Oct., 1898). ae"
The plants collected differ from the published description |
only in having a tubular portion to the sheath, which is some-
times lacerated above. This may probably be due to the late-
ness of its gathering as other portions of some of the plants ‘
show the effects of weathering. The inaccessibility of the pub-
lication of this species has induced me to include Green’s
original description herewith.‘
Monolepis chenopodioides (NuttT.) Mog. in DC. Prod.
13, pt. 2:85. 1849.
Not previously reported from Minnesota, although mentioned
by Mr. Warren Upham in his list of western plants extending
into the basin of the Red river.®
It was found to be abundant in low, swampy ground near
Brown’s Valley, Traverse county, Minn. (H#. P. S., Sept., 1893).
Amarantus spinosus LINN. Spec. 991. 1753.
Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected in Good-
hue county, Minn. (Dr. J. H. Sandberg, July, 1886); Minnesota
Point on lake Superior (7. 8. Raberts, Sept., 1879); lake Chris-
tina, Douglas county, Minn. (#. P. S., Aug., 1892).
Silene armeria Linn. Spec. 420. 1753.
Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected near
Grand Marais, Cook county, Minn. (H. W. Stack, July, 1892).
Ranunculus macounii Britt. Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci.
12720-4892:
This species was first reported from Minnesota by L. 8.
Cheney, under the name of Ranunculus hispidus Hoox.®
4. “Krect-spreading, diffusely branched from the base, a span or more high, reddish,
very minutely scabrous-puberulent throughout; branches slender and somewhat
flexuous; stipules sparingly lacerate, short, with notubular or herbaceous portion;
leaves lanceolate, acute, with revolute margins, % inch or more long, the upper much
smaller and remote; flowers in all the axils, solitary in twos or threes, very small;
pedicels strongly deflexed; sepals obtuse, shorter than the very small, ovate, shining
akene, and but loosely investing it.—Rocky mountains of Colorado, Remarkable in
the minuteness of the flowers and fruit, erect-spreading habitat, and flowering from
the very base of the stems and branches.”
5. Upham, Geographic Limits of the Species of Plants in the Basin of the Red River
of the North, in Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 25: 149 and 156. 1890.
6. Cheney, L. S, loc, cit. 235. 1893.
si J
RTA
AE oe!
Ps
Ve thita the
z#
~—
ROOF j-had
pe ey ‘
ae
aes
a ti
“
.
‘
‘
Sheldon: FURTHER EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 71
Collected in low grounds on the banks of the Snake river
- near Mora, Kanabec county, Minn. (E. P. S., July, 1892); on the
banks of the Little Stewart river, near Waldo, Lake county,
Minn. (EH. P.S., June, 1893); north of Gull lake, and peat bog,
near lake Kilpatrick, Cass county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard, July,
1893).
Nasturtium obtusum Nott. in T. & G. Fl. 1:74. 1888.
Hitherto reported from Minnesota as occurring at Fergus
Falls, Otter Tail county, Minn. (#. P. S., Aug., 1892). Col-
lected also near Poplar Island lake, Ramsey county, Minn. (Z.
P.S., Sept. 1893).
Erysimum syrticolum SwHeELp. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club
20:185. 1893.
This species was collected on the gravelly hills northeast of
Minneapolis and contiguous to the recently built Belt Line R.
_&. tracks (#. P. S., Aug., 1893).
Saxifraga virginiensis MicHx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1:269. 1803.
Not previously reported from northern Minnesota, but re-
ported from Minnesota (Lapham) and from Hastings, Dakota
county, Minn. (Mrs. Ray).
Collected in abundance in the crevices of rocks near Two
Harbors, Lake county, Minn. (#. P. S., June, 1893).
Ribes hudsonianum RicHarRDs in Frankl. Journ. 734.
18238.
This has recently been reported from Grand Marais, Cook
county, Minn., by L. S. Cheney.’
It was collected near Milaca, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (£.
P.S., July, 1892); and at Tower, St. Iouis county, Minn. (£.
P. S., June, 1893).
Potentilla gracilis Douct, var. nuttallii (Lex™.)
Potentilla nuttallii Leu. Ind. Sem. Hort. Hamb. Add 12. 1851.
P. chrysantha Leu. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:193. 1833.
not P. chrysantha Trey. Semin. Vrat. 1818.
P. rigide Nutt. in Jouro. Acad. Philad. 7:20. 1834.
not P. rigida WALL. List. E. Ind. Mus. n. 1009. 1828.
f P. gracilis DoUGL. var. rigida Wars. Proc. Am. Acad. $:557. 1873.
Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected in grass
by roadsides near Mound City, Hennepin county, Minn. (/. H.
Burglehaus, Sept., 1892).
7. Cheney, L. S., loc. cit. 237, 1893.
“ vt 4 "9 Sy X, ¥ 2 | ">
eer ea MF: Pt end ae et Pa es Pier Apo :
a. SR a ee : aK Os oe ee, as + Ste ey ne we Se
y be ne re ary 0 Ae pee ee BAS rr.
“ PON Cee a
To MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Waldsteinia fragarioides (MicHx.) Tratt. Ros. Mon -
1:107. 1823-24.
Reported from Stearns county, Minn, (Garrison); St. Croix _ th
Falls and Stillwater (Miss Field).
It was found in abundance along the Duluth and Iron Range
R. R. tracks north of Two Harbors, Lake county, Minn. (£. P.
S., June, 1898). *
Vicia americana LINN. var. linearis (NUTT.) Warts. Proc.
Am. Acad. 11:184. 1876.
Not previously reported from Minnesota or South Dakota.
Collected near White Rock, S. Dak., near Wheaton, Traverse
county, on the shores of lake Traverse, Traverse county, and
near Graceville, Big Stone county, Minn. (H. P. S., Sept.,
1893). At the last two localities mentioned the plant was found
on the summer fallow, thus appearing as if of recent introduc-
tion.
Meibomia canadensis (LInn.) O. K. Rev. Gen. Pl. 1:195.
1891. ;
A white-flowered, proliferated form of this species was found
on high banks near lake Mora, Kanabec county, Minn. (#. P.S.,
July, 1892).
Amorpha fruticosa Linn. forma albiflora n. f.
Bushy, 3-9 dm. in height; bearing sparse, nearly oval leaflets
and elongated spikes of pure white flowers; legumes one-seeded.
Collected on the banks of the Rum river, three miles north
of Milaca, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (H. P. S., July, 1892). .
Dalea dalea (LInN.) MacM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 230. 1892.
Heretofore Minnesota collections of this species have been
reported only from the southern border of the state. -
Collected near Minneapolis (H. C. Carel, Sept., 1892); Mor-
ton, Renville county, Minn. (Conway MacMillan, June, 1890);
Graceville, Big Stone county, Minn., and Brown’s Valley,
Traverse county, Minn. (EZ. P. S., Sept., 1898).
Psoralea tenuiflora PursH, Fl. Am. 475. 1814.
Previously reported in Minnesota from Cottonwood county,
(Holzinger).
Collected on the banks of the Minnesota river, between Mor-
‘ton and Granite Falls, Minn. (Conway MacMillan, July, 1890).
Jax
ah r. ry ¥. a
* a hy aE hI ei
Deaton: FURTHER EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 73
_ 4 Lotus americanus (NurT.) Biscu. Hort. Heid. 1839.
i
This species was first reported in Minnesota from Swan lake,
i ae county, Minn. (Upham). It has been collected at the
state line near Elkton, S. Dak. (#. P. S., Aug., 1891); Pipestone
City, Pipestone county, Minn. (Max Menzel, July, 1891); be-
s tween Morton and Granite Falls, Minn. (Conway Mac Millan,
_ June, 1890); Brown’s Valley, Traverse county, Minn. (EL. P. S.,
_ Sept., 1893); Graceville, Big Stone county, Minn. (EZ. P. S.,
Sept., 1893).
at
q Polygala cruciata Linn. Spec. 706. 1753.
Be ‘To the Minnesota localities for this plant are to be added:
_ near North Branch, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug.,
oe i 3 1892); Green lake, near Princeton, Mille Lacs county, Minn.
(@. P.8., July, 1892).
Ceanothus ovatus Desv. Arb. 2:381. 1809.
é _ Previously reported in Minnesota from the St. Croix (Parry),
SNew Ulm (Juni) and near Brainerd (MacM. & Sheld., Aug.,
; 1890).
Bs _Although observed by the writer and Professor MacMillan
4 Br: in the summer of 1890, no specimens of this species were pre-
iz BS served. The present season, however, an abundant supply was
obtained near Gull lake, Cass county, Mian. (Miss J. E. Tilden,
Pf June, 1893); near Stony Brook, Cass county, Minn. (C. A. Bal-
es: lard, June, 1893); Gull lake, Cass county, Minn. (A. P. Ander-
son, June, 1893). Also collected near Brainerd, Minn. (E. P.
8, June, 1892).
“> e
Viola longipes Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. 1:174. 1838.
_ Hitherto the only reported Minnesota localities for this
* aa species have been on the sandy pine-barrens near Brainerd and
Be , ‘Mille Lacs lake.
___ It was found in the crevices of rocks on the lake shore near
_ Two Harbors, Lake county, Minn. (E. P. S., June, 1893).
Rotala ramosior ( Linn.) KoEHNE, in Engl. Jahrb. 1:146.
188U.
Reported in the appendix to Upham’s Catalogue as occurring
at Lake City, (Gibson). Collected near North Branch, Chisago
county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892); near Richfield Center,
_ Hennepin county, Minn. (F. L. Couillard, 1892); on the shores
og WS, ete ee ees ge nt ie wo i a ac on
7 Ne)
Te MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
of Poplar Island lake, Ramsey county, Minn. (EZ. P. S., Sept.,
1893).
Ammania coccinea Rotts. Pl. Hort. Univ. Descr. 7. 1778.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Collected in abundance on the shores of Big Stone lake and
lake Traverse, near Brown’s Valley, Traverse county,’ Minn.
(EH. P. S., Sept., 18938.
Vaccinium cespitosum Micux. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1: 284. 1808.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Collected on the sandy banks of lake Kilpatrick, Cass. coun-
ty, Minn. (Miss Josephine E. Tilden, July, 1898).
Kalmia glauca Art. Hort. Kew. 2:64. 1789.
To the Minnesota localities already reported for this species
the following are to be added. In cold bogs near Bay lake,
Crow Wing county, Minn., and in marshes near Farm Island
lake, Aitkin county, Minn. (E. P. S., June, 1892).
Steironema lanceolatum (WALT.) GRay, Proc. Am. Acad.
12:03. S77.
Although the Watson and Coulter edition of Gray’s Manual
gives as a range for this species, ‘‘Ontario to Fla., Dak. and
Tex.” the Minnesota forms have hitherto been referred to
the var. hybridum (MIcHX.) GRAY.
Collected near Chisago lake, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C.
Taylor, July, 1892); at Taylor’s Falls, Minn. (E. P. S., Sept.,.
1892); and at Osceola, Wisc. (H. P.S., Sept., 1891).
Convolvulus arvensis LINN. Spec. 153. 1753.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Collected near Dalton, Otter Tail county, Minn. (#. P.S.,
Aug., 1892); near Graceville, Big Stone county, Minn. (EL. P.S.,
Sept., 1893).
Lithospermum linearifolium GoOLDIE in Edinb. Phil.
Journ. 319. 1822.
L. angustifolium Micux. Fl. Bor. Amer. 1: 130. 1803.
not L. angustifolium Forsk. Fl. Aegypt. 1775., an Egyptian species.
L. breviforum ENGLM. & Gray var. punctulosum ENGLM. Trans.
Am. Phil. Soc. 12: 203. 1861.
Minnesota specimens in herb:
ss Sheldon: FURTHER EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 75
+
Sleepy Eye, Brown county, Minn. (Z. P. S., July, 1892);
Pelican lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. (#. P. S., Aug., 1892);
_ Jordan, Scott county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard, July, 1891);
_ Brown’s Valley, Traverse county, Minn. (EZ. P. S., Sept.,
' 1898); Graceville, Big Stone county, Minn. (Z. P. S., Sept.,
1893).
Bs
: Lithospermum longiflorum (PURSH) SPRENG. Syst. 1:544.
1825. :
Batschia longiflora Pursu, Fl. Amer. Sept. 1:132. 1814.
ui Batschia longiflora Nurr. Gen. 1:113. 1818.
es | Batschia decumbens Nutr. Gen 1: 114. 1818.
a, L. incisum LEHM. Asp. 2:303. 1818.
L. mandanense SPRENG. Syst. 1: 544. 1825.
Pentalophus longiflorus A DC. Prod. 10:87. 1846.
Pentalophus mandanensis A. DC. Prod. 10:87. 1846.
Minnesota specimens in herb:
2. Winona county, Minn. (J. M. Holzinger,) Goodhue county,
, Minn. (Dr. J. H. Sandberg, June, 1886); Idlewild, Lincoln
- county, Minn. (Wm. J. Wickersheim, May, 1891); Cannon Falls,
Goodhue county, Minn. (Dr. J. H. Sandberg, May, 1882); Min-
neapolis, Minn. (J. C. Kassube, May, 1878); Pipestone City,
Pipestone county, Minn. (Mux Menzel, June, 1892); Minneapolis,
Minn. (C. LZ. Herrick, June, 1878); Litchfield, Meeker county,
Minn. (W. D. Frost, June, 1892).
The above separation of these much referred species is a
tentative one, and while based on my own observation of these
plants in the course of field study and subsequent comparison
in the Herbarium of the University of Minnesota, is made
- with a view of calling attention to these perplexing plants and,
if.possible, procuring more material for study.
The plants referred to as Lithospermum longiflorum Goldie
are slender, branching, becoming procumbent, with narrowly
linear leaves, usually about one inch in length, and with a short,
whitish corolla, equalling in length the upper leaves or foli-
aceous bracts which surround the flowers.
On the other hand the plants referred to as Lithospermum
longiflorum (PURSH) SPRENG, are stout, erect, very rarely
branching above, with linear-lanceolate leaves from one and a
half to three inches in length, and with a long, yellow corolla,
normally one inch to an inch and a half in length, producing
eleistogenous flowers with short, inconspicuous corollas later
in the season.
76 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Lappula deflexa (WAHL.) GARCKE. var. americana (Gray)
MacM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 440. 1892.
Hitherto Minnesota collections of this species have, to the
writer’s knowledge, been made only at Janesville, Waseca
county, Minn. (B. CO. Taylor, June, 1891). Collected at Center
City, Chisago county, Minn. (B&. C. Taylor, June, 1891). -
Cynoglossum virginianum Linn. Spec. 134. 1753.
Reported from Stearns county, Minn. (Upham); St. Louis Sam
river (Mrs. Herrick); Goodhue county, Minn. (Dr. J. H. Sand-—
berg), but this latter reference if based upon the plant so called
by Dr. Sandberg and deposited in the University herbarium is — he
questionable.
Collected in edges of woods near Farm Island lake, Aitkin
county, Minn. (#. P.S., June, 1892); Gull lake, Cass county,
Minn. (A. P. Anderson, June, 1893); lake Kilpatrick, Cass
county, Minn. C. A. Ballard, June, 1893).
Echium vulgare Linn. Spec. 189. 1753.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Collected near Grand Marais, Cook county, Minn. (H. W.
Stack, July, 1892).
Salvia azurea Lam. var. pitcheri (TORR.)
Salvia pitcheri TORR. in Benth. Lab, 274. 1833.
S. azurea LAM. var. grandiflora BENTH. in DC. Prod. 12: 302. 1848.
S. elongata TorR. in Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2:231. 1828.
not S. elongata KUNTH in H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 2:287. 1817.
S. longifolia Nutt. in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 56: 185. 1834.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Collected near Morton, Renville county, Minn. (Conway Mac-
millan, June, 1890.
Isanthus brachiatus (Linn.) B.S. P. Cat. N. Y. 1888.
This species has been reported as occurring in Minnesota at
Lake City (Mrs. Ray); Blue Earth county (Lezberg); Minne-
apolis (Winchell, Roberts).
It was collected near Brainerd, Minn. (E£. P. S., July, 1892);
on rocks near Montevideo, Chippewa county, Minn. (L. R.
Moyer, Sept., 18¢3.)
hee "he? f Ne i : oy
Sheldon: FURTHER EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 77
Solanum triflorum Nur. Gen. 1:128. 1818.
es. Previously reported from Minnesota as occurring at Sabin,
—-Clay county (Miss Ida M. Piper).
; Collected along railway tracks near New Brighton, Ramsey
county, Minn. (7. H. Burglehaus, July, 1892).
Solanum rostratum DUNAL. Solan. 234. 1816.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Collected in waste grounds around Minneapolis, Minn. (#7. H.
Burglehaus, Aug., 1890.
Gerardia skinneriana Woop, Class Bk. 1855.
Although reported from Minnesota by Lapham and Garrison,
no authentic Minnesota specimens were known to the writer
until the present season.
lt was collected on dry hillsides near Featherstone, Goodhue
county, Minn. (A. P. Anderson, Aug., 1893). The specimens
_ found were slender, simple, about a span high, and with tri-
_ angular-setaceous calyx teeth, and rose-purple, finely ciliate
corollas, varying from one-half to two-thirds of an inch in
length.
Plantago major Linn. Spec. 113. 1753.
al _ A teratological form of this species was found near St. Paul,
_ Minn. (C. A. Ballard, Aug., 1891). The inflorescence may be
_ described as narrowly conical. At the base of each pyxis there
_____ is developed a foliaceous bract. This at the base of the in-
| florescence is from two-thirds to one inch in length, becoming
gradually reduced in size upwards, thus giving the conical out-
line to the entire spike.
_____ The bracts preserve the same general outline of the normal
leaf of Plantago major LINN., and show the same veinage
___ characters.
Laciniaria scariosa (LINN.) HILL. var. corymbulosa n. v.
a Be: Laciniaria scariosa (LINN.) HtLu. forma corymbulosa SHELD. Quar.
me, Bull. Univ. Minn. 1:27. 1892.
Tall and stout, 9 to 12 dm. high, from an irregular-shaped
corm; stem striate, smooth below, but white-pubescent with
jointed hairs above; leaves scabrous, erect-spreading, the lower
oblong-lanceolate, clasping, tapering to a margined petiole,
«2 to 8 dm. in length, the cauline lanceolate, subsessile, 1 to 1.5
a
POSTON AN a te be RNP a1 OE, eT RED EES Fee eT Te Ae oN a
78 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
dm. in length; inflorescence racemiform, the heads simply ter-
minating the slender, erect-spreading, often leafy branches,
which are from 5 to 15 cm. in length; heads 2.5 to 8 cm.
high and wide; involucral bracts broadly obovate, dark purple,
either herbaceous or slightly scarious, rounded and laciniate
toothed at the summit; achene and pappus minutely barbellate
upwards.
This variety was first found by Mr. John. B. Leiberg in a bog
near Mankato and was noted by Mr. Upham as a remarkable
form.
Recent study has proved it to be the prevailing form in bose
and low grounds throughout the central and southern portions
of Minnesota.
Typical specimens of Laciniaria scariosa are found always to
prefer dry, sandy or gravelly hillsides.
Minnesota specimens in herb: Sheldon 38862, Dalton, Otter
Tail county; Sheldon 7429, Wheaton, Traverse county; Ballard
1166, Zumbrota, Goodhue county; Taylor 1070, Alexandria;
Leiberg 27, Mankato, Blue Earth county; MacMillan and Shel-
don 36, Brainerd; Sheldon 1270, Lake Benton; Taylor 1027,
Glenwood; Wickersheim 60, Idlewild, Lincoln county; Herrick
139, Minneapolis; Sheldon 1813, Ramsey county; Kassube 120,
Minneapolis; Sheldon 7159, Brown’s Valley; Sheldon 3379, lake
Clitheral, Otter Tail county; Sheldon 6074, Minneapolis; Sheldon
1364, Verdi, Lincoln county; Sheldon 1586, Lake Benton; Shel-
don 8674, Fergus Falls; Oestlund 84, Minneapolis.
Solidago mollis BARTL. Ind. Sem. Hort. Gott. 5. 1836.
Solidago incana T. & G. Fl. 2:221. 1841. excl. syn.
S. nemoralis AIT. var. incana GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 17:197. 1882.
S. nemoralis A1T. var. mollss MACM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 510. 1892
A peculiar form of this species has been found which has the
stem much branched above, each branch is densely foliate with
small, obovate leaves 3 to 5 mm. in length, and surmounted by
the dense oblong-conical thyrsus. It was at first thought that
this phenomenon was teratological, but further study of a
series of Minnesota, Dakota and Kansas specimens has shown
the above character to be constant. Intermediate forms occur
connecting it with the typical specimens.
The species in its varying forms is abundant on the dry prai-
ries near Brown's Valley, Graceville and Wheaton, Minn., and
8. Upham, Cat. Fl. Minn. 69. 1884.
Po Oe ge eo eee es
%
}
.
3
lar
Solidago canadensis LINN. var. procera (AIT.) T. & G. Fl.
2:221. 1842.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
Collected in abundance near Silver lake, Otter Tail county,
Minn. (Z. P. S., Aug., 1892).
Aster oblongifolius Nutr. Gen. 2:156. 1818.
The following are Minnesota localities in which this species
has recently been found: Hergus Falls, Otter Tail county,
Minn. (£. P. S., Aug., 1892); lake Christina, Douglas county,
' Minn. (H#. P. S., Aug., 1892); Wheaton and Brown’s Valley,
ti _ Minn. (Z. P. &., Sept., 1893).
Coreopsis trichosperma Micux. Fl. Bor.-Am, 2:139. 1803.
Reported from Minnesota (Lapham); St. Paul (Kelley).
Collected in damp places along streams, Hennepin county,
Minn. (Ff. H. Burglehaus, Sept., 1890).
Bidens beckii Torr. forma scissa n. f.
ead Emergent leaves none, submerged much dissected, heads
Me smaller and shorter, with small rays which are less showy than
in typical specimens.
cae This form was found in 4 to 5 feet of water in Linn lake,
Soe
K Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892).
t a
a Artemisia glauca PALL. in Willd. Spec.'3:1331. 1804.
ey. Reported from the Saskatchewan and Minnesota, (Drummond,
Bus ; ;
~~ ~Nicollet, Kennicott. )
Collected on the shores of Pelican lake, Otter Tail county,
ag _ Minn. (#. P. S., Aug., 1892); Graceville, Big Stone county,
a Minn. (H#. P. S., Sept., 1893); lake Traverse, Traverse county,
Xp Minn. (EZ. P. S., Sept., 1893); Brown’s Valley, Traverse county,
_ ‘Minn. (Z. P. S., Sept , 1893); Wheaton, Traverse county, Minn.
: (#. P.S., Sept., 1893); Redwood Falls, Redwood county, Minn.
_ (E. P.S., July, 1891); Springfield, Cottonwood county, Minn.
_ (&.P.58., July, 1891); Moorhead, Clay county, Minn. (C. J.
____ Gedge, July, 1884). Reported also by Professor Conway Mac-
_ Millan from Swedes Forest, Redwood county, Minn.
EM eT Dy LAT RED aNE LePage INTENT AG tor Nae De Nae RH NaihMe id ON (0 OPN a Rel eM oe aE a
4 Nis ee ere ven NA Myigt Se RCA oy FORE NE, OUP Dae men Ae sung aa B heer dws Ope AS a. de
: , i ‘ t ¥ 7 " We eee MR a peat a ae
80 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Artemisia canadensis Micux. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2:129. 1803.
Reported as growing in Minnesota at the following localities:
Lake Superior to the sources of the Mississippi (Houghton,
Garrison); lake of the Woods (Dawson); Red river valley (Scott);
White Bear, Ramsey county (Kelley).
The White Bear locality has evidently been destroyed as re-
peated search for the plant upon the shores and barks of White
Bear and other neighboring lakes has faiJed to reveal its pres-
ence.
It was found in abundance on the shores of Eagle lake,
Otter Tail county, Minn. (£. P. S., Aug. 1892); also on high
banks, near Battle lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. (HZ. P. S.,
Aug. 1893).
A specimen from this latter locality was submitted to Mr. M.
L. Fernald of the Harvard Herbarium staff, who determines it
be the above.
Petasites palmata (HooK.) Gray, Bot. Calif. 1: 407. 1880
Abundant at Tower, Vermilion lake, and Two Harbors,
Minn. (Dr. J. H. Sandberg, 1885), (EZ. P. S., June 1893). Col-
lected also at Nichols, Aitkin county, Minn. (EH. P. S., June,
1893).
Lactuea seariola Linn. Spec. Ed. II. 1119. 1768.
Not previously reported from Minnesota.
This plant is evidently of recent introduction as the first
plants were noted and collected in 1892 on the river bank near
the University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. (#. P. S.,
Aug., 1892). During the summer of 1893 it spread so as to
become a common weed in the neighborhood of Minneapolis
and St. Paul, (#. P. S., Aug., 1893).
Sonchus arvensis LInn. Spec. 7938. 1753.
Heretofore reported in Minnesota only from Anoka county,
(Juni). It was found in peat bogs near Chaska, Carver county,
Minn. (C. A. Ballard, July, 1891); and on the sandy shores of
an island in East Battle lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. (£. P.
S., Aug,, 1892).
Hieracium longipilum Torr. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1: 298
1838.
Heretofore reported in Minnesota only from St. Croix river
(Parry); Blue Earth county, (Leiberg). It was collected near
lake Clitheral and Eagle lake, Otter Tail county, and near
lake Christina, Douglas county, Minn. (#. P. S., Aug., 1892).
DETERMINATION S OF
LICHENS.
W. D. FRost.
SOME MINNESOTA
iz " iy
i XII
q : .
>
, \
‘ ‘4 The following list of lichens includes some of the most com-
mon species in the state. Most of them have been collected
by the staff of the Geological and Natural History survey
during the years 1891 and 1892. The nomenclature is provis-
Ee ional, and the arrangement followed is that of Nylander, as out-
ee lined i in his Synopsis Methodica Lichenum.
The writer is indebted to Mr. W. W. Calkins for the deter-
i mination of the species of Graphis.
a
a GALICIEL Nyt. Syn. 1/141, 1860. +
1. Trachylia tigillaris Fr. Scand. 282. 1840.
On fence rails, Litchfield, Meeker county, (W. D. F.,
June, 1892).
ss ‘CLADONIEL Nyt. Syn. 1:186. 1860.
2. Cladonia pyxidata (Linn.) Fr. L. HE. 216. 1831.
"a On ground, near Minneapolis, (W D. F., June, 1892).
yee Brainerd, (2. P. Sheldon, June, 1892).. On old logs,
Mora, Kanabec county, (EZ. P. Sheldon, July, 1892).
38. Cladonia verticillata FLK. Clad. 26. 1828.
ee Low ground, near Litchfield, Meeker county, (W. D. F.,
Bs hist June, 1892.
— 4 Cladonia mitrula Tucker. Darlingt. Fl. Cestr. Ed. III.
ive, 444, 1853. — ‘
a>. . On sandstone, Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., Sept., 1892).
eo 5. Cladonia cristatella TuckERM. Proc. Am. Acad. 5:394.
i 1862.
On decayed stumps, near Minneapolis, (W.D. F., May,
1891). Spicer, Kandiyohi county, (W. D. F., Aug.,
1892). Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., Sept., 1892). Brain-
erd, (Z. P. Sheldon, June, 1892).
if or
ee ays
aH
Yea
4 f
os
’ h
82 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
6. Cladonia rangiferina (Linn.) Horrm. Fl. Germ. 11425
1791. .
On ground and old stumps, Taylor’s Falls, (W. D. Fr,
Sept., 1893). Brainerd, (Z. P. Sheldon, June, 1892).
Farm Island lake, Aitkin county, (#. P. Sheldon,
June, 1892).
USNEEI Nyt. Syn. 1: 265. 1860.
7. Usnea barbata (Linn.) FR. var florida Fr. L. E. 18.
1881.
On conifers, Minneapolis (W. D. F., April, 1892). Mille
Lacs lake (£. P. Sheldon, June, 1892).
RAMALINEL Nyt. Syn, 1:277. 1860.
8. Evernia prunastri (Linn.) Acu. L. U. 342. 1810.
Dead trees, Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., Sept., 1892).
9. Ramalina calicaris (Linn.) Fr. L, E. 30. 1881.
On Quercus macrocarpa MICHX. Minneapolis (W. D. F.,
April, 1892), and Litchfield, Meeker county (W. D. F.,.
June, 1892).
PELTIGEREI Nyt. Syn. 1:315. 1860.
10. Peltigera aphthosa (LINN. ) HorrM. Fl. Germ. 2:107.
1791.
-On moss, Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., Sept., 1892).
11. Peltigera canina (Linn.) Horr. Fl. Germ. 2:10.6
1791.
On damp ground, Mille Lacs lake (Z. P. Sheldon, June,
1892).
12. Peltigera venosa (Linn.) Horr. Fl. Germ. 2:107.
1791. =
On damp ground, Spicer, Kandiyohi county (W. D. F,,
Aug., 1892).
PARMELIEI Nyt. Syn. 1:332. 1860.
13. Parmelia caperata (Linn.) AcH. Meth. 216. 1808.
On Quercus, Minneapolis (W. D. F. and E. P. Sheldon,
May, 1892); Litchfield, Meeker county (W. D. F,,
June, 1892; Pipestone, Pipestone county (Max Men-
zel, July, 1892); Mille Lacs county (H. P. Sheldon,
1892).
y14:
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
4
Ww
tS
Frost: SOME MINNESOTA LICHENS. 83
Parmelia perlata (Linn.) AcH. Meth. 216. 1803.
On Quercus macrocarpa MicHx. Litchfield, Meeker
county (W. D. F., June, 1892); near Mille Lacs lake —
(EZ. P. Sheldon, July, 1892).
Parmelia tiliacea (Horrm.) AcH. Meth. 215. 1803.
On Pinus strobus LINN. Mille Lacs Indian reservation
(Z. P. Sheldon, July, 1892).
On Quercus macrocarpa MIcHX. near Mille Lacs lake
and at Garrison,.Crow Wing county (E. P. Sheldon,
1892).
Parmelia borreri TurN. Linn. Trans. 9:148. 1808.
On trees, Lake Harriet, Minneapolis (W. D. F., April,
1892); Litchfield (W. D. F., June, 1892).
Fn Acer saccharinum Linn. Mille Lacs Indian reserva-
tion (Z£. P. Sheldon, July, 1892).
Parmelia olivacea (LINN ) AcH. Meth. 213. 1808.
On trees, Minnehaha Falls (Z. P. Sheldon, Oct., 1892).
Physcia speciosa (WULF.) Fr. L. E. 80. 18381.
On Quercus macrocarpa MIcHx. Spicer. Kandiyohi
county, (W. D. F., Aug., 1892).
Physcia hypoleuca (MuHL.) TUCKERM. Syn. N. Am. L.
68. 1882.
On trees. Litchfield, Meeker county, (W. D. F., June,
1892).
Physcia stellaris (Linn.) Fr. L. E. 82. 1881.
On twigs of Tilia americana LINN. Litchfield, Meeker
county, (W. D. F., June, 1892); Spicer. Kandiyohi
county, (W. D. F., Aug., 1892), On Quercus velutina
Lam. Garrison, Crow Wing county, (LZ. P. Sheldon,
June, 1892).
Physcia obscura (Exru.) Nyu. Prodr. 68. 1857.
On Populus tremuloides MICHX, near Minneapolis, (Z. P.
Sheldon, May, 1890). Waseca, Waseca county, (Z£. P.
Sheldon, July, 1891). Litchfield, Meeker county, ( W.
D. F., Jane, 1892). Osceola, Wis., (Miss Jessie Elwell,
Sept., 1892).
Physcia adglutinata (FLOERK.) NyL. Syn. 1: 428. 1860.
On Quercus macrocarpa MicHx. Spicer. Kandiyohi
county, (W. D. F., Aug., 1892). On Acer. saccharinum
LINN. Mille Lacs Indian Reservation. (£. P. Sheldon,
June, 1892).
84 - MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
23. Theloschistes ehrysophthalmus (Linn.) NoRM.
16. . 1852.
On trees. Litchfield, Meeker county, (Wer: June,
1892).
24. Vheloschistes polyearpus (HHRH.) TUCKERM, ean Nit
Am, -L.. 1; 50.5.) 1882. :
On Quercus macrocarpa Micux: Litchfield, Macken i
county, (W. D. F., June, 1892). Near Mille Lacs
lake, (E. P. Sheldon, July,, 1892).
On Quercus velutina Lam. Garrison, Crow Wing county, yi
(E. P. Sheldon, July, 1892). ‘ee
On Cerasus virginiana (LINN.) LOISEL. Mille Lacs lake .
and Minneapolis, (Z. P. Sheldon, 1892). Mee
25. Theloschistes lychneus (NyL.) TUCKERM. Syn. N. Am.
150, 1882? fe
On trees,. Litchfield, Meeker county, (W. D. F., Jaap i
1892). : 4%
26. Theloschistes concolor (Dicks.) TUCKERM. Syn. N. Am. — :
Pe) P51, 1S82, ;
On Quercus, Minneapolis (£. P. Sheldon, Sept., 1892).
Spicer, Kandiyohi county, (W. D. F., June, 1892).
GYROPHOREI Nyt. Syn. 2:3.
27. Umbilicaria dillenii TUckERM. Syn. N. H. 72. 1848.00
On igneus rocks, Taylor’s Falls (W. D. F., Sept., 1892).
LECANOREI Nvt. Syn. 2:20.
28. Lecanora subfusea (Linn.) Aca. L. U. 398. 1810.
On Populus tremuloides MicHx. Minneapolis (£. P. Shel-
don, Sept., 1892). Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., Pent ae
1892). : eS
29. Lecanora subfusea (LINN.) ACH. var. coilocarpa Acue So:
oe? 893.) 1810;
On Populus tremuloides Michx. Minnehaha Falls (#. P.
Sheldon, May 1892). On Pinus strobus Linn., Mille
Lacs lake (EH. P. Sheldon, June, 1892). ps
30. Pertusaria velata (TURN.) Nyx. Pyren. 35. 1858.
On Acer saccharinum Linn. Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F.,
Sept., 1592).
vi & ;
omic a an
i Chits perinti hea ) AcH. var. recta (HUMB.) NYL.
ae Pyren. 41. 1858. ; a
ae iA On Betula, Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., Sept., 1892). ee
ae -Graphis elegans (SM.) AcH. Syn. 85. 1814. ee
_ On Acer saccharinum LINN. Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., te
| Sept., 1892). La hi
i Graphis substriatula Nyt. ‘g
a Mi On Celastrus scandens Linn. Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., a
ees. ; Sept., 1892). ,
Le 44 ;
384. Graphis dendritica Acu. L. U. 271. 1810. k
On =Quercus macrocarpa Micux. Spicer, Kandiyohi tian
county (W. D. F., Aug., 1892). ; Bs
‘ee
‘ an rf
cia
© Sys
a
#
bi
ai
ibe
ae
Bee USS Syiepr a SAIN OUI I heer BTR na capt Y rey SEQ OIE” CT RMA Nr a
4
os DESCRIPTION OF PLATES te
PLATE IV.
1,2. Normal elaters of Conocephalus conicus; length .225 mm. and Be:
-200 mm.
3. Elater showing dichotomous branching; length .200 mm.
4, later with two well developed branches, the spiral bands of which
are connected by asingle fibre (A) which extends from une to the other
but not through the body of the cell; length .210 mm.
5. Elater giving example of the branching of each of the two original
fibers and a second branching of one of them (A), (B)and(c); length .150mm.
6. Shows the spiral bands of two branches separate from each
other; length .200 mm.
7. Normal elater; length .150 mm.
8. Shows an example of a spiral band branching into four strands (A);
length .077 mm.
9. Shows elater with two branches at each end; length .187 mm.
10, 11 and 12. Peculiar manner of branching and arrangement of bands;
length .162 mm., .112 mm., .170 mm.
13. Shows how branching of elater causes branching of spiral thread;
length .150 mm.
14. Elater in which two threads fuse (A) and then branch again into
three divisions, two of which (B) again fuse; length .090 mm.
15. Elater possessing same peculiarity (BB) as in fig. 4; length 225 mm.
IPRA Va
1,2and3. Types of branching of elaters and Bands; length .125 mm.,
.135 mm.and .110 mm.
4.5. Two views of the same elater; length .127 mm.
6. Common example of the manner in which the spiral bands are
distributed in the branches of the elater; length .150 mm.
7. Another form resembling tig. 4, plate iv; length .150 mm.
8,9. Young elaters containing starch;length .110 mm. and .112 mm.
10. Elater having a length of .217 mm.
11. Young elater containing starch; length .112 mm.
12, 13 and 14 .Peculiar forms of branching and arrangement of bands;
length .110 mm. and .042 mm. and .130 mm.
15. Unusual form; length .207 mm.
PLATE VI ;
Laciniaria scariosa (LINN.) HILL. var corymbulosa SHELD.
1, Corm and basal leaf.
2. Portion of stem.
3. Inflorescence.
4. Hairs from axis of inflorescence.
5. Involucral scale,
6. Fruit with pappus and corolla.
i a) At!
i,
March, 1894.
TP eee) eo, ee PO
PEATE WW.
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Bulletin No. 9.
Bulletin No 9.
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
PEATE V;
March, 1894.
sie hes
oye Pe ey
Bulletin No. 9, MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. March, 1894.
PLATE VI.
————
—
J — —
ee ee
a I IS
—————
XII. A REVISION OF THE MUCORACEAE WITH
____ ESPECIAL REFERENCE TO SPECIES RE-
e PORTED FROM NORTH AMERICA.
Be RoscoE POUND.
General considerations. The greater part of the systematic
portion of this article was written for the forthcoming Part I of
2 the Flora of Nebraska, but on account of limited space, only a
ag few of the descriptions and a small part of the synopsis will find
a _ aplacein that work. The number of excellent revisions of this
- group! which have appeared recently make any further attempt
of doubtful utility. But as none of them are in the English
language, and as the forms described from North America by
a the older authors have not been subjected to the examination
they still sadly need, this survey of the group ay not be out
of place.
The Mucoraceae are quite a coherent and well marked group.
There is no great difficulty in tracing the relationship of the
_ several genera, and the groups into which it is subdivided set
. themselves off quite readily. Nor is it unwieldly in point of
numbers. In the Sylloge Fungorum 29 genera are given and 199
_ species. Nine of these genera, however, must be totally
_ rejected. They are genera described by Corda, Preuss, Berke-
. ey and other early mycologists, partly from insect eggs, partly
from slime moulds, and partly, perhaps, from Hyphomycetes.
_ Fischer recognizes 20 genera, rejecting Tieghemella of Berlese
and DeToni in the Sylloge, but adding Dicranophora Schroeter,
_ since described. Schroeter has united with some freedom, and
_ recognizes but 15 genera, including one not in Fischer’s range.
One more has recently been described, so that to follow
_ Schroeter we should have 16, and to follow Fischer 22 genera.
_ I think we may well follow Schroeter in all but two cases, and
my conclusion is that there are 18 valid genera, if we accept
_ Dewevre's Carnoya, which is not yet sufficiently described.
1. A. Fischer in Krypt. Flor. v. Deutschl. ete.; the (unfinished) sketch by
‘ _ Schroeter in Engler au. Prantl, Pflanzenfamilien; A. Dewevre, Contr. i l’Etude des
ia - Mucorinées (unfinished), Grevillea, S. 1893, and Mr. 1894.
‘~ | .
88 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Of the 199 species enumerated in the Sylloge Fungorum,
Fischer has shown that 70 are to be excluded. Fischer describes
100 species for Europe, aad Schroeter estimates 130 for the
whole world. I regard this as a very liberal estimate. The
species described for other parts of the world, if subjected to
the examination which Fischer has given the European species,
would doubtless yield a large proportion of synonyms. Thus
8 species are described from North America, chiefly by Berke-
ley and Curtis. These were named at a time when, as Fischer
says, every form of Mucor mucedo on a new substratum received
a new name, and most of them will have to be assigned to Mucor
mucedo or Ascophora mucedo, if one can be sure that they de-
scribe anything.
Van Tieghem, who was the first to treat the group exhaust-
ively, and to whom we owe most of our knowledge of its forms,
divided the family in 1875? into five tribes. Dewevre following
him, and adding the Choanephoreae, not in the scope of Van
Tieghem’'s work, arranges them thus:
1. Piloboleae; 2. Mucoreae; 3. Chaetocladieae; 4. Choane
phoreae; 5. Mortierelleae; 6. Cephalideae.
Other authors agree with this substantially, except that they
unite the Pileboleae and Mucoreae.
Fischer divides the group, which he terms an order (Mucor-
inae), into four families (the Choanephoreae being without his
range); Mucoraceae, Chaetocladiaceae, Mortierellaceae, and Cepha-_
lidaceae. The first he subdivides into three sub-families:
Mucoreae, Piloboleae, and Thamnidieae. Schroeter divides into
five families: Mucoraceae, Mortierellaceae, Choanephoraceae,
Chaetocladiaceae, Piptocephalidaceae, and subdivides the first into
Mucoreae and Piloboleae.
I propose the following arrangement, the reasons for which
will be explained presently:
Family MUCORACEAK.
(Order Mucorineae of German authors. )
Sub-family 1. MUCOREAE. |
Tribe Eumucoreae.
Tribe Rhizopeae.
Tribe Thamnidieae.
Tribe Piloboleae.
2. Van Tieghem. Ann. Sc. Nat. vi, 1:41. 1875.
Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE. 89
Sub-family 2. MORTIERELLEAE.
Sub-family 8. CHOANEPHOREAE.
Sub-family 4. CHAETOCLADIEAE.
Sub-family 5. CEPHALIDIEAE.
Like all sequences, this one is open to the objection that it
separates related forms and places unrelated ones in juxtaposi-
tion. No lineal arrangement is possible which will not do this
7 more or less. Juxtaposition can only partially represent
zr: relationship in a lineal disposition.
he relationship of the several groups may be indicated by
“aes . .
the following diagram:
:
aN. Mortierelleae. Bumucoreae.————————_— Piloboleae.
\ ! fae
Poe
* ! Rhizopeae.
. 9 19
ey Thamnidieas.
ai Ral |
Rs Choanephoreae.
\1
Cephalideae. Chaetocladieae.
There can be no doubt, as M. Dewevre points out, that the
_ Mucoreae are the pivotal group from which the other groups
are to be derived. The conidia, which characterize the
Choanephoreae and Chaetocladieae, are evidently but reduced
4a ‘sporangia, and Thamnidium links them with Mucor, which
2 indeed sometimes produces sporangiola under proper condi-
Be tions. The one possible exception is the Cephalideae. Their
+ connection with the rest of the group admits of some doubt.
_ Schroeter appears to think that the chains of conidia formed
a by simultaneous division, which characterize this sub family,
ig are to be regarded as sporangia. But the analogy issomewhat
e. obscure. Von Tavel* remarks the absence of anything cor-
% _ responding to the sterile side branches or separate sporangio-
_ phores, and says significantly: cae hier errinnert nichts *
_* * * mehr an die sporangien.”
a _ If the Cephalideae are derived from the Mucoreae, it is proba-
bs bly through the Mortierelleae, with which they have some points
of resemblance, especially the anastomosing rial mycelium.
b In this view, we may regard the conidiophores as equivalent to
Me: ‘ _ the fertile mycelium of the latter, and the several conidia chains
as each representing a sporangium. The septa formed in the
i conidiophores of Piptocephalis may tend to confirm this, but it
oo Vergleich. Morphol. 37.
a eee f
Sts i
7%
4
me,
h We? atl Se. See te LAs OP Ae 2; “ae
ies foal te ate te Rie iar baal a We oat aA bat
90 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
seems a trifle far fetched. More probably the whole head of
conidia chains is to be held equivalent to a sporangium.
Another thing to be considered in this connection is the fact
that the Cephalideae are set off from all other Mucoraceae by the
manner in which they form zygospores. All the other groups
form the zygospore directly by the union of the contents of the
two conjugating cells. In the Cephalideae there is a further
process. After the tips of the conjugating branches have each
cut off by a wall and their contents have united, they do not at
once form a zygospore, but the contents contract, separate off
from the rest of the new cell by a new wall, and then become a
zygospore. Von Tavel remarks, what is not at first apparent,
that while the former process is like the conjugation in the
Zygnemeae, the latter resembles conjugation in the Mesocarpeae.
The relationship of the Cephalideae to the rest of the Mucoraceae
must be regarded as somewhat doubtful as far as direct deriva-
tive relationship is concerned. There can be no doubt, however,
that, wherever their origin is to be found, it will not be far
from that of the other groups.
Nomenclature. The nomenclature of the group is in a
somewhat uncertain state. The names applied by the older
mycologists are often of doubtful application, owing to the
extreme vagueness and generality of their descriptions. Fischer
says: ‘‘The laconic brevity of diagnoses formerly favored,
makes it often impossible to identify the old forms with those
now known, and yet this is necessary, in order that the heavy
ballast of doubtful species may be finally thrown off.” Dr.
Fischer has delivered us from some seventy species of the old
authors, and most of the eight American species of Mucor must
eventually receive like treatment. But while Fischer’s work
in disposing of the species of the old authors in their
proper place has been excellent, he has paid little or no atten-
tion to the claims of the names they imposed. The investiga-
tors, such as Van Tieghem, often took little pains to ascertain
the identity of the forms they worked upon with those named
by the earlier writers who only described, and imposed names
now current upon several forms which had already received
more than one name.
Mycologists have differed on the question of the respect to
be paid to priority quite as much as phanerogamists. Winter
in Part Iof the Pilze in the Kryptogamen Flora v. Deutschland,
ete., applied the rule of priority vigorously, but somewhat
capriciously. Schroeter has consistently adhered to it. Sac-
91
_ takes exception to Dr. Kuntze’s changes in the nomenclature
_ of the fungi, and leaves his position s)mewhat in doubt. There
seems to be no reason, however, why the Rochester rules, as
amended, should not be ode to the fungi, and I have
e Systematic. Family MUCORACEAE. ‘Mycelium well
_ developed, thread-like (i. e. with hyphae), branched, up to the
- time of fructification unicellular (i. e. without septa). Asexual
ee _ reproduction by internal spore formation in terminal cells
: 2 (sporangia) or by reduced sporangia which resemble one celled
: si conidia or conidia chains. Sexual reproduction by zy gospores,
__ that is by the union of two undifferentiated, or scarcely differ-
3%. entiated cells to form a zygospore. All spores germinating by
Principal and secondary sporangia with a col-
umella.
Membrane of sporangium of two parts, above
cuticularized and permanent, below
thin and quickly disappearing.
Sporangiophores evenly cylindrical, sporangia
not thrown off at maturity.
Sporangiophores swollen below the sporangia;
° sporangia thrown off at maturity.
2 - Sporangia without a columella; fertile mycelium
distinct from the vegetative
dA.
a
‘ %
Ft a germinating tube; no swarm spore formation.” (Schroeter)
. hs Synopsis.
- Asexual spores formed in sporangia.
a Sporangia with a columella. MUCOREAE.
Mycelium and sporangia of one kind only. - Eumucoreae.
ay, Sporangiophores simple or branched, but not
dichotomous. Mucor.
Sporangiophores unbranched, bright me-
Bor... talic in color. Phycomyces.
Rel Vegetative mycelium colorless, aerial brown
and thorny (approaches Rhizopeae). Spinellus.
Sporangiophores dichotomously branched. Syzygites.
Mycelium of two kinds,—vegetative and fertile. Rhizopeae.
Sporangiophores borne at the nodes of the
- stolons. Zygospores naked. Ascophora,
Sporangiophores borne on the tips of the arched
internodes. Zygospores covered by
outgrowths of the suspensors. Absidia.
Sporangia of two kinds,—principalsporangia and
‘ sporangiola. Thamnidieae.
Principal sporangia with a columella, spor-
% ; ; wo
¥ angiola without a columella. Thamnidium,
Dicranophora.
Piloboleae.
Pilaira.
Hydrogera.
MoRTIEREDLEAE.
92 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Sporangiophores always terminating in sporan gia Mortierella.
Sporangiophores ending in sterile points. Herpocladium.
[Not yet sufficiently characterized]. Carnoya.
Sporangia represented by conidia,—either singly
or in chains.
Sporangia and conidia both present. CHOANEPHOREAE.
Choanephora.
Conidia only,—produced singly. CHAETOCLADIBAE.
Chaetocladium.
Conidia in chains. CEPHALIDEAE.
Conidiophores septate at maturity, dichoto-
mously branched. Piptocephalis.
Conidiophores not septate, simple or once
forked. Syncephalis.
Conidiophores corymbosely branched. Syncephalastrum.
Sub-family 1. MUCOREAE.
Asexual spores formed in sporangia; sporangia with a colum-
ella (except sporangiola in forms having them). Zygospores
naked, or surrounded by loose, simple, or simply branched
hyphae.
Tribe KUMUCOREAE.
Mycelium and sporangia typically of one kind.
This is the stem group from which all the others appear to
be derived.
1. MUCOR Linné. Spec. Pl. 2:1185. 1753.*
Hydrophora Tope. 1791.
Pleurocystis BONORDEN. 1851.
Circinella VAN TIEGHEM and LEMONIER. 1872.
Pirella BAINIER. 1881.
Chlamydomucor BREFELD. 1890.
Saprophytic; mycelium spreading in and upon the substratum;
sporangiophores simple or branched, but if branched, not
dichotomous. Zygospores borne on the mycelium; the sus-
pensors without outgrowths.
This was the name of one of the eleven genera under which
Linné in his Genera Plantarum included all fungi.
Sub-genus EUMUCOR Schroeter. Krypt. Flor. v. Schlesien, III,
ice2059%) 1886;
Sporangiophores erect, always with terminal sporangia.
*I ha¥e taken the starting point of the Rochester rules,
Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE.
‘Mucor mucedo Linnél. c.
ue | a Fischer gives as synonyms the following names to be found
ha. 20 _ Sylloge Fungorum:
M. stercoreus (TODE) LK.
M. murinus PERs. /
M. caninus PERS. ;
M. aquosus MART.
M. microcephalus WALLR.
M. subtilis (CORDA) BERL. and DE ToNnI.
Rhizopus fructicolus (CDA.) BERL. and DE ToNT.
M. rhizopogonis (CDA.) BERL. and DE Tont.
Mt. candalabrum (CDA.) BERL, and DE Tont.
_M. bifudus FREs.
M. glandifer Bon.
M. ciliatus Bon.
M. dimiaei SCHULZER.
_ The rest of the intricate synonymy need not ve given.
_ Sporangiophores erect, rigid, simple, 2-15 cm. high; spor-
—angia large, round 100-200 mikrons in diam., the membrane
quickly disappearing leaving a small collar-like fragment at the
. base; columella high arched, cylindrical or truncate conical,
_ 70-140x 50-80 mikrons; spores rounded cylindrical or long ellip-
‘a ‘soid, 6-12 x 3-6 mikrons, or sometimes larger, colorless or light
_ yellow.
On excrement of animals and various organic substances the
eyorid over.
In specimens I have examined the spores are regularly 8-10
in mikrons about half as wide and rather strongly tinged with
yellow.
Mucor racemosus FRESENIUS. Beitraege. 12. 1850.
if Pleurocystis fresenii BONORDEN. 1851.
Chlamydomucor racemosus BREFELD. 1890.
_ Fischer gives as synonyms the following names which are
oA n the Sylloge Fungorum:
7. M. truncorum LK.
M. juglandis Lx.
M. carnis LK.
M. pygmaeus LK.
M. fungicola (CDA.) BERL. and DE Tontr.
M. florae (CDA.) BERL. and DE Tont.
M. cinereus (PREUSS.) BERL. and DE Tont.
M. griseus Bon.
y: M Juglandis Lk. 1809, is the earliest name which can with
some certainty be referred to this species. According to
-
.
Rae Ie ARSENY AER LON er Mee A LOPR ERE SCT
“7 = ‘ : SE Oe: at ht a TA aay a) 4
s ‘\
94 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Fischer, also, old material in the Berlin herbarium marked J. Sh
juglandis goes here. We may, therefore, be compelled to use
this name instead of WM. racemosus.
Sporangiophores erect, of various sizes, 5-40 mm. high, or a
small and frail, richly and irregularly branched, each branch a
terminating in asporangium; sporangia small, round, of various
sizes (depending on the nourishment), 20-70 mikrons in diam., the *
membrane not dissolving but splitting; columella broad clavate |
or obovate; spores round or short ellipsoid, singly colorless,
yellowish in mass, 6-10 x 5-8 mikrons.
When grown in a solution it forms septa rapidly and grows by
budding, and in this state itis a ferment. Under poor condi-
tions it forms round, oblong or ellipsoid chlamydospores here
and there in the hyphae and even in the sporangiophores.
None of the other well described European species are
recorded for this country. Other species reported from North .
America are:
Mucor inequalis PEcK, 26 Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. 79. 1874.
_‘* Fertile flocci simple or once or twice divided, white; spor-
angia globose, at first white, then bluish black or brownish
black; spores somewhat angular, subglobose, very unequal in
size, .0002—.0005 in. in diameter.” (Peck, 1. c.)
On decaying squashes.
The size and shape of the spores agree well with Ascophora
mucedo. It may represent a young specimen of this fungus.
But the description seems to indicate a Mucor, as branched,
white sporangiophores are mentioned. As to the shape of the
spores, compare WM. heterosporus Fischer.
Mucor curtus BERKELEY and Curtis, N. A. F. No. 708.
Spores fusiform, subappendiculate at each end, 11x 2 mikrons. ;
On decaying muskmelon, South Carolina.
The shape of the spores is peculiar and makes it doubtful if
this is a Mucor.
Mucor echinophila ScHwrrnitz. North Am. Fungi. No.
2742, p. 285.
On spines of the involucre of Castanea sativa, Bethlehem, Pa.
The very meager description baffles identification.
Mucor tenerrimus BERKELEY. Outlines. 407.
Reported from North America in the Sylloge Fungorum. Ac-
cording to Fischer may be a Myxomycete, but certainly is not
a Mucor. ‘
Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE. 95
| Mucor subtilissimus BERKELEY. Hort. Journ. 3:98.
Reported from North America in the Sylloge Fungorum. Of
va this and other Berkeleyan species, Fischer says: ‘‘The short
_ diagnoses of the author pass for all possible small fungi. I
4 ‘think that no one of these five species is a Mucor, but they all
belong to the Hyphomycetes.”
See under Syzygites and Ascophora for other species described
; i from North America.
Subgenus CIRCINELLA Van TrecHEem and Le Monter.
| 1872, wt genus.” .
Sporangia formed on side branches of a branched sporangio-
_ phore, the branches arched or curved and often produced in
regular groups; the main branch continuing and bearing new
_ side branches, but no terminal sporangium.
_- No species are reported for this country.
This group, made a genus by Van Tieghem and Le Monier,
__ and generally so recognized, was reduced to a subgenus by
_ Schroeter in 1886. It is only a further development of the
_ branched sporangiophore, and leads to the fertile mycelium of
Ascophora. .
Subgenus PIRELLA BaAInigER. 1882, wt genus.
Similar to Circinella; sporangia pear shaped, columella very
large, hour-glass shaped.
There is but one species, which is not reported for this
country. Itis closely allied to Circinella, and is made a sub-
~ genus of Mucor by Schroeter in Engler u. Prantl, Pylanzen-
familien. 1893.
2. PHYCOMYCES Kunze. Mykol. Hefte. 2:113. 1823.
Sporangiophores simple, arising singly, bronze green,
strongly metalic, terminated by a large sporangium; sporangia
- round, many spored, the membrane dissolving; columella pear
shaped. Conjugating branches tong shaped, the suspensors
producing dichotomously branched, dark brown projections.
: Phycomyces nitens (AGARDH.) KUNZE, 1. c.
o Ulva nitens AGARDH. 1817.
_ The characters of the genus: Sporangiophores 7-30 cm.
long; sporangia very large, about 1 mm.; spores ellipsoid
16-30 x 8-15 mikrons.
96 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
On greasy, oily substances. Found also on a decaying squash
‘at Lincoln.
A beautiful species, quickly recognized by its metalic appear-
ance. The sporangiophores have the look of small flattened
wires.
3. SPINELLUS Van TieGHem. Ann. Sc. Nat. vi. 1:66, 1875.
Aerial mycelium more or less developed, several times
branched, with short, thorn-like side branches. Sporangio-
phores simple. Zygospores formed on the aerial mycelium.
United with Mucor by Schroeter. The aerial mycelium, upon
which the zygospores are formed, connects with Syzygites.
Spinellus rhombosporus (EHRs. )
Mucor rhombosporus EHRB. 1818. Sylv. Myce. Berol. 25 (ex. Link.)
Mucor fusiger LK. Sp. Pl. VI, 1:98. 1824.
Spinellus fusiger (LK.) VAN TIEGH. 1. c. 1875.
Aerial mycelium formed of richly divided branches beset
with single or 2-4 verticillate, pointed, thorn-like branches;
sporangiophores borne only on the thorny aerial mycelium,
single, unbranched, rigid, erect, below bulbous-inflated, taper-
ing to about half the breadth, blue gray, chocolate brown at
maturity; sporangia spherical, black at maturity, membrane
quickly disappearing, 180-300 mikrons in diam.; columella large;
spores spindle shaped, rounded at the ends, sometimes twisted
or spirally curled, brown, 30-40 x 9-12 mikrons.
On Agarics. Reported from the United States by Berkeley
and Curtis. According to Link 1. c. I. rhombosporus Ehrb. is
his MW. fusiger, and Fischer cites Ehrenberg’s own opinion to
the same effect.
4. SYZYGITES Esrenserc. Sylv. Myc. Berol. 25. 1518.
Sporodinia LK. Sp. Pl. VI. 1:94. 1824.
Sporangiophores erect, repeatedly dichotomously branched,
forming septa at maturity; sporangia on the ends of the
branches. Zygospores borne on a specially developed, erect,
dichotomously branched mycelium.
Ehrenberg named the zygospore bearing mycelium Syzygites.
Link gave the name of Sporodinia to the asexual fructification
Six years later.
Syzygites aspergillus (ScopPoti.)
Mucor aspergillus Scop. Flor. Carniol 494. 1772.
S. megalocarpus EHRB. 1. c. 1818.
~
5) i Se Aa a
¥ilmgs Te Slee F; r A
on a aes. ‘ . ‘
= aaa Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE. 97
55 Sporodinia grandis Lx. 1. c. 1824. FIscHER. 1892.
Sporodinia aspergillus (Scop.) SCHROETER. tnpler u. Prantl.
Planzenfam. I. 1: 127. 1893.
am ? Mucor capitato-ramosus SCHWEINITZ. N. A. F. 285. 1831.
Characters of the genus: Sporangia spherical, many spored,
_ when young often pale red or orange, at maturity brownish or
Ma blackish brown; spores round or ellipsoid, quite variable in
_ form, 11-40 mikrons. Zygospore-mycelium septate, brown, the
ends long-tapering.
~ On decaying Agarics, Boleti, etc.
Not reported for this country. But the description of J.
_ capitato-ramosus Schw., reported also by Berkeley and Curtis,
agrees well with the asexual fructification of this species.
ae &
al
a . ~ Tribe RHIZOPEAE.
. x a Mycelium of two sorts, the vegetative growing in the sub-
_ stratum, and the fertile or aerial mycelium, which grows by
_ stolons, and upon which the sporangiophores are borne.
b _« Schroeter unites Ascophora, one of the two genera placed here,
* with Mucor, with which it is connected by the subgenus Circin-
ella. The sporangiophores of the latter, if prostrate and
_ forming rhizoids at points where the branches which bear the
_ sporangia are produced, would be exactly what we have in the
_ fertile mycelium of Ascophora. Ascophora and therelated genus
x Absidia form a small group well set off from the other Mucoreae;
quite as mucl: so, it seems to me, as Thamnidium, which no one
now unites with Mucor. Ihave, therefore, following Von Tavel
_ (Vergleich, Morphol. 1892), set them off under the name of
_ -Rhizopeae.
"
;
ft
a fa ASCOPHORA Tope. Fung. Meckleb. 1:18. 1790.
Rhizopus ExrsB. Nov. Act. Acad. Leopold X. 1: 198. 1820.(ex.
Fischer. )
Fertile mycelium at first white, then brown, or brownish
Bt - black, growing in all directions by stolons, which fasten here
“i and there by rhizoids, and at these points produce one or more
__ sporangiophores and other stolons; sporangiophores swollen
ee just below the sporangia;.sporangia hemispherical, the mem-
brane entirely disappearing; columella hemispherical, forming
with the terminal swelling of the sporangiophore a club shaped
# ‘ head, which collapses, and has the appearance of an umbrella.
_ Zygospores naked.
ia
yee ey me Cain SS BG orp LR OA ew ag CRN yer ie As rs 2
98 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Ascophora mucedo Tope. 1. c. 1790.
Mucor stolonifer EHRB. Sylv. Myc. Berol. 25.
Rt. nigricans EHRB. 1820, ut supra.
Mucor clavatus Lk. Sp. Pl. vr.1:92. 1824.
Mucor amethysteus BERK. Engl. Flor. 5: 332. 1832.
? Mucor fuscus (B. and C.) BERL. and DE TONI.—Ascophora fusca
B. and OC. N. A. F. No. 651.
? Mucor cucurbitarum B. and C. N. A. F. No. 701.
? Mucor beaumontii B. and C. N. A. F. No. 702.
The last three are apparently to be placed here. The de-
scriptions, particularly of Ascophora fusca, indicate Ascophora
mucedo and M. beaumontii is said by the authors to differ from
M. clavatus principally in the spores.
Stolons creeping here and there over the substratum, quickly
covering it, at first colorless, then brown; rhizoids more or less
branched; sporangiophores rarely single, usually in clusters of
3—5 or more on each node, +4 mm. high; columella broad hem-
ispherical, with the terminal swelling of the sporangiophore
forming a clavate cylindrical head reaching almost to the tip of,
the sporangium, usually collapsing after the dissolution of the
sporangium membrane and remaining a long time covered with
spores; spores of various sizes and shapes, irregular globose or
oval, with one or two truncated corners, somewhat longer than
broad, thick walled, finely striate, averaging 6-17 mikrons.
On all kinds of decaying organic matter; one of the com-
monest of fungi. :
6. ABSIDIA Van TiEGHEM. Ann. Sc. Nat. vi. 4: 350, 1876.
Tieghemella BERLES® and DE TonrI 1888, Syl. Fung. VII., 1: 215.
Fertile mycelium as in Ascophora; sporangiophores in groups,
produced only on the tips of the arched internodes; columella
cuticularized, blue-black; sporangia pear-shaped. Zygospores
enveloped by unicellular, curved, cuticularized threads, grow-
ing out oppositely from the suspensors.
No species are reported for this country.
Tribe THAMNIDIEAE.
Sporangia of two kinds; principal sporangia many spored,
with a columella, terminal on the main branches; secondary
sporangia (sporangiola) on side branches, few spored, with or
without a columella. ;
This group is closely related to Mucor, the phenomenon of
sporangiola on side branches being occasionally met with in
M. mucedo. The typical Thamnidium elegans makes this rela-
Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE. 99
y tionship quite evident. Other forms, showing a tendency to
lose the terminal sporangia and producing side branches with
sterile tips, connect with the Chaetocladieae.
oS
7. THAMNIDIUM Lx. Obs., 1:31, 1809.
= Chaetostylum VAN TreGH. and Le Mon. Ann. Sc. Nat. v. 17:328.
Peay. 1873.
Helicostylum Corba. Ic. Fung. 5:18. 1842.
Sporangiophores erect: principal sporangia terminal on the
main branches, with a columella; sporangiola on side branches,
without a columella.
Schroeter unites Thamnidium, Chaetostylum, and Helicostylum,
calling the two latter subgenera.
In £uthamnidium the side branches are simple or dichotom-
ously branched, the ends bearing sporangiola. The type is 7.
elegans Lk.
Thamnidium paradoxum (B. and C.) BERL. and DE Tont. Syl.
_ Fung. vu. 1:211—Mucor paradoxus B. and C. N. A. F. No. 877, if
a Thamnidium, probably belongs to this species as the size and
shape of the spores and the habitat agree with it fairly well.
_ Butit seems more likely that it is only a form of Mucor mucedo,
as the description states that the smaller sporangia are borne
on hyphae arising from the mycelium. -M. mucedo often at first
produces small dwarfed sporangia which are followed by the
larger normal ones. Fischer observes that the abnormalities
of M. mucedo have been freely described as species by the
earlier mycologists.
In the subgenus Chaetostylum the principal sporangia are
often wanting, and sporangiola are produced on small branch-
lets arising from the swelling below the tip. The only species
is T. fresenii (Van Tiegh. and Le Mon.) Schroet.
Inthe subgenus Helicostylwm the side branches terminate in
Sterile tips and bear sporangiola on spirally coiled branchlets.
i The type species is:
a
ot Thamnidium helicostylum (BONORDEN.)
=. Helicostylum elegans CORDA. 1842. 1. c.
4 Pleurocystis helicostylum Bon. Hbk. Alg. Myc. 124. 1851.
Ascophora ancena Preuss. Linnaea 24:77, 1852.
Thamnidium amoenum (PREUSS.) SCHROET. Pflanzenfam. I. 1: 128.
RASTA EN Oy Dob bP AT Py et TN Le oe AEP ee ee
Sa X , t Tad 3 Re") 4
100 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
8. DICRANOPHORA Scurorter. Jahresb. Schles. Ges.
Vaterl. Cultur. 64:198. 1886. (ex. Fischer.) ie
Sporangiophores richly branched, ending in principal spor-
angia or in dichotomous branches which bear secondary
sporangia. Secondary sporangia one or two spored, with a
two or three pronged columella.
The only species, D. fulva Schroet. is known only from
Schroeter’s description and his figure in Engler u. Prantl,
Pflanzenfam.
Tribe PILOBOLEAE.
Membrane of sporangium of two parts; the upper cuticular-
‘ized and permanent, the lower thin and quickly disappearing.
9, PILAIRA VAN TIEGHEM. Ann. Sc. Nat. vi. 1:51, 1875.
Mycelium without swellings; sporangiophores simple, arising
singly from the mycelium, terminating in a sporangium with-
out a subsporangial swelling; sporangia round, with a broad
columella, many spored, the membrane above cuticularized,
black, not dissolving or splitting, below colorless, soon swelling
up and setting the upper portion free from the columella.
No species are reported for this country. The most widely
distributed species is:
Pilaira fimetaria ( Lk.) :
Mucor fimetarius LK... Obs. 1:30 1809.
Hydrophora fimetaria Fries. 1829.
Pilobolus anomalus CESATI. 1871.
Pilaira cesatii VAN TIEGHEM. 1875.
Pilaira anomala (CESATI) SCHROETER. . 1886.
10. HYDROGERA WicceEkrs F!. Holsat. 110. 1780 (ex. Kuntze.)
Pilobolus Tope. 1874. Schr. Naturf. Freunde Berlin 5: 46, (ex.
Fischer.)
Sporangiophores simple, arising singly from swellings in the
mycelium, colorless or orange, above expanding into a large
ellipsoid swelling; sporangia hemispherical or lens shaped,
many spored, the membrane above black and cuticularized, the
lower half quickly disappearing and leaving the upper part
resting on the conical columella, thrown off at maturity by ten- —
sion of the terminal swelling of the sporangiophore. Zygo-
spores naked, borne on tong shaped branches.
Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE. 101
Hydrogera obliqua (SCOPOLI). O. KUNTZE.
Mucor obliquus Scop. Flor. Carniol. 2: 494. 1772.
Hydrogera crystalina WIGGERS. 1780. 1. ¢.
Pilobolus crystalinus TopDE. 1784. 1. ¢.
H. obliqua OK. Rev.Gen. 2: 855. 1891.
Sporangiophores arising singly from bladder like swellings
- in the mycelium, 5-10 mm. long, the terminal swelling .85-
- 1.25x 60-85 mm.; sporangia plano-convex, resting on the side
of the terminal swelling, 300-400 100-150 mikrons; columella
u conical; spores elliptical, 5-10x3-6 mikrons, colorless, but
_ greenish yellow in mass.
. On dung. Found also on moist earth in greenhouse, Lincoln.
Hydrogera rorida (BOLTON) OK.
a Mucor roridus Bouron. Hist. Fung. 3: 168,
Pilobolus rovridus PERSOoN. Syn. Fung. 117, 1801.
HT rorida OK.1.c¢. 1891.
Mycelial swellings pale yellow, hidden in the substratum,
usually with a sterile swelling on each side; sporangiophores
arising singly from the swellings from which they are not
separated by a septum, erect, 1-2 cm. high, the terminal swel-
ling short ellipsoid, almost spherical, sp»rangia compressed,
very small, blue black, about one-third as wide as the terminal
_ swelling of the sporangiophore; columella bluish black, round,
_ shailow, projecting but a short distance into the sporangium;
spores ellipsoid, 6-8x 3-4 mikrons, colorless, pale yellow in
mass.
On dung.
fx
a Hydrogera oedipus (MONTAGNE) OK.
Pilobolus oedipus Mont. Mem. Soc. Linn. Lyon. 1828, (ex. Grove.)
H. oedipus OK. 1891. l.c.
Mycelial swelling of two parts separated by a septum, the
upper part thick, projecting from thé substratum and forming
the swollen base of the sporangiophore; sporangiophores
_ short (not to exceed 5mm., usually 1-3 mm), erect, the terminal
swelling ovoid, 600-800 x 450-650 mikrons, contents of sporan-
_ giophore orange red; sporangia compressed, hemispherical,
almost as wide as the terminal swelling, black; columella conical,
obtuse, reaching almost or quite to the summit of the sporan-
_ gium; spores round, rather unequal 10-14 mikrons, orange,
with a thick exospore.
_ On excrement of animals, on mud, on decaying algae.
D
od
*
B
ere
See ATL AOU ed torah aie ats Sell ili Sy Tk Re! le
102 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Subfamily 2. MORTIERELLEAE.
Fertile mycelium distinct from the vegetative; sporangia
without a columella; zygospores enclosed in a thick mass of
hyphae growing out from the suspensors and the branches
from which they arise.
This group appears to be connected with the Rhizopeae,
having a distinct, well developed fertile mycelium. In Absidia
in the latter group we have the beginnings of the thick cover-
ing of the zygospore by outgrowths from the suspensors.
11. MORTIERELLA Cormans. Bull. Acad. Belg. 1, 15: |
536. 1863.
Fertile mycelium growing over the substratum and extending
to other substances, richly branched with thin, stolon-like
branches, which by fusion with neighboring hyphae form a net
work, when old forming septa; sporangiophores single or in
tufts, swollen at the base, with or without lobed rhizoids, sim-
ple or branched, all branches terminating in sporangia.
Round, echinulate stylospores are produced on the fertile
mycelium. Chlamydospores are produced in the substratum.
Mortierella polycephala CorEMANS l. c.
Sporangiophores in groups of 5-20, erect, without septa, with
or without short lobed rhizoids, swollen at the base, tapering
strongly. above filiform, terminating in a large sporangium,
on the upper portion bearing 2-10 short, simple, single or ver-
ticillate side branches, terminating in small sporangia; spor-
angia round, white, 4-20 spored, with a very small basal collar;
spores round or ovate, colorless, differing in size, commonly
10-12 mikrons, with a large glistening oil drop.
On dung, decaying fungi, ete. Reported from Boston by Dr.
W. G. Farlow.
12. HERPOCLADIUM Scuroernme. Krypt. Flor. vy. Schles.
mn 122135 “1886.
Sporangiophores not terminating in sporangia, sympodially
branched, bearing sporangia on curved or spirally curled side
branches. The only species, H. circinans Schroet., is known
only from the author’s description.
[Carnoya Dewevre, Grevillea September 1893, is not yet fully
described, and little can be gathered from the meager data
given in his synopsis. |
Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE. 103
., Subfamily 3. CHOANEPHOREAE.
Sporangia and conidia both produced; sporangia few spored;
conidiophores erect, simple or branched, with thick clavate
4 oe upon which numerous conidia are formed singly (i. e. not
in chains.)
18. CHOANEPHORA CurReEy. 1873, is represented by one
species, C. cunninghamiana Currey. Journ. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 13: 334, as Cunninghamia infundibulifera. On page
578 the name Choanephora cunninghamiana is substituted
on account of Cunninghamia in the Coniferae. It is found
on the flowers of Hibiscus in India.
Subfamily 4. CHAETOCLADIEAE.
Asexual reproduction by conidia only, which are borne singly
_ (i. e. not in chains) in groups on the swollen middle portion of
_ branches of the conidiophores, the ends of which are sterile.
_ The gradations shown by other forms and produced by cul-
tivation make it evident that the conidia are to be regarded as
reduced, one celled sporangiola. The manner in which they
are formed suggests strongly Thamnidium fresenii.
14. CHAETOCLADIUM Fresentus Beitraege. 97. 1863.
Parasitic upon other Mucoraceae; mycelium thin, colorless,
_ forming clusters of short, thick haustoria at the points of
attachment with the hyphae of the host; sporangiophores
creeping, verticillately branched, ending in a long, sterile,
pointed tip, the branches short, with sterile tips, bearing on
the swollen portion large numbers of single conidia.
Chaetocladium jonesii (BERKELEY & BROOME) FRESENIUS.
ig Botrytis jonesiti B & Br. Ann. Mag. N. H. 2 Ser. 13. 1854.
os C. jonesia F res. 1863 1. ¢.
Characters of the genus, conidia round, 64-10 mikrons, with
_ a finely verrucose, dark colored exospore; singly colorless, but
_ blue in mass.
; On dung with other Mucoraceae, Lamtnaty ae and for the most
a part parasitic.
i Chaetocladium brefeldii Van Trecu. & Le Mon. Ann. Sc.
= Nat. v. 17:342. 1878.
Conidia globose or globose-elliptical, smooth, colorless, 2-5
- mikrons.
__._- Parasitic on Mucor mucedo and Ascophora mucedo.
Found by me at Lincoln in 1888, on an onion, growing upon
; A. mucedo.
POE a ADIN PEE, ROM TE MIU ig KEY Ry RT eee OE SSR eal DO EE IED gta
‘ Saito hi 7" f
104 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Subfamily 5. CHEPHALIDEAE.
Asexual reproduction by means of conidia formed in chains
on the swollen ends of simple or branched conidiophores.
15. PIPTOCEPHALIS De Bary. Abhandl. Senckenb.
Naturf. Ges. 5: 356. 1865. (ex. Fischer.)
Parasitic on other Mucoraceae; conidiophores dendroid, sey-
eral times dichotomously branched, with age septate and with
a brown cuticularized membrane; branches terminating in a
round swelling separated by a septum (basidial cell) which
bears chains of conidia, usually in large numbers, and falls off
with them.
No species reported for North America.
16. SYNCEPHALIS Van TieGHEM and LE Monier. Ann.
Cis Weta e Lat care ea oter
Parasitic on other Mucoraceae or saprophytic; conidiophores
simple or once divided, without septa, attached to substratum
by a tuft of short, thick, forked rhizoids, terminating in a
round or clavate head; the lowest conidium (basidial conidium)
with one or more, usually two, protuberances each bearing a
chain of conidia.
The basidial conidium falis off with the chains, leaving small
warty processes on the head of the sporangiophore.
No species reported from North America.
18. SYNCEPHALASTRUM ScuHroeter. Krypt. Flor. v.
Schles. mr. 1:217. 1886.
Saprophytic; conidiophores without rhizoids at the base,
branched, swollen at the ends; conidia chains in one row.
No species reported from North America.
oy
a
ees
% XIV. REVISION OF THE MINNESOTA SPECIES OF
-—s« @RASSES OF THE TRIBE HORDEAB.
t
7
iia
Bey =
FRANCIS RAMALEY.
- The great economic value and historic interest of the tribe
_ Hordeae make it one of the most noteworthy groups in the
_ whole vegetable kingdom. Containing as it does the wheat,
rye and barley of cultivation it thus furnishes a very consider-
able portion of the food supply of man. Our own native
grasses of this group are of great importance to the stockman
and farmer. Agropyron glaucum var. occidentale, which is
known as Blue Stem or Blue Joint among the ranchmen of the
west is highly prized for grazing purposes. Experiments
_ made with it in various parts of this county show that it is
especially valuable in localities subject to drouth. The root
stocks running out in every direction and taking root, make it
_ agrass very easily introduced. These rootstocks are said to
be particularly acceptable to horses and cattle and are greedily
devoured by them. Agropyron tenerum, also a valuable hay
and meadow grass, is abundant in some places in the western
ce part of the state. Hlymus canadensis is a conspicuous grass
frequent along roadsides. Hordewm jubatum would be a fine
ornamental grass did not the inflorescence break so easily.
_ Hystrix hystrix is very noticeable from its peculiar ‘‘bottle-
brush” appearance.
, In view of the importance of the tribe in general it has
_ seemed worth while to make careful and systematic descrip-
tions of the Minnesota species together with as complete
a - synonomy as possible. The descriptions have been written
after comparison of specimens from various parts of the
country, while constant reference has been made to the ac-
cepted authorities on the subject.
ce
é
FOE RR oy ONE Aa tal Sty | rest SU RR ET RES)
106 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ane
AGROPYRON J. Garrt. in Nov. Comm. Petrop. 14. 1. 539, sa
1770. !
Elytrigia DsEsy. in Bull. Soc. Philom. 4: 190. 1810.
Kremopyrum Leb. FI. Alt. 1: 112. 1829.
Braconotia Gopr F |. Lorr. Ed. I. 3: 191. 1844.
Roegneria C. Koc. in Linnaea 21: 413. 1848.
Heteranthelium Hocust. ex. Jaub..& Spach. Pl. Or. 4: 24. 1850.
Eremopyrum JAuB. & SPAcH. Pl. Or. 4: 26. 1850-53.
Seecalidium ScHur.in Verh. Siebenb. Ver Naturw. 4: 91, 1853.
Anthosachne STEuD. Syn. Pl. Gram. 237. 1855.
Crithopyrum Horr. Prag. ex. Steud. Syn. Pl. Gram. 344. 1855.
Costia WILLK. in Bot. Zeit. 377. 1858.
Cremopyrum ScuHur. Enum. Pl. Transs. 807. 1866. ,
Haynaldia ScuHur. |. ¢.
Agropyron caninum (LINN.) Beauv. Essai Agrost. 102. ee
1812.- Dog’s Couch Grass.
Triticum caninum LINN. Sp. Pl. 86. 1753.
Elymus caninus LINN. FI. Suec. ed. I] 112. 1755.
Triticum caninum Huns. Fl. Ang. 58. 1762.
Triticum caninum SCHREB. Spicil. Fl. Lips. 51. 1771.
Triticum sepium LAM. Enc. Meth. 2: 536. 1786.
Festuca nutans MOENCH. Meth. 191. 1794.
Agropyrum caninum R. and S. Syst. 2: 756. 1817.
Agropyrum caninum REICHENB. Icon. FI]. Germ. t. 119. 1824.
Braconotia elymoides GopR. FI. Lorr. 3:193. 1844.
Agropyrum pseudo-caninum Scuur. in Verh. Siebenb. Ver. Na- |
turw. 4:91. 1853. :
Tritucum cegilopoides A.GRAY. Proc. Acad. Philad. II. G6: 1862.
non Linn.
Perennial, from a fibrous root; stems 4 to 12 dm. in length,
smooth, geniculate below; leaves 2 to4 dm. in length; sreaths
shiny and glabrous or somewhat roughened, nearly as long
as the blades; blades 5 to 10 mm. broad. flat or rarely some-
what involute, scabrous both above and below or the lower
ones nearly glabrous below; inflorescence 8 to 20 cm. in length,
narrow, curved or somewhat nodding; spikelets 12 to 20 mm. in
length, 3 to 6 flowered; empty glumes 8 to 12 mm. in length, 3 to
5 nerved, scabrous or somewhat roughened, lanceolate, acum- 4
inated or short awned; flowering glumes almost as long, nearly © ae
smooth or 5 nerved at the tip with awns 2, or more often 10 to
20 mm. in length.
Hurope and Northern Asia. 4
North America: N. Br., Q., Ont., Saskatchewan, Rocky Mts.
and B. C.;S. to N. Eng. and N. J.; W. to Miaon., Colo., Nev. and
Cal.
. Ramaley: REVISION OF MINNESOTA HORDEAE. — 107
Ty
4 Minnesota: Probably throughout; infrequent; waste or dry
_ places.
Minn. specimen in herb.: Bailey 42, Vermilion Lake.
mee
x wt
ee Agropyron caninum (LINN.) Beauv. forma violacescens
a , n.n. Bearded Wheat Grass.
= A. unilaterale CasstDY. Bull. Col. Agr. Exp. Sta. 12: 63. 1890,
ne - A. caninum (Linn.) R. & S. var. unilaterale Vas. Cont. U.S. Nat.
e: Herb. 1: 279. 1893
¥ Not A. unilaterale BEAUY. Essai Agrost. 102. 1812. which is asynonym
_ ae of Festuca tenuiflora ScurRap. Fl. Ger. 1:345. 1806. a
i. Mediterranean species.
_ This plant is described by Dr. Vasey as usually stouter than
the type; the spike rigid, erect, not nodding or curved as in
the type, the spikelets 3 to 6 flowered more or less one sided
on the rachis.
Ke From this description and from an examination of specimens
distributed by the Department of Agriculture it appears that
this plant is very near to 4. violacewm (HORNEM.) LANGE, forma
caninoides described below; it is probable that through these
forme the two species are related.
q North America: Minn., Neb. and Col.; N. in the Rocky Mts.
me to B. C.
___-Minnesota: Reported from southwestern part of the state;
= probably rare on hillsides and waste places.
us Agropyron violaceum (HORNEM.) LANGE. Consp. F'l. Ger.
155. 1880. Wheat Grass.
Triticum violaceum HORNEM. FI. Dan. 2044. 1827?
Perennial, stems smooth, erect or geniculate below; leaves 1.5
to 2.5 dm. in length; sheaths glabrous as long as the blades;
a blades 2 to 5 mm. broad, commonly involute, scabrous above
nearly smooth below; inflorescence 5 to 12 cm. in length, strict,
narrow; spikelets 8 to 15 mm. in length, 3 to 5 or 7 flowered,
_ __ usually purple tinged; empty glumes 6 to 12 mm. in length with
- 8to5 rough nerves, elliptical-lanceolate, cuspidate acuminate or
short awned; flowering glumes 5 to 10 mm. in length, smooth at
base, 3 to 5 nerved at the tips with awns from 1 to 10 mm. in
~
ee rei |
length.
Europe: Scandinavia.
on North America: Q., Man., Assin. to N. W. T. and Grinnell
land; S. to N. Eng.; W. to Lake Superior region, Minn., Dak.,
Rocky Mts. and Sierra Nevada.
108 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Minnesota: Frequent throughout the northern and central
parts of the state; forest openings, hillsides and meadows.
Minn. specimens in herb.: Bailey 494, Agate Bay; Sheldon
2933, Milaca; Sheldon 3299, Mille Lacs county; MacW. and Sheld.
2, Brainerd.
Agropyron violaceum (HORNEM.) LANGE, forma caninoides
n. f. Awned Wheat Grass.
Stems 5 to 8 dm. in length; leaves 1, 5 to 3 dm. in length;
sheaths smooth, about the same length as the blades; blades 3 to
6 mm. broad, involute or almost flat; inflorescence 1 to 2 dm. in
length, cylindrical, dense; spikelets 10 to 20 mm. in length,
somewhat pale or at least but slightly purple tinged; empty
glumes 8 to 16 mm. in length, 3 to 5 nerved, with awns 2 to 10
mm. in length; flowering glumes armed with long, somewhat
curved or spreading awns 10 to 25 mm. in length.
The large size, pale spikes and long awns of this forma give
it much the general appearance of A. caninum ( LINN.) BEAUY.
and still more of forma violacescens, supra.
North America: N. B., White Mts., N. H., Penn., Lake
Superior, Minn., Iowa and W. to the Rocky Mts.
Minnesota: Infrequent; hillsides, embankments and forest
openings.
Minn. specimen in herb.: MacM. and Sheld 84, Brainerd.
Agropyron tenerum Vasey. Bot. Gaz. 10:258. 1885.
Wheat Grass.
Perennial, growing in tufts, without root-stocks; stems 5 to 10
dm. in length, erect; Jeaves 1 to 3 dm. in length; sheaths striate,
nearly smooth; blades 2 to 4 or 6 mm. broad, flat or somewhat
involute; inflorescence 1 to 2 dm. in length, virgate, narrow, with
the spikelets about 1 cm. apart or sometimes closer; spikelets 3
to 5 flowered; empty glumes 9 to 12 nim. in length, somewhat
scabrous, rigid, lanceolate, acute or awn pointed, 5 nerved;
lowering glumes 8 to 10 mm. in length, lanceolate, acute, rounded
on the back, smooth or nearly so, conspicuously 5 nerved at the
tips, with straight awns 1 to 5 or 10 mm. in length.
North America: Man. to Edmonton, N. W. T. and Rocky
Mts.; S. through Minn, Dak., Neb. and Kan.; W. to Colo. and
Utah.
Minnesota: Red river valley and southward along the west-
ern border of the state; dry slopes and meadows.
LR EOS Regie LT ate, tS RON anes OPA
* Ramaley: REVISION OF MINNESOTA HORDEAE. 109
Agropyron glaucum (Desr.) R. and S. Syst. 2:75
1817. var occidentale Vas. and Scris. ex. Mac. Cat. Can. P
— 2:242. 1888. Blue Stem or Blue Joint.
A. repens AUCT. PLUR.
Not A. repens (LINN.) BEAUV. UEssai Agrost. 102. 1812, which is an
old. world species.
2.
1.
Perennial, root-stock creeping; stems 3 to 10 dm. in length,
ascending or somewhat geniculate, smooth or somewhat
roughened; leaves 1 to3 dm. in length; sheaths roughened or
pubescent, or the lower ones often hairy; blades 2 to 6 mm.
broad, acute, or acuminate, usually involute, generally glaucous
below, scabrous above, margins scabrous; injlorescence 5 to 15
cm. in length, strict or slightly curved, never nodding; spikelets
10 to 25 mm. in length, 4 to 10 flowered; empty glumes, 5 to 12
mm. in length, lanceolate, acuminate or short awned, glabrous
or minutely pubescent, conspicuously 5 (sometimes 3-7) nerved;
jlowering glumes nearly as long, less conspicuously nerved.
A form with bluish-green flat leaves 4 to 8 mm. broad with 3
to 5 flowered spikelets approaches A. tenerwm Vasey. Another
form has very long fiat bluish leaves and spreading 5 to 12
flowered spikelets. Numerous forms of A. repens (LINN.) BEAUV.
are introduced nearly everywhere, and are easily confounded
with this plant.
North America: N. S., Q., Ont., to Man. and far northward;
B®, C., Cal:; S. to N. J..and Va.; W. to Kan., Neb. and Utah.
Minnesota: Throughout; frequent; fields and dry places.
Minn. specimens in herb: Ballard 316, Belle Plaine; Sheldon
1377, Laake Benton; Sheldon 463, Blue Earth county; MacM. and
_ Sheld. 17, Brainerd; Bailey 511, Agate Bay; Sandberg 587, Red
Wing; 588, Red Wing; Sandberg 340, Cannon Falls.
Agropyron dasystachyum (Hooxk.) Scrrs. in Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club 10:78. 1883. Wheat Grass.
Triticum vepens LINN. var. dasystachyum Hoox. Fl. Bor-Am.
2:254. 1840.
Triticum dasystachyum A. GRAY. Man. ed. I. 602. 1848.
A. dasystachyum VASEY. Descr. Cat. Gr. U. 8. 96. 1885.
North America: Ont., Hudson Bay; W. to N. W. T. and
Rocky Mts.; S. to Lake Superior, Minn. and Man.
Minnesota: Infrequent along the northern border of the
state.
rad Ane a ne ah aE illo Sd Ma
‘
110 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. neat
HORDEUM Linn, Syst.ed.I. 1735.
Cuviera KoEL. Gram. 328. 1802.
Zeocriton BEAvuY. Essai Agrost.114. 1812.
Critesion RAF. in Journ. Phys. 89: 103. 1819.
Critho E. Mey. Ind. Sem. Hort. Regiom. 5. 1848.
Hordeum nodosum Linn. Sp. Pl. Ed. Il. 126. 1762. Wild -
Barley.
HA. murinum var. B. LINN. Sp. Pl. 85. 1753.
H. secalinum SCHREB. Spicil. Fl. Lips. 148. 1771.
H. pratense Hupson. Fl. Angl. Ed. II. 56. 1778.
HA. maximum VILu. Fl. Delphin. 10. 1785. “ae
H. maritimum Roru. Tent. Fl. Germ. 2. pt. 1: 150. 1789.
Zeocriton secalinum BEAUY. Essai Agrost. 115. 1812.
H. pusillum Nutt. Gen. 1: 87. 1818.
H. sibiricum Link. ex. Steud. Nom. Ed. II. 1: 775. 1840.
H. brevisubulatum LINK. in Linnea 17: 391. 1848.
H. nodosum C. Kocn. in Linnwa 21: 482. 1848.
Hi. pratense LINN. var. nodosum Led. Fl. Ross. 4: 329, 1853.
Perennial or biennial; stems 2 to 9 dm. in length, erect or
geniculate below; leaves 8 to 20 cm. in length; sheaths varying
from nearly glabrous to hairy; blades 2 to 7 mm. hroad, scabrous
or roughened both above and below, flat or involute, often
shorter than the sheaths; inflorescence 2 to 6 cm. in length,
dense, fragile when mature; spikelets in threes, 1 flowered, the
lateral ones aborted; empty glumes all capillary or setaceous, 6 to
15 mm. in length; flowering glumes of the aborted flowers 2 to 5
mm. in length, subulate, acuminate or short awned, those of
the perfect flowers lanceolate 5 to 10 mm. in length, 1 to3
nerved, scabrous at the tip, with awns 6 to 15 mm. in length.
Europe and Asia; cosmopolitan.
North America: Ohio, Ill., Minn., Neb., Nev., Colo., Utah;
N. to Or., Wash. and B. C.; S. to southern Cal. and Tex. Ae
Minnesota: Reported from Blue Harth county, rare or local
along the southern border of the state.
Hordeum jubatum Linn. Sp. Pl. 85. 1753. Squirrel Tail
Grass.
Critesium geniculatum RAF. Jour. Phys. 89: 103. 1819.
Elymus jubatus Link. Eoum. Hort. Berol. 1: 19. 1821.
Elymus lechleri StEuD. Syn. Pl. Gl. 4380. 1855.
Biennial; stems 3 to 6 dm. in length, smooth, geniculate or
somewhat prostrate; leaves 1 to 2 dm. in length; sheaths smooth,
as long as the blades; blades 2 to 8 mm. broad, smooth or some-
what roughened, scabrous on the margins; inflorescence 4 to 10
Ramaley: REVISION OF MINNESOTA HORDEAE. 111
em. in length, not including the awns and capillary empty
glumes, pale green, very fragile when mature, spikelets in
threes, 1 flowered, the lateral ones aborted, placed on pedicels
1 to 2 mm. in length; empty glumes capillary, 3 to 6 cm. in
length, scabrous, curved or spreading; flowering glumes of the
perfect flowers lanceolate, 5 to 6 mm. in length, with spread-
ing capillary awns as long as the empty glumes, the flowering
glumes of the aborted flowers subulate 5 to 10 mm. in length.
Kurope and Asia; 8S. Russia; E. Siberia.
North America: N.S., Q., Ont., Saskatchewan to B. C.; N.
to Mackenzie and Yukon rivers; 8. to Great Lakes and Minn. ;
W. to Neb., Colo. and Northern Cal.
Minnesota: Abundant along roadsides, waste and sandy
places.
Minn. specimens in herb.; Sheldon 176, Madison lake, Blue
Earth county; Ballard 155, Chaska; Foote 6, Worthington; Cest-
lund 336, Minneapolis; Kassube 274, Minneapolis; Bailey 128, Ver-
milion lake. Sandberg 529, Red Wing.
ELYMUS Lunn. Hort. Upsal. 22. 1748.
Sitospelos ADANS. Fam. 2: 36. 1763.
Orthostachys Exnru. Beitr. 4: 146. 1789.
Sitanion RAF. in Journ. Phys. 89: 103. 1819.
Polyantherix NEEs. in Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. I. 1: 284. 1838.
Leymus Hocust. in Flora 31: 118. 1848 in adnot.
Elymus elymoides (Rar.) SwWEEZEY Cat. Neb. Pl. 15.
1891. Lyme Grass or Wild Rye.
Sitanion elymoides RAF. Jour. Phys. 89: 103. 1819.
Aegilops hystrix NuTr. Gen. 1: 86. 1818.
Not Elymus hystrix LINN. Sp. Pl. 560. 1753.
Elymus sitanion R. & S. Mart 2: 426. 1824.
Polyantherix hystrix Nees. Mart. Bras. 1829.
Annual or short lived perennial; stems 1.5 to 5 dm. in length,
il stout, erect or nearly so, covered at the base with numerous
membranaceous scales or sheaths, giving a bulbous appearance;
leaves 1 to 2.5 dm. in length; sheaths striate, varying from
glabrous to pubescent; blades 2 to 5 mm. broad, scabrous above
and more or less pubescent below; inflorescence 3 to 10 em. in
length, rather loose, fragile when mature, often purple tinged;
spikelets 9 to 12 mm. in length, not including the awns, in pairs,
1 to 5 flowered; empty glumes subulate, entire or parted even to ©
the base and these divisions often unequally 2 cleft, termin-
ating in scabrous, divergent awns, the whole 4 to 10 cm. in
length; jlowering glumes 6 to 12 mm. in length, ovate-lanceolate,
1123 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
merely ridged or else inconspicuously 3 to 5 nerved, bristly
hairy at the tip, terminating in awns as long as the empty
glumes.
North America: Minn., Dak. and Neb.; W. to Or.; S. to
Ark., Tex., N. M. and Cal. The typical habitat for this plant
is the arid plains of the west.
Minnesota: Reported from near the southern boundary of
the state, probably local.
Elymus mollis Trin. in Spreng. Neu. Entdeck. 2:72.
1821. Wild Rye.
%E. arenarius MERT. in Linnea 5:61. 1830.
Asia: Northern Siberia.
North America: Northern and eastern British America,
Labr.; S. to Me. and the St. Lawrence; W. to L. Superior and
the Saskatchewan.
Minnesota: Reported from the northeastern part of the
state and the northern part of the Red River valley.
Elymus sibiricus Lon. var. glaueus (BUCKL.) Wild Rye.
FE. glaucus BuckKu. in Proc. Acad. Philad. 11. 6:99. 1862.
E. americanus VAS. and Scrip. ex. Mac. Cat. Can. Pl. 2: 245. 1888.
E. sibiricus LINN. var. americanus WATS. and COULT. Gray’s
Man. ed. VI. 673. 1890.
E. sibiricus AucT. Plur. non Linn.
Perennial; stems 5 to 10 dm. in length, erect; leaves 2 to 3 dm.
in length; sheaths smooth and glabrous, seldom somewhat
pubescent; blades 9 to 15 mm. broad, flat, smooth, or somewhat
scabrous above; inflorescence 5 to 20 cm. in length, 5 to 10
mm. thick, virgate, curved or slightly nodding; spikelets in pairs
3 to several flowered, closely appressed to the rachis; empty
glumes 8 to 12 mm. in length. lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, 3
to 5 nerved, smooth or somewhat roughened, the awns gener-
ally shorter than the glumes; flowering glumes nearly as long,
5 nerved, rough or setulose, with erect capillary awns 10 to 25
mm. in length.
North America: Ont., Lake Superior; W. to Wash. and B.
C.; S. to Minn., Idaho and Cal.
Minnesota: Occurs sparingly along the northern border of
the state in the Red river valley.
Elymus striatus WILLD. Sp. 1: 470. 1797. Wild Rye.
E. villosus MuuHL. Willd. Enum. 131. 1809.
E. striatus WILLD. var. villosus A. GRAY. Man. Ed. v. 639. 1868.
Sta ie
PES ie ee Be Pe Re TET es PEE ee Re ee, ee
Ramaley: REVISION OF MINNESOTA HORDEAE. 113
Perennial, more or less pubescent throughout; stems 5 to 10dm.
in length, slender, smooth, erect, or geniculate below; leaves 2
to 4 dm. in length; sheaths varying from glabrous to somewhat
pubescent; blades 6 to 12 mm. broad, flat somewhat scabrous
both above and below; inflorescence 5 to 12 cm. in length, erect
or slightly nodding, long peduncled; spikelets usually in pairs 1
to 2 or 3 flowered; empty glumes linear-subulate, 15 to 25 mm.
in length including the setaceous awns, spreading, hispid or
hispid ciliate; flowering glumes 6 to 10 mm. in length, ovate or
ovate-lanceolate usually somewhat hispid, 1 to 3 nerved at the
tip, armed with setaceous awns 2 to 3 mm. in length.
North America: Ont. to N. Y., N. J. and N. C.; W. to Minn.,
Neb. and Ark.
Minnesota: Infrequent throughout the state; roadsides and
borders of lakes and streams.
pif Minn. specimens in herb.: Sheldon 842, Sleepy Eye; 9764
Sleepy Eye.
Elymus canadensis Linn. Sp. Pl. 83. 1753. Nodding
Wild Rye.
E. philadelphicus LINN. Amoen. Acad. 4:266. 1759.
Hordeum patulum MoOENCH. Meth. 199. 1794.
a E. glaucifolius MunHL. in Willd. Enum. Hort. Bero]. 131. 1809.
: E. eres LINN. var. glaucifolius T.andG. Fi. Am. 1: 137.
me! 1 i '
ae E. canadensis LINN. var. glaucifolius A. GRAY Man. ed. V. 639.
; 1868,
4 Perennial, stout, often somewhat glaucous throughout; stems
% 6 to 12 dm. in length, smooth, erect or suberect; leaves 8 to 5
‘ dm. in length; sheaths mostly smooth, somewhat pubescent,
‘ nearly as long as the blades; blades 6 to 15 mm. broad, abruptly
: contracted at the base, scabrous above and often also below;
4 inflorescence 1 to 2 dm. in length, stout, nodding or curved;
y spikelets 12 to18mm. in length, 3 to 5 flowered; empty glumes sub-
4 ulate, long awned, scabrous, 1 to 3 nerved; flowering glumes 10
4 to 15 mm. in length, mostly 3 nerved, bristly hairy, lanceolate,
aw acuminate, with awns 3 to 7 cm. in length, more or less
j curved or spreading.
3 This species shows considerable variation. Some of the
AP specimens bear a somewhat close resemblance to EZ. striatus
Willd.
4 North America: N.S., Q., Ont., Man., to Rocky Mts. to B.
= C.and Or.; S. to N. E., N. J. and mts. of Ga.; W. to Minn.,
¥ Neb., Colo., Tex. and N. M.
PER Ue PIRES hs FOOL NO TEE PTE
ate
°
114 | MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Minnesota: Throughout; frequent; roadsides and banks.
Minn. specimens in herb.: Taylor 762, Glenwood; Ballard
578, Crystal Lake, Scott county; Ballard 765, Waconia; Sand-
berg 591, Red Wing; Oestlund 338, 339, Minneapolis.
Elymus canadensis Linn. forma crescendus n. f. Nodding
Wild Rye.
Robust, glaucous or pubescent throughout; stems 8 to 12 dm.
in length, erect or nearly so; leaves 4 to6dm. in length; sheaths
striate, ridged; blades coarse and thick, 10 to 20 mm. broad;
inflorescence 2 to 8 dm. in length, dense, thick, nodding or flex
uous; glumes all hairy with long awns 5 to 10 cm. in length,
curved or spreading.
North America: Minn., S. D. to western Neb.
Minnesota: Southwestern part of the state; abundant; road-
sides and meadows.
Minn. specimen in herb.: Sheldon 1120, Springfieid.
Elymus virginicus Linn. Sp. Pl. 84. 1753. Wild Hye.
Hordeum cartilagineum MoENCH. Meth. 199. 1794.
Elymus durus HEDw. ex. Steud. Nom. Ed. 1. 1: 550. 1840.
Perennial; stems 5 to 12 dm. in length, smooth, erect; leaves
2.5 to 4 dm. in length; sheaths smooth or somewhat roughened,
generally shorter than the blades; blades 6 to 12 mm. broad,
flat, scabrous both above and below; inflorescence 7 to 14 cm. in
length, strict, dense, the lower spikelets often included in the
sheath of the uppermost leaf; spikelets 1 to 2. cm. in length, 2 or
3 flowered; empty glumes 3 to 5 nerved, scabrous, linear-lan-
ceolate, acuminate, with awns 1 to 5 or 10 mm. in length;
flowering glumes lanceolate, rounded on the back, usually some-
what 3 nerved at the tip, rough or scabrous, with awns 5 to 10
and occasionally even 25 mm. in length.
North America: N.S., N. Br., Q., Ont., L. Superior to Man.;
S. toN. E., N. J. and Fla.; W. to Minn., Neb.; Kan., Mo. and
Ark.
Minnesota: Throughout; frequent, borders of lakes and
streams.
Minn. specimens in herb.: Oestlund 337, Minneapolis; Bailey
265, St. Louis River; Ballard 389, Jordan, Scott county; Shel-
don 3690, Fergus Falls; Sandberg, Red Wing; Foote 7, Worth-
ington.
Elymus virginicus Linn. forma jejunus n. f. Small
Wild Rye.
Slender; stems 3 to 6dm. in length, erect; leaves 1 to 2 dm.
in length; blades 2 to 5 mm. broad, fiat, scabrous or rough both
om
Ramaley: REVISION OF MINNESOTA HORDEAE. 115
ie above and below; inflorescence 2 to 6 cm. in length, strict,
r
_ —s narrow, empty glumes scabrous or setulose, acuminate or short
a awned; flowering glumes generally inconspicuously 3 nerved at
_ the tip, rough or scabrous, with awns 3 to 10 mm. in length.
3 This plant has been distributed from the national herbarium
os as var. minor but has apparently not been described.
bs North America: Minnesota to Tex.
A Minnesota: With the species, infrequent.
nm Minn. specimen in herb: Sheldon 1735, Lake Benton.
- -HYSTRIX MoeEncn. Meth, 294. 1794.
% Asperella Hume. in Roem. & Ust. Mag. 3: vir. 5. 1790.
Not Asprella SCHREB. Gen. 45. 1789.
Not Asprella Host. Gram. Austr. 4:17. 1809.
m Asprella WILLD. Enum. Hort. Berol. 132. 1809.
; F Gymnostichum ScCHREB. Beschr. Griis. 2: 127. 1810.
2 Hystrix hystrix (Linn.) MacM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 89.
ae 1892. Bottle Brush Grass.
sy, Elymus hystrix LINN. Sp. Pl. 660. 1753.
a Asperelia hystrix HumMsB. in Roem. and Ust. Mag. 3: vu. 5. 1790.
Hystrix patula MOENCH. Meth. 295. 1794.
‘4 Asprella hystrix LINK. Enum. Hort. Berol. 100. 1809.
¥ Asprella hystraw WILLD. Enum. Hort. Berol. 132. 1809.
a Gymnostichum hystrix SCHREB. Beschr. Griis. 2: 127. 1810. A
e Elymus pseudo-hystrix SCHULT. Mant. 2:427. 1824.
& Asprella angustifolia Nurr. Trans. Am, Phil. Soc. 5:151. 1834.
5 Asprella major FREs. ex. Steud. Nom. ed, m1. 1:150. 1840.
4 Gymnostichum majus HEYNH. Nom. 4: 370. 1840.
' Perennial; stems 7 to 12 dm. in length, erect or nearly so;
: leaves 2.5 to 45 dm. in length; sheaths smooth; blades 8 to 20
¥ mm. broad, occasionally narrower, scabrous below, roughened
above, sometimes glaucous, flat or somewhat involute; inflores-
| cence 1 to 2 dm. in length, straight or somewhat curved, loose;
% spikelets spreading, 2 to 4 flowered, in twos or threes (seldom
Be solitary) at each joint of the rachis, 5 to 10 mm. apart; empty
, glumes setaceous, deciduous or entirely wanting, flowering
4 glumes 6 to 12 mm. in length; lanceolate, 3 to 5 nerved at the
s tip, smoothish, or more often bristly hairy or pubescent, with
* awns 2 to 4 cm. in length.
7 North America: N. Br., Q., Ont., Man. to the Saskatchewan;
S. to N. Y., N. J., and Ga.,; W. to Ill., Minn., Dak., Neb. and
Ark.
Minnesota: Throughout, frequent.
Minn. specimens in herb.: Sheldon 459, Madison Lake, Blue
Earth county; Ballard 128, Chaska; Sandbery 592, Red Wing;
593, Chisago county; 594, Red Wing.
as
>. Fe ae ed ey
Mee SOS Cee E OS ea ah aN Pe a
XV. A PRELIMINARY LIST OF THE NORTH
AMERICAN SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS.
EDMUND P. SHELDON.
The care and arrangement of the growing collection of As-
tragali in the herbarium of the Geological and Natural History
Survey of Minnesota and the large number of new species pub-
lished since the synopsis by Dr. Sereno Watson in the appen-
dix of the Botany of the King Expedition, has shown the
necesssity for a list of the North American species including
those published since Dr. Watson’s careful work on the genus.
The work of the writer has been in the hope of providing
such a list and at the same time laying the foundation of a
systematic, morphological and distributional study of the
North American species of Astragalus. No departure has been
made from the method of sectioning the species adopted by
Drs. Gray and Watson. The old section names have been
used whenever they do not conflict with heretofore published
generic names. A division into Phaca and Euastragalus is used,
but it snould not be considered a definite limitation, as most
students of the genus admit, when they take into consideration
the large number of species intermediate in their characters
and conveniently to be referred neither to Astragalus nor to
Phaca as these genera have been limited.
In the preparation of this paper the writer has been much
aided by the kindness and generosity of a large number of
American botanists. To Dr. B. L. Robinson I am especially
indebted for the privilege of examining the collections in his
charge, including the types of most of the species described
by Dr. Asa Gray and Dr. Sereno Watson. The following are
some of the American botanists who have loaned me the col-
lections owned by them or entrusted to their care: Dr. William
Trelease of the Missouri Botanical Garden, Dr. Charles E.
Bessey of the University of Nebraska, Professor A. H. Hitch-
cock of Manhattan, Kansas, Mr. P. A. Rydberg of Lincoln,
Nebraska, Professor G. D. Swezey of Doane College, Crete,
:
, a
yer ts rae Mae. : - *y: »
PT a ge ee ee ae ee! le eee ee ee eee a
nS
‘
Ee ee eee
|
.
7
(4 Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. T17
Nebraska, Mr. S. B. Parish of San Bernardino, California, Mr.
‘C. R. Orcutt of Orcutt, California, and Dr. H. E. Hasse of
Soldiers Home, Los Angeles county, California. I have been
also much aided by many botanists and collectors who have
cheerfully responded to a request for critical material.
The types of the new species proposed are deposited in the
herbarium of the Geological and Natural History Survey of
Minnesota unless otherwise stated.
Series I. PHACA.
§ 1. SPIESIODES.
Astragalus acutirostris Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 20:360.
: 1885.
California.
Astragalus nothoxys A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 232.
1866.
Tragacantha nothorys OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891.
Arizona.
§2. TRIPHYLLUS.
Astragalus sericoleucus A. Gray. Am. Journ. Sci. 1.
33:410. 1862.
Phaca sericea Nutt.inT.andG. Fl. 1:343. 1838.
Tragucantha sericea OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:942. 1891.
Not A sericeus DC. Astrag. 147. 1802.
a synonym of A. globosus VAHL. Symb. Bot. 1:60. 1790, an
Armenian species.
Nebraska, South Dakota, Colorado and Wyoming.
Astragalus tridactylicus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad.
6:527. 1866.
Tragacantha tridactulica OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948, — 1891.
Colorado and Wyoming.
Astragalus gilviflorus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9.19. 1894.
Astragalus triphyllus PursH. Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:740. 1814.
Phaca triphylla Eat. & Wrieur. N. Am. Bot. 351. 1840.
Tragacantha triphylla OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948. 1891.
Not Astragalus triphyllus PALL. Astrag.68. 1800,
a synonym of Oxytropis triphylla DC. Astrag. 77. 1802, a
native of Siberia.
- ; A &y ry
~
118 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, — “xn
Phaca caespitosa NuTT. Gen. 2:98. 1818.
Not Astragalus caespitosus PALL. Astrag. 70. 1800,
a synonym of Oxytropis caepitosa PERS. Syn. Pl. 2:333. 1807,
an Oriental species.
Phaca argophylla Nuty.in T.andG. Fl. 1: 343. 1838.
Not Astragalus argophyllus NurT.inT.andG. Fl. N. Am. 1:331. 1838,
a synonym of Astragalus glareosus DouGL. in Hook. FI. Bor.
Am. 1:152. 18338, a native of the Columbia river valley.
Kansas and Nebraska to Colorado, Wyoming, Montana,
North and South Dakota and the Saskatchewan, thence west to
the Rocky mts.
§3. HOMALOBUS.
Astragalus viridis (NUTT. )
Kentrophyta viridis Nutt. in T. & G. Fl.1: 353. 1838.
Not A. viridis BUNGE. Astrag. Sp. Geront. 2: 231. 1869.1
A. kentrophyta A, GRAY. Proc. Acad. Philad. 11. 7:60. 1863.
Kentrophyta montana Nutr.inT. &G. Fl. 1: 353. Wy
Tragacantha montana OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:941. 1891.
Not A. montanus LINN. Spec. 760. 1753.
New Mexico, Colorado. Utah, Nevada, Kansas, Nebraska,
South Dakota, Wyoming, Montana and British America.
Astragalus viridis (NuTT.) SHELD. var. impensus n. n.
A. kentrophyta A. GRAY, var. elatus WATS. Bot. King. Rep. 5:
(RS keira te
Not A. elatus Botss & BAL. Diog. 1. 9: 45. 1849,
a species found in Cappadocia.
New Mexico and Nevada.
Astragalus simplicifolius (NuTT.) A. GRay. Proc. Am.
Acad. 6:231. 1866.
Phaca simplicofolia Nutr. in T. & G. Fl. 1: 350. 1838.
Tragacantha simplicifolia OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891.
Colorado and Utah.
Astragalus lingulatus n. sp.
)
Perennial, caespitose, minutely short pubescent becoming :
glabrate, each plant growing in the form of a close, compact, q
semi-globose bunch; stems very short, branching, almost com- .
pletely hidden by the abundant leaves and large stipules; .
leaves 2 to 3.5 cm. in length, numerous, reduced to a narrowly- — 4
;
3
1. This species having as asynonymjonly A, nitens BUHSE. in Nouv. Mem. Soc. Nat.
Mosc. 12:61. 1860, which is preoccupied by A. nitens Boiss & HEuDR. Diog 11. 9:51.
1849, may now take the name Astragalus praesignis n.n.
ae ns ad ie Fel
ry
eee Te, eT
Py
op bet ee wet. heey © © “
A Se ,
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 119
lingulate, or linear-spatulate rachis, the margins of which are
involute; stipules large, sheathing, hyaline, truncate, ciliate;
_peduncles slender, shorter than the leaves, one or two flowered;
flowers 10 mm. in length; calyx campanulate, glabrous, the
subulate-spreading rigid teeth one-half the length of the striate
tube; corolla probably ochroleucous or purplish, the color not
preserved in the type specimen; legume not mature, but show-
ing characters similar to other species of this section.—Col-
lected at the foot of Big Horn mts., Wyoming, August, 1859;
also on Red Buttes on North Platte river, Wyoming, May, 1860,
by Mr. F. V. Hayden on the expedition of Capt. W. F. Ray-
nolds, U. S. A., to the head waters of the Missouri and Yellow-
stone rivers, 1859-60. This species is most nearly related to
Astragalus spatulatus SHELD. and Astragalus simplicifolius
(Nutt.) A. GRay. The leaf and stipule characters will suffice
- to distinguish it until specimens bearing mature legumes are
found.
Type specimen in the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical
Garden.
Astragalus spatulatus SHeLp. Bull. Minn. Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894.
Astragalus caespitosus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 230. 1866.
Homalobus caespitosus NutTT.in T. & G Fl.N. Am. 1: 352. 1838.
Tragacantha caespitosa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891.
Not Astragalus caespitosus PALL. Astrag. 70. 1890,
which is asynonym of Oxytropis caespitosa WILLD. Sp. Pl.
$:1804. 1808, occurring in Dahuria.
Homalobus canescens NutT?T.inT.& G. Fl. N. Am. 1:352. 1838,
Not Astragalus canescens DC. Astrag. 114. 1802,
an Armenian species.
Not Astragalus canescens SOLAND. in Lowe, in Trans. Camb. Phil.
, Soc. 4:34. 1831,
which isa synonym of Astragalus solandri Lowk, in Hook.
Kew. Journ. 8:294. 1856, a species occurring in Morocco and
Madeira.
Homalobus brachycarpus Nutr.inT. &G. Fl. N. Am. 1:352. 1838.
Not Astragalus brachycarpus Bres. Fl. Taur. 2:201. 1809,
wnich is the accepted name for a Caucasian plant.
Kansas and Nebraska to Colorado, Wyoming, Montana and
British America.
~
Ray ts Ea Nt) eel ED OL) ee OD ee Py, Oe
i OR 4 ‘i ey VN Gg eet Basia niind aie If Maan
j V % ar pi et
“
120 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. me
Astragalus palmeri A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 7:398.
1868.
Tragacantha palmeri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891.
Arizona.
Astragalus episcopus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 10:346.
1875.
Tragacantha episcopa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2;944. 1891,
Utah.
Astragalus diversifolius A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad.
6: 230. n. 102, 1866.
Homalobus orthocarpus NuTT.in T.andG. Fl. 1:351. 1838.
Not A. orthocarpus Boiss. Diag. I. 9:68.
A. junceus A.GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 230, n, 103. 1866.
Homalobus junceus NutT.in T.andG. Fl. 1:351. 1838. a
Tragacantha juncea OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945, 1891,
Not A. junceus LEDEB. in Spreng. Syst. 3:297.
Colorado, Utah, Wyoming and Nevada.
Astragalus decumbens (NuttT.) GRay. Proc. Am. Acad.
6:229. 1866.
Homalobus decumbens Nuttin T,andG. Fl. 1:352. 18388.
Tragacantha decumbens OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891.
Colorado, Wyoming, Montana and British Columbia.
Astragalus serotinus A. Gray. Pac. R. Rep. 12:51. 1860.
Tragacantha serotina OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948, 1891. *
Washington.
Astragalus convallarius GREENE. Erythea. 1: 207. 1893.
A. campestris A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 229. 1866.
Homalobus campestris Nurt. in T. & G. Fl. 1:351. 1838.
Tragacantha campestris OK. Rev. Gev. Pl. 2: 943. 1891.
Not A. campestris LINN. Spec. 761. 1753,
which is a synonym of Spiesia campestris OK. Rev. Gen. Pl.
1:206. 1891, a European species. j
b Homalobus tenuifolius Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. 1:351.. 1838, * 4
Not A. tenuifolius LINN. Spec. Ed. m1. 1065. 1763,
a synonym of
A. ondbrychis LINN. Spec. 760. 1753,
a species of Eastern Europe, Siberia and the Orient.
Not A. tenuitfolius DEsF. FI. Atlant. 2: 186. 1800,
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 122
which is a synonym of A. algerianus Sheld. ined. an Algerian
| species. ”
e. Homalobus decumbens A. GRAY. Proc. Acad. Philad. 11. 7: 60. 1863.
A Not A. decumbens A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:229. 1866, which
2 was based on Homalobus decumbens Nutt. in T. & G. Fl.
Ps 1:352. 1838.
rx
Colorado, Wyoming and Montana.
oa Astragalus miser DouGL. in Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1:153.
| 1833. -
whe.
‘ Tragacantha misera OK. Rev. Gen. Pl, 2:946. 1891.
Washington.
Astragalus tegetarius Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:76.
1871.
Tragacantha tegetaria OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891.
Nevada, Idaho, Wyoming and Montana.
Astragalus tegetarius WATS. var. implexus CANBy, in
Porter and Coulter. Syn. Fl. Colo. 26. 1874.
Colorado.
Astragalus sesquiflorus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 10: 346.
‘ Nene jem OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948. 1891.
Utah.
q Astragalus vexilliflexus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894.
Astragalus pauciflorus Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1:149. 1838.
Tragacantha pauciflora OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891.
Not Astragalus pauciflorus PALL. Astrag. 81. 1800,
which is a synonym of Gueldenstaedtia pauciflora DC, Prod. 2:
307. 1825, anative of the Alps.
Wyoming and Montana, northward in the mountains of
British North America.
*
Astragalus porrectus Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:75. 1871.
; Tragacantha porrecta OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891.
Nevada.
2. The synonomy of this species would become:
Astragalus algerianus n. n.
A. tenuifolius Dese. FI). Atlant. 2:186. 1800.
Not A. tenuifolius LINN. Spec. Ed. 1. 1065. 1768, see swpra
Week ~. we Ae Re, 1 J AY OP, el ics Ais Gs Ct ah hPa Nala sil Tika PIN ies es PEALE Seb
: ia dale! ¥ age Utah: RRA: ; ae y
122 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus palliseri A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 227.
1866.
Tragacantha palliseri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891.
Rocky mountains of British America,
Astragalus bourgovii Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:227. 1866.
Tragacantha bourgovii OK. Rev.Gen. Pl. 2: 9438. 1891.
Rocky mountains of British America and Oregon.
Astragalus wingatanus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 18:192.
1883.
New Mexico.
Astragalus bodini n. sp.
Perennial, slender, nearly glabrate; stems 2.5 to 6 dm. high,
flexuous, branched, striate, erect spreading, becoming decum-
bent; leaves 3 to 5 cm. in length, the rachis striate; leaflets 7 to
10 mm. in length, in five to eight pairs, narrowly obovate or —
lanceolate, abruptly acute; stipules ovate-acuminate, erect, not
sheathing; peduncles 6 to 7 cm. in length, finely striate, with
minute; appressed blackish pubescence, loosely subspicate, four
to five flowered; flowers8to 10mm. inlength, loosely spreading
becoming reflexed; calyx campanulate, purplish tinged, nigres-
cent, the teeth nearly the length of the tube; corolla purple;
legume 8 to 10 mm. in length, shortly stipitate, chartaceous,
oblong, flat, nigrescent with a few short hairs, becoming
glabrate, unilocular, two to four seeded.
Collected in low ground near Cheyenne, Wyoming. July, 1889,
by J. E. Bodin for whom the species is named and to whom I
am indebted for a good series of the Astragali collected by
himself in Kansas, Nebraska, Colorado and Wyoming. Also
collected near Laramie, July 1889, by Dr. Edw. L. Greene.
The species is nearest to Astragalus tenellus PURSH, but the
habit is more nearly that of Astragalus flecuosus DOUGL.
Astragalus tenellus PursH. Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:473. 1814.
A, multiflorus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 226. 1864,
Ervum multifiorum PursH. Fl]. Amer. Sept. 2: 739. 1814.
Orobus dispar Nutt. Gen. 2:95. 1818.
Phaca nigrescens Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1:1438. 1833.
Homalobus multifiorus T. & G. Fl. N. Am. £:350. 1838.
A, nigrescens A. GRAY. Am. Journ. Sci. 0. 33: 410. 1862.
Tragacantha tenella OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:942. 189].
\
‘
7
‘
’
>]
~
‘
f
= ‘
:
-
ifs
%
“a
”
4
“
\.
ul
/
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 123
Not A. tenellus BUNGE. Syn. Astrag. Geront. 2:206. 1869.#
Western Minnesota to Montana, south to Kansas and Col-
orado, west to Utah, Nevada and southern California; north
from British Columbia and the Saskatchewan.
Astragalus acerbus n. sp.
Perennial, minutely white-appressed pubescent throughout:
with a very bitter, tea-like taste; stems 3 to 3.5dm. high, erect
spreading, diffuse branching, slender, numerous, growing in
clumps, finely striate below, becoming nearly terete above;
leaves 2.5 to 5 cm. in length, the rachis nearly terete or slightly
sulcate above, leajfllets 4 to 8 mm. in length, the odd terminal
one 1.5 to 2 cm. in length, in two or three pairs, linear, erect;
stipules triangular-ovate, very minute or absent above, larger
and sheathing below; peduncles 1 to 2 dm. in length, slender-
filiform, with five to fourteen scattered flowers; flowers 4 to 5
mm. in length, spreading, becoming reflexed; calyx campanu-
late, with short, triangular-acute teeth; corolla whitish, tinged
with bluish green; legume 10 to 12 mm. in length, including the
stipe which is shorter than the calyx, chartaceous, oblong, flat,
_ glabrous, not reticulated, becoming straw-colored, unilocular,
in the type maturing but one seed.
Collected near Glenwood Springs, Coiorado, June, 1893, by
Mr. DeAlton Saunders of the University of Nebraska. The
species is nearest to Astragalus tenellus PURSH.
Astragalus inversus JONES. Zoe. 4: 276. 1893.
California.
Astragalus stenophyllus T. & G. Fl. 1:329. 18388.
A. leptaphyllus Nutt. in Journ. Acad. Philad. 7:18. 1834.
Not A. leptaphyllus DesF. FI. Atlant. 2:188. 1800,
an Algerian species.
Tragacantha stenophylia OK. Rev. Gen. Pi. 2:948. 1891
Montana.
Astragalus coltoni Jonges. Zoe. 2:237. 1891.
Utah.
3. The synonymy of this species becomes:
Astragalus kuntzei o. n.
A. tenellus BUNGE. Syn. Astrag. Geront. 2: 206. 1869.
Not A. tenelius PURSH. FI. Amer. Sept. 2: 473. 1814.
Tragacantha belangeri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:940. 1891.
Not A. belangerianus Fiscu. in Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose, 24: 484. 1853,
a synonym of A, leioclados Boiss. Diag. 1. 2:62. 1843, a Persian species.
Ponies Pn Se Oy els Te OE Ng ED ZN OEE Ty SEP RTE
_ a hE aa op N 7 as sia *
124 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. - has
_ Astragalus lancelarius A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13:
370. 1878.
Arizona and Colorado.
Astragalus forwoodi Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 25:183.
1890.
South Dakota.
Astragalus filipes ToRREY. Bot. Wilkes. 17:278. 1862-74.
Tragacantha filipes OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891.
_ Washington, Oregon and Nevada. :
Astragalus hasseanus 7. sp. ,
Perennial, minutely pubescent throughout but not cinereous; |
stems 8 to 10 dm. high, erect, branching, nearly terete but finely
striate, minutely roughened; leaves 6 to 8 cm. in length, slen-
der, the rachis terete; leaflets 4 to5 mm. in length, in ten to
thirteen pairs, often scattered, narrowly obovate-oblong, obtuse;
stipules deltoid acuminate, persistent, reflexed; peduneles 8 to 20
cm. in length, elatiocarpic, striate, loosely eight to thirty
flowered; flowers 10 to 12 mm. in length, spreading, becoming
reflexed on a slender pedicel three or four mm. in length; calyx
short campanulate, the short, triangular teeth inconspicuous,
persistent even after the maturing and decay of the legume;
corolla narrow, ochroleucous; legume 3 cm. in length, including
the filiform, slender stipe which is 1.5 cm. in length, charta-
ceous, body of the legume oblong tapering at both ends,
glabrous, flat, unilocular, six to twelve seeded. ;
Collected near San Bonaventura, California, September, 1888,
by Dr. H. E. Hasse, for whom the species is named.
Nearest to Astragalus antiselli GRAY, with which it was
collected.
Astragalus antiselli A. Gray. Bot. Calif. 1:152. 1880.
Homalobus multiflorus Torr. Pac. R. Rep. 7:10. 1855.
Not A. multiflorus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 226. 1866.
California. |
Astragalus tweedyi Cansy. Bot. Gaz. 15:150. 1890.
Washington and Oregon. ? .
Astragalus collinus DouGL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard. q
& Bot. 2:256. 1832.
Phaca collina Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1:140. 1833.
' Sa
Nee
~
. (Pee! ae. pee
et) Cy, X y
‘
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 125
Tragacantha collina OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891,
Not A. collinus Boiss. FI]. Orient. 2: 438. 1872.4
Oregon, Washington and British Columbia.
Astragalus californicus (GRAY) GREENE. Bull. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 1: n. 3.157. 1885.
A. collinus DOUGL. var. californicus A.GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad.
13: 54. 1878.
California.
§ 4. PODOSCLEROCARPUS.
Astragalus bicristatus A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 19:
75. 1888.
California.
Astragalus gibbsii KELLOGG. Proc. Calif. Acad. 2:161.
A. cyrtoides A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:201. 1866.
Tragacantha gibbsii OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891.
Idaho, Washington and British Columbia,
Astragalus speirocarpus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad.
6:225. 1866.
Tragacantha spetrocarpa OK. Rey. Gen. P]. 2:948. 1891.
California, Nevada and Washington.
Astragalus speirocarpus A. GRAY. var. curvicarpus 2. 7.
A speirocarpus A. GRAY, var, falexformis A. GRAY. Bot. Calif
1:152. 1880.
Not A. falciformis DEsF. Emend. Atl. ex. DC. Astrag. 176. 1802,
an Algerian species.
Nevada, Washington and British Columbia.
Astragalus sclerocarpus A. GRAy. Proc. Am. Acad 6:
225. 1866.
Phaca podocarpa Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am, 1: 142, 1833.
Not 4. podocarpus MEYER. Verz. Pfl. Cauc. 142. 1831,
a Caucasian and Persian species.
Tragacantha sclerocarpa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891.
Washington.
4. Thesynonymy of this species will be:
Astragalus zonarius n. n.
A. collinus Botss. Fl. Orient. 2: 438. 1872.
Not A. collinus DouGu. in G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard. & Bot. 2: 256. 1832.
126 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
§ 5. FAMELICiis.
Astragalus griseopubescens SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. &
Nat. Hist. Surv. 9:19. 1894. ,
Astragalus strigosus COULT. & FisH. Bot. Gaz. 18: 299. 1893.
Not Astragalus strigosus (KELLOGG) SHELD.
Montana.
Astragalus sealaris WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 238: 270. 1888.
Mexico.
Astragalus flexuosus DouGL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard.
& Bot. 2: 256. 1882.
Phaca flecuosa HooK. FI. Bor.-Am. 1:140. 1833.
Tragacantha flecuosa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891.
Phaca elongata Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1: 140. 1833.
Saskatchewan, British Columbia, Northwest Territory,
Assiniboia and lat. 50° north to Minnesota, west to Montana,
south to Colorado and Nebraska.
Astragalus richardsoni 7%. n.
A. vaginatus RICHARDSON, in Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1: 149. 1838.
Not A. vaginatus PALL. Astrag. 46. 1800.
Northern British America.
Astragalus debilis (NuTT.) Gray. Proc. Acad. Philad.
II. 7:60. 1863.
Phaca debilis NuTT. in TORR. and GRAY. FI]. 1: 345. 1838.
Tragacantha debilis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891.
Plains of the Rocixy mountains.
Astragalus sabulosus JONES. Zoe. 2:239. 1891. "
Utah.
Astragalus limatus n. sp.
Perennial, robust, bushy but not woody, minutely pubescent
with sparse, ascending hairs; stems 3 to 6 dm. high, erect,
thick, striate: leaves 10 to 12 cm. in length, numerous, rachis
channelled; leaflets 1 to 3.5 cm. in length, in tive to nine pairs,
orbicular, obovate or oblong, rarely obcordate, obtuse or retuse;
stipules triangular-ovate, foliaceous, reflexed; peduncles thick,
striate, exceeding in length the leaves, loosely subspicate; 4
flowers 10 to 15 mm. in length, spreading or reflexed; calyx
cylindrical, appressed pubescent with nigrescent hairs, the
teeth unequal, much shorter than the tube; corolla magenta
colored when fresh, becoming violet when dried; legume 2 to
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 127
e:
4 2.5 cm. in length, chartaceous, horizontal or ascending, ovate,
A with a long, incurved tip, finely short-pubescent, minutely
reticulate-veined, unilocular, many seeded.
< Collected near Indian wells on the Colorado desert in soutb-
4 western California, C. R. Orcutt, February, 1890. Also near
_ Camiso creek, California, C. R. Orcutt, April, 1890. The char-
® acters of the legume connect this species with Astragalus
¢ praelongus SHELD., but the habit, pubescence, numerous leaves
and large stipules characterize it.
3 Astragalus praelongus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and
a Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894.
Astragalus procerus A.GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 369. 1878.
Not Astragalus procerus Botss. and HAusSsK. in Boiss. Fl. Orient. 2:
; 464, 1872,
the accepted name of a Persian species.
California and Nevada.
Astragalus reventus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 15:46.
1880.
Oregon and Washington.
Astragalus pattersoni A. Gray in Brandegee. FI. S.-
W. Colo. 285. 1876.
Tragacantha pattersoni OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891.
Colorado and Utah.
Astragalus halli A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 224. 1866.
Tragacantha halli OK. Rev. Gen, Pl. 2: 945. 1891.
_ Colorado, New Mexico and Arizona.
Astragalus famelieus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat.
Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894.
Astragalus fallax WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 362. 1885.
‘ Not Astragalus fallax FIiscHER. Syn. Astrag. Tragac. 27. 1853,
asynonym of Astragalus mesoleios BoIss. and HOHEN. in Boiss.
Diag. I, 2:91. 1849, a Persian species.
New Mexico and Arizona.
Astragalus greenei A. GRAy. Proc. Am. Acad. 16:105.
1881.
New Mexico.
wee er |}
7
ia eh a ae Bs fa eal al a EY A gk
- ~ AN . oa
128 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ee
Astragalus fendleri A. Gray. Pl. Wright. 2:44. 1853. me
Phaca fendleri A. GRAY. Pl. Fendl. 36. 1840.
Tragacantha fendleri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891.
Colorado and New Mexico.
Astragalus gracilentus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: e
223: 1866.
Phaca gracilenta A. GRAY. Pl. Fendl. 36. 1849. ‘
Tragacantha gracilenta OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891. Beri)
New Mexico.
Astragalus albatus n. sp.
Annual or perhaps biennial, whitened throughout with a
fine, dense pubescence; sfems 9 to 20 cm. high, erect, simple, ig
thick, one to four from the yellowish root, fineiy striate; leaves 4
4 to 6 cm. in length, the rachis striate; leaflets 8 to 15 mm. in
length, in four or five pairs, oblong, obtuse; stipules triangular
acuminate, free, erect; peduncles 3 to 5 cm. in length, terete,
loosely four to six flowered; flowers 5 to 6 mm. in length, erect-
spreading, becoming deflexed; calyx broadly campanulate, the
abruptly pointed triangular teeth one-third to one-half the
length of the tube; corolla whitish or ochroleucous; legume 11 to 4
12 mm. in length, membranceous-inflated, ovate-oblong, acumi- a
nate pointed, the ventral suture straight, the dorsal curved, 3
softly white-pubescent, unilocular, with neither suture intro- i
flexed, two to six seeded.
Collected on the Colorado desert in southeastern California,
SP RENE
Ap. 1889, by C. R. Orcutt. The species near to Astragalus :
sonorae A. GRAY, and Astragalus vaseyi WATS. ‘
4
Astragalus sonorae A. Gray. Pl. Wr. 2:44. 1853.
Tragacantha sonorae OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948. 1891.
Arizona.
\
:
:
-
j
|
:
Astragalus coriaceus Hemsut. Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 1: ©
263. 1879.
Tragacantha coriacea OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891.
Mexico.
Astragalus antoninus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 343.
1882.
Mexico.
A Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 129
+3
i
: Astragalus pyenostachyus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:
a Bay.” FESO;
; Tragacantha pycnostachya OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891.
‘ ’ California.
Astragalus aridus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 223. 1866.
: Tragacantha arida OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891,
4 Southern California.
Astragalus troglodytus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 20:
362. 1885.
Arizona.
Astragalus virgineus SHELD. Contrib. Nat. Herb. 4:88.
1893.
Nevada.
Astragalus castanaeformis Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 20:
: 361. 1885.
Arizona.
Astragalus tephrodes A. Gray. Pl. Wright. 2:45. 1853.
Tragacantha tephrodes OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:948. 1891.
New Mexico. Recently collected specimens of this species
sent to me by Professor E. O. Wooton show the purple color
_ of the corolla which was doubted by Dr. Gray.
Astragalus newberryi A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 12:
55.. 1877.
Utah and Arizona.
Astragalus chamaeluce A. GRay. Ives. Rep. 10. 1861.
in pt.
Phaca pygmaea Nutr. in T.andG. Fl. 1:349. 1838.
Tragacantha pygmaea OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891.
Not A. pygmaeus PALL. Astrag. 66. 1800,
a synonym of Spiesia nigrescens (PALL.) OK. Rev. Gen. Pl.
1:207. 1891, a Siberian species.
Arizona and New Mexico to southern Idaho.
Astragalus eastwoodi Jones. Zoe. 4:368. 1894.
A, preussii A. GRAY var. sulcatus JONES. Zoe. 4:37. 1893.
Not A. sulcatus LINN. Spec. 756. 1753,
a Siberian species.
Colorado and Utah.
“ oe Myo w sow ger ge Noe
130 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus preussii A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6. 222.
1866,
Tragacantha preussii OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891.
Utah and Nevada.
Astragalus preussii A. Gray. var. laxispicatus n. n
A. preussii A. GRAY, var. lawiflorus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad.
13: 369. 1878.
Not A. laxiflorus Botss. ¥l. Orient. 2:413. 1872, -
a synonym of A. bracteosus Boiss. and Nok. in Boiss. Diag.
II. 2:31. 1849, a species found in Anatolia.
Northern Arizona and California.
Astragalus preussii A. GRAY. var. aretus 7. n.
A, preusstt A. GRAY. var. latus JONES. Zoe. 4:36. 1893.
Not A. latus JONES. Zoe. 4: 272. 1893,
which is based on A. diphysus A. Gray. var. latus Jones. Zoe.
3:287. 1893. This variety includes most of the Utah collec
tions of A. preussii A. Gray, recently reported. It is charac-
terized by the low habit, narrower and smaller leaves and
subulate pointed, cylindrical or oblong-ovate legumes.
§ 6. PECTINATUS.
Astragalus serenoi (OK. )
Tragacantha serenoi OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891.
A. nudus WATS. Bot. King Rep. 5:74. 1871.
Not A. nudus Cuos. in CO. Gay. Fl. Chil. 2:115. 1846,
a Chilean species.
A. oblatus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19.
1894.
Nevada.
Astragalus toanus JONES. Zoe. 3:296. 1898.
Nevada.
Astragalus grayi Parry, in Wats. Am. Nat. 8:212.
1873.
Tragacantha grayi OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945, 1891.
Wyoming.
Astragalus pectinatus DoucL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst.
Gard. and Bot. 2:257. 1882.
Phaca pectinata Hoox. FI). Bor.-Am. 2: 149. 1833.
Tragacantha pectinata OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891.
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 131
_. Not A. pectinatus Botss. Diag. 1. 2:54. 1843.5
From the Saskatchewan west to the Rocky mountains; south
_ in the United States to Montana, Wyoming, Kansas, Nebraska
~ and Colorado.
§ 7. BISULCATUS.
Astragalus jepsoni SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. & Nat.
Bist, Surv. nl’ 9:19.’ 1894.
Astragalus demissus GREENE. Erythea, 1: 221. 1893.
Not Astragalus demissus Botss. & H#LDR. in Boiss. Diag. 1.2: 50. 1849,
a synonym of Astragalus amoenus FENZL. Pugil. Pl. Nov. Syr.
4, 1842, a Cilician plant.
Nevada.
Astragalus scobinatulus SHeLpD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and
Nat. Hist; Surv. n. 9:19. 1894.
Astragalus haydenianus A. GRAY. var major JONES. Zoe. 2: 241.
1891.
Not Astragalus glabriusculus A. GRAY. var. major A.GRAY. Proc. Am.
Acad. 6: 204. 1866.
Astragalus haydenianus A. GRAY. Var. nevadensis JONES. Zoe. 2:
; 241. 1891?
Not A, nevadensis Botss. Diag. 1. 2:63. 1849.
Nevada.
Astragalus haydenianus A. GRay. in BRANDEGEE. F'.
S. W. Colo. 285. 1876.
Tragacantha haydeniana OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891.
New Mexico, Colorado and Utah.
Astragalus bisuleatus (Hook.) A. GRay. Pac. R. Rep.
12: 42. 1860.
Phaca bisuleata Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:145. 1833.
Trayacantha bisuleata OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 943. 1891.
Nebraska, Colorado, Wyoming, Montana and the Saskatche-
wan.
§ 8. MICROCYSTIS.
Astragalus humillimus A. Gray. in BRANDEGEE. FI.
S. W. Colo. 235. 1876.
Tragacantha humillima OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891.
Colorado.
5. Thesynonomy of this species becomes:
Astragalus edmondi (OK.)
Tragacantha edmondi OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891.
A. pectinatus Borss. Diag. 1. 2:54. 1843.
A, elegantulus GREENE. Erythea. 1:207. 1893,
Ainge leer ek : shh eR Ay Hae SBT SSA STO eaten PRE eae Ae
hs a
Re uA
132 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Ve
Astragalus jejunus Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:73. 1871. .
Tragacantha jejuna OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 945, 1891.
Wyoming and Utah.
Astragalus thurberi A. Gray. Pl. Thurb. 312. 1854.
Tragacantha thurberi OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891.
Arizona.
Astragalus leptaleus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 220.
1866.
Tragacantha leptalea OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. mt
A. pauciflorus A. GRAY. Proc. Acad. Philad. 1. 7: 60. 1863. q
Phaca pauciflora Nutt. in T.andG. Fl. 1: 348. 1838,
Not A. pauciflorus Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:149. 1833,
which is a synonym of A. vewilliflecus SHELD. Bull. Minn.
Geol. and Nat. Surv. n. 9:21. 1894.
Nebraska, Colorado and Utah.
Astragalus microcystis A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:
220. 1866.
Tragacantha microcystis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. .
Not A. microcystis BUNGE. Astrag. F edsch. 306. ex. Ind. Kew. 1:
234. 1893.6
Wyoming, Montana, Idaho and Washington; north to Methy
river, British America.
§ 9. CLAVOCARPUS.
Astragalus lonchocarpus Torr. Pac. R. Rep. 4:80
LEST.
Trayacantha lonchocarpa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891.
Phaca macrocarpa A. GRAY. Pl. Fendl. 36. 1849.
Not A. macrocarpus DC. Astrag. 143. 1802,
a Syrian species.
Utah, Colorado and New Mexico.
§ 10. INFLATUS. -
Astragalus alpinus (LiInn.) SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol.
and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:65. 1894.
Phaca alpina LINN. Spec. 755. 1753.
Phaca frigida LINN. FI. Suec. Ed. U. n. 657. 1755.
6. This species may take the name Astragalus centralis n. n.
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 133
Astragalus alpinus (LinN.) SHELD. var. americanus
( HOOK.)
Phaca frigida L. var. americana Hook. F). Bor.-Am. 1: 140. 1833.
A, frigidus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:219. 1864.
- A. frigidus A. GRAY. var. americanus WATS. Bib. Ind. 193. 1878
Tragacantha frigida OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891.
ag Northern Colorado, Wyoming and Montana; north in British
North America to Hudson bay, Slave lake and northern British
. Columbia.
Z Astragalus alpinus (LINN.) SHELD. var. littoralis (HooK.)
Phaca frigida L. var. littoralis Hoox. Fl. Bor.-Am.1:140. 1833.
A. frigidus A. GRAY. var. litioralis Wa'rs. Bib. Ind. 193. 1878. -
Alaska.
Astragalus desperatus JONES. Zoe. 2:243. 1891.
Utah and Colorado.
Astragalus ampullarius Wats. Am. Nat. 7:300. 1873.
Tragacantha ampullaria OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 943. 1891.
Southern Utah.
Astragalus oxyphysus A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 218.
1866.
Tragacantha oxyphysus OK. Rev. Gen. PI. £:947. 1891.
California.
Astragalus trichopodus (NuttT.) A. Gray. Proc. Am.
Acad. 6:218. 1866.
Phaca trichopoda Nutt. in T.and G. Fl. 1:343. 1838.
Tragacantha trichopoda OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948 1891.
California.
Astragalus asymmetricus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894.
Astragalus leucophyllus T.andG. Fl. N. Am. 1:336. 1838.
Phaca leucophylla Hook. and ARN. Bot. Beech. Voy. 333. 1840.
Tragacantha leucophylla OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891.
Not Astragalus leucophyllus WILLD. Sp. Pl. 3:1331. 1803.
which is a synonym of Astragalus angustifolius LAM. Ency.
Meth. 1:321. 1783, a species occurring in Greece and Asia
Minor.
‘California.
a Py ih pao We nT rs WP -ge Cras bl ied aaa tral CW a PAG nt Pk Oe RS Le Ge Wk a fl ts e
* ~ qr Or : Ley PMERRER
134 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astagalus leucopsis (T. and G.) Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound.
56. 1859.
Phaca leucopsis T.and G. Fl. 1:694. 1840.
Tragacanthu leucopsis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:246. 1891.
Phaca canescens NuTT.in T.andG@. Fl. 1:344. 1838.
Not Astragalus canescens DC. Astrag. 114. _ 1802.
California.
Astragalus leucopsis (T. and G.) Torr. var. curtus n. n.
A. leucopsis T. and G. var. brachypus GREENE. Pitt. 1:33. 1887.
Not A. brachypus SCHRENK. Enum. Pl. Novy. 69. 1841,
a soongarian species.
Island of San Miguel off California.
Astragalus curtipes A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 217.
1866.
Tragacantha curtipes.OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891.
California.
Astragalus anemophilus GREEEE. Bull. Calif. Acad. 1:
4,186. 1886.
A. vestitus WATS. Bib. Ind. 202. 1878.
Phaca vestitu BENTH. Bot. Sulph. 13. 1844.
Tragacantha vestita OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 949. 1891.
Not A. vestitus Boiss. Diag. 1. 1:49. 1842,
a Mesopotamian species.
Lower California.
Astragalus fastidiosus (KELLOGG) GREENE. Bull. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 1:n. 4. 136. . 1885.
Phaca fastida KELLOGG. Hesperian. 1860.
Cedros islands off California.
Astragalus magdalenae GREENE. Pitt. 1:162. 1888.
A. candidissimus WATS. Bib. Ind. 191. 1878.
Phaca candidissima BENTH. Bot.Sulph.12. 1844.
Not A. candidissimus LEDEB. FI]. Alt. 3: 309. 1829,
a Siberian species.
Tragacantha californica OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:940. 1891.
Lower California.
Astragalus miguelensis GREENE. Pitt. 1:33. 1887,
Island of San Miguel, off California.
Beer iret Re me os
APSR hee
me,
: ay see
eR dt eg
a)
—
* s Hf OS 2 aegis
Oe a ee co) ee ON ct es
=
Pe Le ee ee) a ee
OT Rae) Et ee EN red ee eet Pp, ee
\
w
a na NN ae
\<
afr Tah he ae Dl as acs a bh FSP © Ferree ati”
ok
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 135
Astragalus menziesii A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 217
1866.
Phaca densifolia SM. in Rees’ Cyc. 28: n.9, 1817.
Phaca nuttallii T. and G. Fl. 1:343. 1838.
Tragacantha nuttallii OK, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891.
Not A. nuttallianus DC. Prod. 2: 289. 1825.
A. densifolius Torr. Pac. R. Rep. 7:10. 1860.
Not A. densifolius LAM. Ency. Meth. 1:317. 1783,
-
* - ‘an Armenian species.
California.
Bs Fe >
ange Astragalus franciscanus 1. n.
A. crotulariae A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 216. 1866, excl. syn.
ei: Phaca crotalariae BENTH.
Tragacantha crotalariaeé OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. i89i. in pt.
_ ——-:*Not A. crotalariae (BENTH.) SHELD. infra.
Be : Phaca densifolia Torr. Pac. R. R. Rep. 4: 34.
$ Not A. densifolia LAM. Ency. Meth. 1:317. 1783.
’ Bi California.
e. | ‘
a Astragalus franciscanus n, 7. var. longulus n. n.
; A. crotalariae A. GRAY var. virgatus A. GRAY. Bot. Calif. 1: 149.
: f Not A. Sins Pau. Astrag. 20. 1800.
California. Nae
eG
a Astragalus crotalariae (BENTH.)
Phaca crotalariae BENTH. Pl. Hartw. 307. 1839-57.
Tragacantha crotalariae OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891, in pt.
- Near Monterey, Calif. Recent collection at the type locality
of this species confirm Dr. Gray’s suspicion that it is not his
A. erotalariae.
Astragalus proriferus JONES. Zoe. 4: 275, 1893.
Lower California.
7 Astragalus vaseyi Wars. Proc. Am. Acad. 17:370. 1882
j California.
Astragalus hornii A.GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 398. 1868.
Tragacantha hornitOK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891.
California.
Bib aah uetats vey ee ae eee ee AL. » bt we
Pay ‘ At Te “aj Fe he ae Sen Ree
7 " = OY ney
136 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
¢
Ee%
a
}
f
Astragalus macrodon (H. and A.) A. Gray. Proc. Am.
ee as we ’ .
x =
Acad. 6:216. 1866. a
mie S y
Phaca macrodon H.and A. Bot. Beechey. 333. 1840. aie
Tragacantha macrodon OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891.
California.
‘a
Astragalus wardi A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 12:55,5
1877.
—
Utah.
Astragalus diurnus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 21:450.
1886. hes
Dot
rela pay ~ mes Ty er" i a = ing yee een ~
Sg ey ee, Cn ae Seed SR a: Se ge eT Lee te ere Ten
Oregon.
Astragalus subcinereus A.GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 13:
366. 1878.
Arizona and Utah.
Astragalus allochrous A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13:
366. 1878. 2
_. Arizona.
Astragalus douglasii (T. and G.) A. Gray. Proc. Am.
Acad. 6:215. 1866.
Phaca douglasii T. and G. Fl. 1: 346. 1838.
Tragacantha douglasitti OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891.
California.
Astragalus cicadae JONES. Zoe. 4:35. 1893.
Colorado.
Astragalus megacarpus (NuTT.) A. GRAy. Proc. Am.
Acad. 6:215. 1866.
Phaca megacarpa NutT.in T.andG. Fl. 1:343. 1838.
Tragacantha megacarpa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891. i
Utah.
Astragalus megacarpus (Nuttr.) A. GRay. var. prod-
igus n. 7.
A. megacarpus (NuTT.) A. GRAY. var. parryi A. GRAY. Bot. Calif.
1:148. 1880.
Not A. parryi A. Gray. Am. Journ. Sci. 1. 33: 410. 1862.
Southwestern Utah.
i
:
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 137
Astragalus artipes A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13 :370.
1878.
Arizona.
Astragalus oophorus Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:73. 1871.
Tragacantha oophora OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891.
California and Nevada.
Astragalus whitneyi A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 526.
1866.
Tragacantha whitneyi OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2.949. 1891.
California.
Astragalus hookerianus (T. and G.) A. Gray. Proc.
Am. Acad. 6:215. 1866.
Phaca hookeriana T. and G. Fl. 1:693. 1840,
Tragacantha hookeriana OK. Rev. Gen Pl. 2: 945. 1891. in pt.
Not A. hookerianus DizrR. Syn. Pl. 4: 1086. 1850,
a synonym of A. tepicus SHELD. ined., a Mexican species.
Oregon, Nevada and California.
Astragalus cusickii A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 370.
1878.
Oregon.
Astragalus ceramicus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and
Nat.) Hist... Sutysom,. 9:19. - 1894... excl. syn:
Phaca picta. A. Gray.
Astragalus pictus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:214. 1866.
Tragacantha picta OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891.
Not Astragalus pictus SreuD. Nom. Ed. u. 1: 163. 1840,
which is the accepted name for a Chilean species.
Not Astragalus pictus Botss. Diag. 11. 6:55. 1853,
which is a synonym of Astragalus conduplicatus Bertol in Noy.
Comm. Bonon. 6: 231. 1844, which is a plant of Syria and
Mesopotamia.
Astragalus pictus A. GRAY. var. filifolius A. GRAY. Proc. Am.
Acad. 6:214. 1866.
Astragalus filfolius A. GRAY. Pac. R. Rep. 12:42. 1860.
Not Astragalus filfolius CLos. in C. Gay. Fl. Chil. 2: 111. 1846,
which is an accepted name.
Psoralea longifolia PursH. Flor. Amer, Sept. 2: 741. 1814.
Orobus longifolius Nutr. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1; 346. 1838.
Not Astragalus longifolius LAM. Ency. Meth 1:322. 1783,
which is an Armenian species.
Oth’ cabs aS! % vate al Sige vy) a Pha SH ge! ON, A COMME Ae bae Sema Wie 4 ag vets!
138 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus ceramicus SHELD. var impertectus SHELD. Bull. Minn.
Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv, n. 9:19. 1894,
From Kansas and Nebraska to Utah and New Mexico.
Astragalus wootoni n. sp.
Perennial, minutely sparsely pubescent, becoming glabrate;
stems 10 to 12 cm. in length, erect-spreading, simple or branch-
ing only from the base, smooth or finely striate; leaves 5 to 8
cm. in length, the rachis striate; leaflets 9 to 15 mm. in length,
in four to eight pairs, linear-oblong, obtuse, minutely appressed
hairy beneath. glabrous above; stipules small, membranaceous,
triangular-deltoid, deciduous, peduncles 6 to 8 cm. in length,
- subterete, loosely seven to eleven flowered; flowers 7 to 8 mm.
in length, erect-spreading, becoming horizontal; calyx short-
campanulate, the linear-filiform teeth as long as the tube:
corolla purplish; legume 2 to 2.5 cm. in length, 1 to 1.5 cm.
broad, thin, membranaceous, inflated, ovate, glabrous or very
finely short pubescent, diaphanous, unilocular, three to seven
seeded.
Collected near Las Cruces, New Mexico, May, 1892, by Pro-
fessor EK. O. Wooton, of the A. and M. College of New Mexico,
to whom this species is respectfully dedicated.
This species is nearest to Astragalus foliolasus (GRAY)
SHELD., but the leaflets are well developed and the legume is
not painted nor mottled.
Astragalus foliolosus (GRaAy.)
A. pictus A. GRAY var. foliolosus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:
215. 1866.
Not A. foliolosus BUNGE. Gen. Astrag. Geront. 2:125. 1886.*
Phaca picta A. GRAY. Pl. Fendl. 37. 1849.
A, pictus var. angustatus JONES. Zoe. 4.37, 1893.
Not A. angustatus Botss. Diag. 1. 2:47 1849.
A, ceramicus SHELD. var. jonesii SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894.
New Mexico, Colorado and Utah.
Astragalus geyeri A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:214.
1866.
Tragacantha geyeri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891.
Phaca annua GEYER. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. G:213. 1847.
Not A. annuus DC. Astrag. 127. 1802.
Southern Montana, Wyoming, southern Idaho, Nevada and
eastern California.
*This species being heretofore considered valid and having no synonyms may take
the name Astragalus safranbolicus n.n. from its original locality.
4
«4
on”
=
Mine ee sigh ors
FT Oe i eee ee i ee ee eS ee oe ees
I SEP Se) ee ee yee ee
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 139
Astragalus sabulonum A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13:
368. 1878.
Nevada.
Astragalus suksdorfii HOWELL. Erythea. 1:111. 1893.
/ Washington.
‘
Astragalus cerussatus 7. sp.
Perennial, sparsely pubescent throughout with white, loose
hairs; stems 2 to 3 dm. high, erect-spreading, striate; lvaves 4
to 5cem. in length, the rachis channelled; leaflets 5 to 12 mm.
in length, in five to eight pairs, narrowly oblong, emarginate;
' stipules triangular-acuminate, becoming reflexed; peduwneles
slender, exceeding the leaves, finely striate, loosely three to
re five flowered; flowers 4to5 mm. in length, spreading or reflexed;
calyx campanulate, slightly pubescent, the spreading, filiform
teeth longer than the tube; corolla ochroleucous tipped with
purple; legume 12 to 20 mm. in length, horizontal or ascending,
thin-chartaceous, inflated, ovate-oblong, pointed, finely reticu-
: lated, often purplish colored, but not mottled, nearly glabrous,
unilocular, but with the ventral suture intruded nearly to the
center of the cavity, eight to ten seeded.
Collected on the mountain sides near Canon City, Fremont
county, Colorado, by J. E. Bodin, June and July, 1890; also
near Royal Gorge, Colorado, by Miss Alice Eastwood, June,
1891.
This species is nearly related to Astragalus suksdorfit
HOWELL, and Astragalus wetherilli JONES, and may be regarded
as intermediate between the two.
Astragalus wetherilli JoNES. Zoe. 4:34.
Colorado.
Astragalus inyoensis SHELD. Contrib. Nat. Herb. 4:86.
1893.
California.
Astragalus pulsiferae A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 10: 69.
1875.
Tragacantha pulsiferae OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891.
California.
matey rl so ae 2 ee
140 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus pondii GREENE. Pitt. 4:288. 1889. ae
Lower California.
Astragalus eremicus SHELD. Contrib. Nat. Herb. 4:86 —
1893. a
California. Sha
Astragalus coulteri BenrH. Pl. Hartw. 307. 1857.
A, arthu-schottii A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:200. 1866.
Tragacantha coulteri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891.
California.
Astragalus peabodianus JONES. Zoe. 3:295. 1893.
Utah.
Astragalus candollianus (H. B. K.)
Phaca candolliana H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 6:495. 1823.
Not A. candollianus Boiss. Diag. 1. 2:80. 1843,
a Persian species. ?
Not A. candollianus Rovue. Ill. Bot. Himal. 199. 1839.
which is
A. royleanus BUNGE. Astrag. 2:34. 1869,
alee
©
Sie TP
stds
Psred Tge
a Himalayan species. 8
A. triflorus A. GRAY. Pl. Wr. 2:45. 1853. excl. syn.
Phaca triflora DC. Astrag. 62. 1802. °
California, Arizona and Mexico.
di
7. Thesynoncmy of this species will be:
Astragalus supervisus (OK.) :
Tragacantha suwpervisa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 932. 1891,
A. candollianus Boiss. Diag. 1. 2:80. 1843.
Not A. candollianus (A.B. K.) SHELD. supra.
8. Thesynonomy of this species will be:
Astragalus vexillilongus n. n.
A. candollianus RoYLE. Til. Bot. Himal. 199. 1839.
Not A. candolliana (&. B. K.) SHELD. supra.
A. royleanus BUNGE, Astrag. 2:34. 1869,
Not A. royleanus DipTrR. Syn. Pl. 4: 1099. . 1850,
a synonym of,
A, strobiliferus ROYLE. Ill. Bot. Himal. 199. 1839,
a Himalayan species.
A stragalus strobiliferus Linpu. Bot. Reg. Misc. 39. 1849, ©
being preoccupied by the preceding may take thename of Astragalus lindleyanus a
nn,
It is a native of Armenia.
9. This may now take the name of Astragalus triflorus (DU.) SHreLp. Itis a
Peruvian species.
ee oi Ck Ped eee gt OMe ee
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 141
Astragalus parishii A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 19:
75. 1883.
California.
Astragalus oocarpus A. GRAy. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 213.
1866.
A. crotalariae ToRR. Bot. Mex. Bound. 56, 1859.
Not A. crotalavriae (BENTH.) SHELD. supra,
-_-which is founded on Phaca crotalariae BENTH. PI. Hartw. 307.
me} 1839-57.
3% Tragacantha oocarpa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891.
2 California.
4
7 § 11.. ARANEOCARPUS.
_ Astragalus neglectus (T. and G.) SHELD. Bull. Minn.
ee). Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:59. 1894.
Phaca neglecta T. and G. Fl. 1:344. 1838.
Tragacantha neglecta OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891.
Not A. neglectus FiscH. in Steud. Nom. 1: 162, 1840,
a name for which no specific description was ever published.
A. cooperi A. GRAY. Man. Bot. Ed. 11. 98. 1856.
: Western Quebec, Ontario, New York, and along the Great
Lakes to Wisconsin, Iowa and northern Minnesota.
Astragalus texanus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat.
: Hist. Surv. n. 9:65. 1894.
Astragalus giganteus WATS. Proc.Am. Acad. 17: 370. 1882.
Not Astragalus giganteus (PALL.) SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat.
Hist. Surv. n. 9:65. 1894.
Western Texas.
- .
§ 12. LaNOCARPUS.
, Astragalus lectulus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad, 22:471.
; 1887.
California.
Astragalus allanaris n. sp.
Perennial, caespitose, nearly acaulescent or with very short,
erect, simple, hidden stems, pubeseent throughout with white
loose hairs; leaves 8 to 4.5 em. in length, erect, pubescent with
sparse, spreading hairs, the rachis slightly channelled, but
Tee Vie es Ny, ehh RL Lr ENT Re te YR kr OLR Eat Daan 7 omy tt Ae Ss Tiles foal edt a Use Sa Re ees
4 i . ers y . 7 Bi ee Sete ete fy se Her yt) ‘ Sale
142 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
nearly terete; leaflets 5 to 8 mm. in length, in three to five
pairs, elliptical to lanceolate, acute, pubescent both sides;
stipules ovate-lanceolate, long-acuminate, usually closely im- | J
bricated; peduncles 1.5 to 2 cm. in length, two-fiowered; flowers pia
2.5 to 2.75 cm. in length, narrow, each subtended by a black- ~
bordered bract; calyx 12 to 15 mm. in length, tubular-cylindri-
cal, oblique at base, spreading-pubescent, striate, the lanceolate
’ teeth nigrescent-margined and from one-fifth to one-fourth the
length of the tube; corolla purplish, tinged with green; legume
10 to 12 mm. in length, ovate-arcuate, acute or shortly acumin-
ate pointed, incurved, coriaceous, sessile, white pubescent,
unilocular, but the dorsal suture slightly impressed, few seeded.
Collected on the Rattlesnake mountain, Yakima county, ;
Washington, June, 1884, also near Walula, Walla Walla county,
Washington, April, 1891, by Mr. W.N. Suksdorf. The first «|
collection furnished the stemless and carpological characters
of the description and the second the floral and short-stemmed
characters. The species is near to Astragalus candelarius
SHELD., but is very dwarf as compared with it and the pubes-
cence is white-woolly throughout, even to the legumes.
eS er
oe ee Se Pot
Astragalus candelarius n. sp.
Perennial, erect spreading, woolly-pubescent with appressed
white hairs; stems 10 to 13 em in length, diffusely branching, |
striate, with somewhat spreading pubescence; leaves 6 to 8
em. in length, the rachis sulcate; leaflets 10 to 14 mm. in length,
in four to five pairs, absent from the lower half of the rachis,’
broadly obovate, obtuse or retuse; stipules narrowly triangular-
acuminate, erect, persistent slightly sheathing; peduncles
equalling the leaves, loosely four to six flowered; “flowers 2.5
to 8 cm. in length, slender, erect; calyx narrowly cylindrical,
becoming expanded and at length broken by the enlarging
legume, persistent, thin chartaceous, lavender-purple, sparcely
soft-pubescent, the triangular-acuminate teeth one-sixth the
length of the tube; corolla ochroleucous tipped with purple—in
dried specimens; legume 2 to 38 cm. in length, coriaceous,
pubescent with yellowish hairs, sessile, expanding the calyx,
oblong or ovate, not arcuate, completely unilocular, not
obcompressed, and neither suture intruded, cavity smooth,
lined with a brownish membrane, few to many seeded.
Collected on open sand and among rocks near Candelaria,
Esmeralda county, Nevada, April and May, 1888, by W. H.
Shockley.
ee On eee Ree ee
Se ee NO ae aS ee ee
Bi a
«
:
>. fr. eer tho. BP ae? 7%. &* 7” Ao Caen ee ae
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 143
Astragalus candelarius 7. sp. var. exiguus 7. var.
2 Dwarfish, caespitose, with less pubescence than in the type
of the species, but of the same character; stems short, procum-
d bent, matted, not striate, with white, close, woolly pubescence;
ES leaves 2 to 3:5cm. in length, numerous; leaflets 4 to 6 mm. in
length, narrowly obovate, in five or six pairs, absent from the
x lower half or two thirds of the rachis; peduncles shorter than
ay the leaves; flowers 2 to 2.5cm. in length; calyx not coiored, the
- teeth unequal, one-fourth the length of the tube; corolla
ochroleucous, tinged with purple; legume2 cm. iv length, cavity
not lined with a brownish membrane. Collected beside road
to Sierra Valley, Nevada county, California, May, 1886, by C.
F. Sonne; also near Candelaria, Esmeralda county, Nevada,
_ . May, 1888, by W. H. Shockley; Yreka, Siskiyou county, Cali-
7 fornia, April and May, 1876, by Edward L. Greene; Mulford,
Utah, June, 1880, by M. E. Jones.
fon This species and its variety are no doubt near to Astragalus
_lectulus Wats, and may be regarded as‘ a connecting link
4 between it and Astragalus consectus SHELD.
Astragalus consectus n. sp. :
Perennial, woolly-pubescent with long, white hairs; stems
short, branching at the bose, woody; leaves 4 to 8 cm. in
length, the rachis sulcate above; leaflets 5 to 10 mm. in length,
in five to eight pairs, absent from the lower half of the rachis,
obovate to elliptical, obtuse or retuse; stipules falcate, acumi-
nate, not sheathing; peduncles exceeding the leaves, subcapi-
tately six to eight flowered; flowers 2 cm. in length, narrow,
spreading; calyx long-cylindrical, with equal, subulate teeth
one-fourth the length of the tube; corolla cchroleucous, some-
times tipped with purple; legume 2 to 2.5 cm. in length, coria-
- ceous, pubescent with yellowish-white hairs, sessile, ovate-
arcuate, obcompressed, bisulcate, both sutures intruded so as
to form a nearly two-celled pod, breaking at the tip when
mature, cavity smooth within, few to many seeded.
Collected in California, 1846, Fremont; Carson Valley, Utah,
1859, Henry Engelman; Utah, 1874, C. C. Parry; and at Tejon
Pass, southern California, June, 1887, S. B. Parish. This
_ Species fs nearest to Astralagus watsonianus (OK.) SHELD.,
_ but it is the most nearly two-celled species of the section.
The last specimen being the most perfect one yet found of
this species, may be taken as the type.
aN soe =
144 - MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus watsonianus (OK).
‘ Tragacantha watsoniana OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:942. 1891.
A. eriocarpus WATS. Bot. King. Rep. §:71. 1871.
Not A. eriocarpus DC. Astrag. 237. 1802,
a species found in Persia and Caucasia.
A. suturalis SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. & Nat. Hist. n.9: 19. 1894.
Utah and Nevada.
Astragalus leucolobus JONES. Zoe. 4:270. 1893.
A, leucolobus WATS. in herb.
California.
Astragalus utahensis (Torr.) T. and G. Pac. R. Rep.
23120. 1855.
Phaca mollissima Torr. var. utahensis Torr. Cat. Stansb. Exped.
385. 1852.
Tragacantha utahensis OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 949. 1891.
Utah and Nevada.
Astragalus coccineus (PARRY) BRANDEGEE. Zoe, 2:72.
LSOLs8 2"
Astragalus purshii DoUGL. var. coccineus PARRY, West. Am. Sci*
6:10. 1890.
Astragalus grandiflorus WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 18:370. 1882.
Not Astragalus grandiflorus PALL. Astrag. 57. 1800.
which is a synonym of Oxytropis grandiflora DC. Astrag. 71.
1802, a Siberian species.
California,
Astragalus lanocarpus n. sp.
Perennial, caespitose, woolly-pubescent with long, fine, ©
white hairs; slems very short, branching, forming a close mat;
leaves 3 to 5 cm. in length, the rachis channelled; leaflets 5 to
10 mm. in length, in three to five pairs, usually absent from
the lower half of the rachis, narrowly obovate to oblong, acute
or obtuse; stipules triangular ovate, acuminate, sheathing;
peduncles equalling the leaves, three to five flowered; flowers
12 to 15 mm. in length, erect; calyx narrowly cylindrical, with -
unequal teeth one-fifth the length of the tube; corolla ocholeu-
cous, tipped with purple; legume 12 to 15 mm. in length, coria-
ceous, white pubescent with long stiff hairs, sessile, oblong,
eae Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 145
3 slightly arcuate, unilocular, but with ventral suture somewhat
intruded, lined within with cobwebby hairs which traverse the
cavity, few to many seeded.
Collected at Klikitat Prairie, Washington, June, 1880, by
aes
Ce Thomas J. Howell; also at Reno, Nevada. Communicated by
- Miss Alice Eastwood. The species is near to Astragalus
‘ purshii DouGL., but the narrow leaves and peculiar pods char-
__ acterize it. These latter resemble very closely the galls pro-
duced on leaves of Quercus by Andricus lanae FITCH.
2 2 Astragalus purshii DouGL. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 152.
ee 1833.
Phaca mollissima Nutt. in T. and G. Fl. 1: 350. 1838.
Tragacantha purschti OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 917. 1891.
Com British Columbia, Montana and Wyoming to Utah, Nevada,
"and eastern California.
; '
byes Astragalus purshii Dovuacu. var. tinctus. JONES. Zoe.
4 4:269. 1893.
California.
Astragalus purshii DouGt. var. longilobus. JONES. Zoe.
4:269. 1893.
California and Nevada.
Astragalus dorycnioides DouGcL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst.
Gard. and. Bot. 2:258. 1882.
Washington and Idaho.
The difficulty which many botanists seem to have had in
determining the limits of Astragalus inflecus DOUGL. and
* Astragalus purshii DoUGL. has probably arisen from the non-
consideration of this species which is intermediate between
the two.
Astragalus inflexus DouGcL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard.
and Bot. 2:256. 18382.
Tragacantha inflexa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891.
Montana, Idaho and Washington.
- Astragalus syrticolus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. & Nat.
Hist. Surv. 0 9:19. 1894.
Astragalus thompsonae WATS. Proc. Amer. Acad. 10: 345. 1875.
Tragacantha thomsonae OK., Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:948. 1891.
pas catia Rate «8 Si te ie Ne OS ee Pee eee Rat ae
146 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Not Astragalus thomsonianus BENTH. in Hook. f. & Thom. Fl. Ind. 234.
1855. : es
which is a synonym of Astragalus nivalis Kar. and Kir. ~
Enum. Pl. Song. 341. 1842, a native of Thibet and Soongaria. |
Southern Utah.
Series II. HUASTRAGALUS.
§ 138. SERICOPHYLLUS.
Astragalus glareosus DouGL. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:
152. 1833.
Tragacantha glareosa OK. Rev. Gen. Pi. 2:945. 1891. al
A. argophyllus NurT.in T.and G. Fl. 1:331. 1838. excl. syn. 3
Wyoming and southern Idaho.
Astragalus pephragmenus JONES. Zoe. 4:267., 1893.
Arizona.
Astragalus triquetrus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13:
367. 1878.
Nevada and southern Idaho.
Astragalus beckwithii T. and G. Pac. R. Rep. 2:120.
1855
Trayacantha beckwithit OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:943, 1891. : s
British Columbia, southern Idaho, Utah, i hevaia and Cali- .
fornia. eS
Astragalus artemisiarum JONES. Zoe. 4:369. 1894.
A. beckwithii TORR. var. purpureus JONES. Zoe. 3:288. 1893. |
Not A. purpureus LAM. Ency. Meth. 1:314. 1783,
a Synonym of
A. hypoglottis LINN. Mant. 2: 274. 1771.
Utah.
Astragalus webberi A. Gray. Bot. Calif. 1:154. 1880.
Tragacantha webberi OK, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 949. 1891.
California.
Astragalus casei A. GRay. Bot. Calif. 1:154. 1880.
Tragacantha casei OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891.
Nevada.
:
of Ls Oe ha eee a sey. 2. MN Pe er oe
¢ ’ , Ve oy
; Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 147
Astragalus mokiacensis A. GRAay. Proc. Am. Acad. 13:
367. 1878.
rf a Utah and northern Arizona.
Astragalus ursinus A. GRAy. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 367.
1878.
Astragalus iodanthus Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:70. 1871.
Tragacantha iodantha OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891.
A. adsurgens TORR. Cat. Stansb. Exped. 385. 1852.
Not A. adsurgens PALL. Astrag.40. 1800.
Colorado, Nevada, California and Montana.
Astragalus parryi A. Gray. Am. Journ. Sci. 1. 33: 410.
1862.
Tragacantha parryi OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891.
Colorado to northwestern Texas.
Astragalus amphioxys A. GRAy. Proc. Am. Acad. 13:
366. 1878.
Texas and Colorado to Arizona and eastern California.
Astragalus cuspidocarpus x. sp.
Perennial, cinereous with minute, appressed pubescence or
glabrate; stems 12 to 18 cm, in length, erect-spreading, becom-
ing decumbent, terete, simple, six or ten from the knotted
root; leaves 4 to 8 cm. in length, the rachis terete or nearly so;
leaflets 8 to 12 mm. in length, 4 to 8 mm. in breadth, in five to
eight pairs, obovate, oblong or nearly orbicular, retuse or
emarginate; stipules large, membranaceous, purplish-tinged,
ovate, abruptly short-pointed below, acuminate above, erect,
Sheathing; peduncles 5 to 8 cm. in length, terete, subcapitately
seven to nine flowered; flowers 15 to 20 mm. in length, erect-
spreadizg: calyx narrowly campanulate, strigose with nigres-
cent hairs, the filiform teeth one-third the length of the tube;
corolla lemon-yellow and ochroleucous tinged with purple;
legume 2.5 to 3 cm. in length, coriaceous, glabrous, reticulately
veined, straight, oblong-ovate, with a long, abruptly tiliform
tip, strongly obcompressed, the sutures prominent externally,
unilocular, few to many seeded
Collected near Grafton, Montana, June, 1892, R.S. Williams;
also on dry, rocky ground near Mammoth Hot Springs in
Sunde ate See rb bine Re ee ena ee eA ba esa Mv tos os
148 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming, May and June, 1893, be re
Mr. F. H. Burglehaus. The species is near to Astragalus —
shortianus NUTT., but the absence of pubescence and carpolo--
; gical characters easily distinguish it,
Astragalus shortianus Nutt in T. and G. Fl. 1:381.
. 1838.
A. humilis GEYER, in Hook.’Lond. Journ. Bot 6: 211. 1847.
A. cyaneus A. GRAY. Proc. Acad. Philad. 0. 7:60. 1863.
Tragacantha shortiana OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948. 1891.
Western Texas and New Mexico to Utah, Colorado, Ne-
braska, Wyoming and southern Montana.
Astragalus missouriensis Nuvt. Gen. 2:99. 1818.
A. melanocarpus NUTT in FRAs. Cat. 1. 1813,
without descr. :
Phaca cretacea BUCKLEY. Proc. Acad. Philad. mu. 5:452. 1861.
Tragacantha missuriensis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891.
Saskatchewan and southern Montana to Kansas, Colorado
and northern New Mexico.
Astragalus gilensis GREENE. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 8:
S72, 1881.
New Mexico.
Astragalus reverchoni A. GRAy. Proc. Am. Acad. 19:
74, 1888.
Phaca cretacea BUCKLEY. Proc. Acad. Philad. 11.6: 1861.
Not A. cretaceus Botss. Diag. 11. 6:84. 1853.
an Oriental species.
Texas.
Astragalus cyaneus A. GRAy. Pl. Fendl. 34. 1854.
A. shortianus NUTT. var. (?) minor A.GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad 6:
211. 1866.
A. shortianus WATS. Pl. Wheeler Exped. 7. 1878.
Tragacantha cyanea OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891.
New Mexico and western Texas to Nebraska and Colorado. |
Astragalus crescenticarpus n. sp.
Annual, pubescent throughout with appressed, white, verru-
cose hairs; stems short, 2 to 3 cm. in length, erect or procum-
-
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 149
bent, nearly terete, simple, three to four from a straight, slen-
der root; leaves 4 to 5 cm. in length, the rachis slightly striate
or rectangular; leaflets 8 to 10 mm. in four to six pairs, obovate
or oblong-lanceolate, abruptly pointed; stipules deltoid-acumi-
nate, erect; peduncles 3 to 5 cm. in length, subcapitately four
to six flowered; flowers 2 to 2.5 cm. in length, narrow, erect-
spreading; calyx cylindricai, unequal and slightly gibbous at
the base, the linear teeth one-fourth the length of the tube;
corolla ochroleucous, tipped with purple; legume 4 to 5 cm. in
length, coriaceous, appressed pubescent, narrowly crescenti-
form, incurved, transversely rugulose, compressed, the dorsal
suture intruded so as to make the cross-section V-shaped, few
seeded. Collected on sandy plains north of sulphur springs,
New Mexico, June, 1883, by G. R. Vasey, and near Winslow,
Arizona, June, 1892, by Professor E. O. Wooton. This species
is remarkable in its verrucose hairs, which are easily noticable
by the naixed eye, and in the crescent-shaped pods, which are
so strongly incurved as to nearly meet at the tips. Nearest to
Astragalus pubentissimus T. and G.
Astragalus pubentissimus T.-and G. Fl. 1:693. 1840.
A. multicaulis Nutr.in T.andG. Fl. 1:335. 1838.
Not A. multicaulis LEDEB. F1. Alt. 3:295. 1831,
a Siberian species.
Tragacantha pubentissima OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891.
Colorado.
Astragalus cibarius x. sp.
Perennial, sparsely pubescent or glabrate; stems 1.5 to 2.25
dm. in length decumbent or erect-spreading, thick, simple,
striate, minutely rough-pubescent or glabrate; leaves 6 to 9
em. in length, the rachis channelled; leaflets 5 to 10 mm. in
length, in five to eight pairs, obovate-oblong to orbicular,
obtuse or retuse; stipules large, subfoliaceous, ovate, obtuse
or acute ciliate, purplish tinged, erect, persistent; peduncles
8 to 11 cm. in length, terete, capitately or subcapitately, eight
to twelve flowered; flowers 12 to15 mm. in length, nearly erect,
calyx oblong-campanulate, oblique at the base, black-strigose
pubescent, the narrow, acuminate teeth one-third the length
of the tube or shorter; corolla ochroleucous and purple; leguine
2.5 to 3.5 cm. in length, coriaceous, narrowly oblong, arcuate
when young, becoming straighter when old, pointed at both
ends, finely appressed pubescent when young, becoming
hdd Me has bo ach
hs SD et Mn ied a ede ey Naha aad oiled i Yi a ali ee A RCUNL SS
a n MTS +7 PN aaBA Gy
150 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
glabrous and transversely rugose-veined when old, unilocular,
but the ventral suture strongly introflexed so as to make the
cavity two-lobed, eight to ten seeded.
Collected in the Utah valley, Utah, May, 1880, by M. E.
Jones; also west side of Johnston Pass, south fork of Hum-
boldt river and Great Desert, Utah, May, 1859, by Henry
Engelmann, and in gravelly bottoms, Gros Ventres fork, and
Jackson’s Hole, valley of Snake river, Wyoming, June, 1860.
by F. V.. Hayden.
This species is most nearly related to Astragalus vespertinus
SHELD., but the habit most nearly resembles that of Astragalus
amphioxys A. GRAY.
Astragalus vespertinus n. sp.
Perennial, subcaespitose, white-appressed pubescent through-
out with appressed, dolabraform hairs: stems 4 to 6 cm. in
length, several from the branching base, decumbent or sub-
erect, striate; leaves 2 to 10 cm. in length, the rachis channeled;
leaflets 4 to 12 mm. in length, in five or six pairs, obovate-
oblong, obtuse; stipules deltoid-falcate, acute, erect, persistent,
sheathing below; peduncles 5 to 12 cm. in length, striate, loosely
subcapitately three to six flowered; flowers 2.5 to 3.5 cm. in
length, slender, loosely spreading; calyx cylindrical, pinkish
tinged, subtended by a large acuminate bract, the erect teeth
linear-acuminate, one-fifth the length of the tube; corolla nar-
row, large, purplish tinged with magenta or green, the banner
prominently notched; legume 2.5 to 8 cm. in length, coriaceous,
oblong, pointed at both ends, obcompressed so as to become
nearly two-celled, minutely appressed pubescent, finely reticu-
lated, bilocular by the obcompression, the cavities with loose
membranaceous tissue, eight to ten seeded.
Collected near Grand Junction, Colorado, May, 1892, by
Miss Alice Eastwood.
This species has been referred to Astragalus ampinioxys A.
Gray. which it resembles in habit. The legumes, however,
mark it as a distinct species intermediate between Astragalus
pubentissimus T. and G. and Astragalus pterocarpus WATS.
°
§ 14. SCUTICARPUS.
Astragalus pterocarpus Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:75.
1871.
Tragacantha pterocarpa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891.
Nevada.
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 151
Astragalus tetrapterus A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 13:
369. 1878. —
Utah. ;
=
§ 15. LOTIFLORUS.
Astragalus elatiocarpus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:20. 1894.
A. lotiflorus Hoox. forma brachypus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad.
6: 209. 1866.
Colorado and Wyoming to Texas, Minnesota and Hudson
bay.
The large number of specimens of this species in the her-
barium of the Missouri Botanical Garden, collected through a
long series of years show very clearly the characters upon
which this species was separated from Astragalus lotiflorus,
Hook.
Dr. William Trelease has recently referred to me acard from
Mr. B. F’. Bush, of Independence, Mo., dated April 20, 1894,
in which the writer states that in a recent visit to Atchison
county, Mo., he noticed that in this species ‘‘the early flowers
are long-peduncled and fruitless,” while ‘‘the later ones are
very short peduncled and fertile.”
Astragalus lotiflorus Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:152. 1838.
Phaca lotifora NuTT.in T.andG. Fl. 1:349° 1838.
A, lotiflorus Hook. forma pedunculosus A. GRAY. Proc. Am.
Acad. 6: 209. 1838.
Tragacantha lotifora OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891.
Saskatchewan and British Columbia to Minnesota, Dakota,
Wyoming, Nebraska, Kansas, Indian Territory and Texas.
Astragalus intonsus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat.
Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894.
Astragalus villosus Micux. Fl. Bor..Am. 2:67. 1803.
Not Astragalus villosus GUELDENST. It. 2:187. 1791.
Trayacantha villosa Ok. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 949. 1891,
a synonym of Astragalus pubiflorus DC. Astrag. 183. 1802, a
Siberian species.
Florida to South Carolina.
eT Seal Fe an a es Me ie
+ v a" pap oN PRE ea te Se ind “PES
P~ 7 te
152 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
§ 16. OROBOIDEUS.
Astragalus apilosus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat.
Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894.
Astragalus glaber MicHx. Fl, Bor. Am. 2:66. 1803.
Not Astragulus glaber LAM. Ency. Meth. 1:525. 1783.
a synonym of Oxytropis glabra DC. Astrag. 95. 1802, a Siber-
ian plant.
Not Astragalus glaber DC. Astrag. 118. 1802.
which is a synonym of Astragalus fragrans WILLD. Sp. PI.
3:1294. 1803. a native of the Orient.
Tragacantha muchauxii OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891.
Not A. michauxianus Boiss. Diag. 1. 2:62. 1843,
a species found in Kurdistan.
Florida to North Carolina.
Astragalus obcordatus Exty. Sk. Bot. S. Car. 2: 227
1824.
A, eliwottiti DIETR. Syn. Pl. 4: 1080. 1850.
Tragacantha obcordata OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891.
Not A. obcordatus Boiss. Diagn. 1. 6:38. 1855.
which is a synonym of
: A. anacardius BUNGE. Syn. Astrag. Geront. 2:105. 1869,
a Persian species.
Georgia and Florida.
Astragalus palaus JONES. Zoe. 4:37. 1893.
Utah.
Astragalus engelmanni n. sp.
A. flagellaris ENGLM. in herb.
Perennial, glabrous throughout; stems 8 to 30 cm. in length,
diffusely procumbent, terete, branching at the base; leaves 3 to
6 cm. in length, the rachis finely channelled above; Jeaflets 3 to
7 mm.in length, in seven to eleven pairs, ovate to oblong,
obtuse or retuse; stipules triangular-lanceolate, connate below;
peduncles slender, twice or three times exceeding the leaves,
subcapitately four to eight flowered; flowers 8 to 10 mm. in
length, erect-spreading; calyx short-cylindrical, unsymmetrical ©
at the base, finely pubescent with short, appressed, hairs, the
teeth short-triangular, spreading; corolla ochroleucous tinged
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 153
with purple?; legume 10 to 18 mm. in length, coriaceous, glab-
rous, sessile, incurved, both sutures intruded, unilocular, few
to many seeded, cavity webby.
Collected on the Brazos, Texas, April, 1839, February, 1844.
Also in open woods near Houston, Texas, March, 1842, by
Ferdinand Lindheimer. Near to A. distortus T. and G., but
the plant has a more reclining or procumbent posture. I take
pleasure in dedicating this species’ to Dr. George Engelmann,
whose collections of Astragalus I have been permitted to study,
and who, while he left no manuscript description of the species,
evidently recognized it as new, for he marked it ‘‘4, flagellaris
HASp.”
Type specimen in the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical
Garden.
Astragalus distortus T. and G. Fl. 1:383. 1888.
Tragacantha distorta OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891.
Illinois, Missouri, Arkansas, Indian Territory and Texas.
Astragalus sileranus Jonns. Zoe. 2:243. 1891.
Utah.
Astragalus lindheimeri ENGL™. in A. Gray. Pl, Wr. Fe
52; 1852:
Tragacantha lindheimert OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891.
Texas.
Astragalus lentiformis A. GRay. Bot. Calif. 1:156.
1880.
Tragacantha lentiformisOK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891.
California and Nevada.
Astragalus lemmoni A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 626.
1873.
Tragacantha lenmoni OK. Rey. Gen. 2:946. 1891.
California.
Astragalus breweri A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 207.
1866.
Tragacantha breweri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891.
California.
Pe pad a ool
oP a Sek a Pe
a 5 ‘
154 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus sparsiflorus A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:
205. 1866.
Tragacantha sparsiflora OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891.
Colorado. x
Astragalus sparsiflorus A. Gray, var. majusculus A.
GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6:206. 1866.
e
A. sparsiflorus Dn. sp. var. major A. GRAY. Proc. Acad. Philad.
mr. 7:60. 1863.
Not A. snbulatus BreB. var. major DC. Prodr. 2:284. 1825,
Colorado.
Astragalus giganteus (PALL.) SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol.
and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:65. 1894.
Astragalus alpinus LINN. var. giganteus PALL. Astrag.42. 1800.
Newfoundland, Maine and northern Vermont; Colorado,
Wyoming: Montana and north to Hudson bay, British Colum-
bia and Alaska.
Astragalus astragalinus (DC.) SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol.
and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:65. 1894. ;
Phaca astragalina DC. Astrag. 64. 1802.
Astragalus alpinus LINN. Spec. 760. 1753.
A. alpinus PALL Reise 2:446. 1771-76.
Tragacantha alpina OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:942. 1891.
Not A. alpinus (LINN.) SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist.
Surv. n. 9:65. 1894.
A. montanus PALL. Reise 2: 568. 1771-76.
A. montanus JACQ. Fl. Austr. 3:131. 1775.
Not A. montanus LINN. Spec. 760. 1753.
Colorado and Labrador.
Astragalus elegans (HOOK.)
Phaca elegans Hook. FI, Bor.-Am. 1: 144. 1833.
Not A. elegans BUNGE. Sp. Astrag. Geront. 2:89. 1869.1°
Phaca parviflora NutT.in T.andG. Fl. 1: 348. 1838.
A. oroboides HORNEM. var. americanus A. GRAY. Proc. Am.
Acad. 6:205. 1866.
Not A. alpinus (L ) SHELD. var. americanus (HOOK.) SHELD. infra,
which is based on Phaca frigida L. var. americanus Hook. FI.
Bor.-Am. 1:140. 1888.
Labrador, western British America, and south to the Rocky
mountains.
10. This species may be Gesignated as
Astragalus tabrisianus n. n.
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 155
Astragalus ibapensis JONES. Zoe. 3:290. 1893.
Utah.
Astragalus robbinsii (OAKES) A. GRAay. Man. Bot. ed.
11.98. 1856.
Phaca robbinsii OAKES in A. Gray. Man. Bot. ed. 1. 103. 1848.
A. robbinsii (OAKES) A. GRAY. var. occidentalis WATS. Jot.
King. Rep. 5:70. 1871.
Tragacantha robbinsii OK: Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891.
Perennial, many-stemmed from a fibrous, knotty root,
minutely, sparsely pubescent, becoming glabrate; stem 2 to 5
dm., high, erect, simple, nearly terete, twisted striate; leaves
4 to 5 em. in length; leaflets 9 to 13 mm. in length, in four to
six pairs, oblong-oval, obtuse or rarely slightly retuse, glab-
rous above, nearly pubescent beneath with white, appressed
hairs when young, becoming nearly glabrous: stipules erect,
connate below, but ovate-acuminate above; peduncles 9 to 20cm.
in length, slender, terete or very finely striate, bearing a sub-
Spicate raceme; flowers6 mm. in length, short-pedicellate; calyx
campanulate, slightly puberulent, but not nigrescent except
the linear teeth which are one-fifth the length of the tube;
corolla white; Jeyume 14 to 18 mm. in length, oblong, dorsally
straight, ventrally arcuate, born on a stipe equalling the calyx,
minutely pubescent with appressed, nigrescent hairs, broadly
reticulate-veined, becoming diaphanous, unilocular, the dorsal
suture projecting into the cavity as a thin membrane, 4 to 6
seeded.
Vermont and Colorado.
Astragalus robbinsii (Oakes) A. GRaAy. var. jesupi
EGGLESTON and SHELDON.
Perennial. many stemmed from a fibrous, knotty root, nearly
glabrate; stem 3 to 6 dm., high, less spreading than typical
specimens of the species; leaves 4 to 8 cm. in length; Jeajlets 8-
.22 mm. in length, in five to eight pairs, oblong, oval or lance-
olate, obtuse or slightly retuse, glabrous above, puberulent
below with midrib and sometimes margin slightly hairy; stip-
ules deflexed; peduncles 8 to 25 cm. in length, bearing a subcap-
itate raceme; flowers 10 mm. in length; corol/a dark purple;
legume 18 to 25 mm. in length, oblong, elongated, slightly
transparent, strongly nigrescent when young, becoming nearly
glabrate, six to ten seeded.
SAR ee Sak Br ey ee eRe My ACME SEINE Fh MEME Oe ae ee cea Cae TS OD
156 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Collected on old ledges above high water of the Connecticut
river near Hartland, Vt., July, 1891, and on ledges near Sum-
ner’s Falls, near Plainfield, N. H., August, 1898, by W. W.
Huntington, and at Hartland, Vt., by H. G. Jesup and G. N.
Leland. Also near Fort Fairfield, Aroostook county, Maine,
July, 1893, by M. L. Fernald, at least as to specimen in Herb.
Mo. Bot.. Garden; and on the Winooski river, near Burlington,
Vt., June, 1878, by C. G. Pringle.
The type specimens were collected by Mr. Eggleston, who —
has aided me much in the study of this and other interesting
Vermont Astragali.
The variety is named for Professor H. G. Jesup of Hanover,
Mass.
Astragalus dodgianus JoNES. Zoe. 3:289. 1893.
Utah.
Astragalus glabriusculus (Hook.) A. Gray. Proc. Am.
Acad. 6:204. 1866.
Phaca glabriuscula Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1:144. 1833.
Tragacantha glabriuscula OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891.
Colorado and western British America.
Astragalus glabriusculus (Hoox.) A. Gray var. spatio-
SUS 7. 7.
A. glabriusculus (Hook.) A. GRAY var. major A. GRAY. Proc.
Acad. Philad. 1. 7:60. 1863.
Not A. subulatus BEB. var. major DC. Prodr. 2: 284. 1825.
Colorado.
Astragalus aboriginorum RICHARDS in Frankl. Journ.
736. 1828: ;
Phaca aboriginum Hoox. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:143. 1833.
Tragacantha aboriginorum OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:942. 1891.
Colorado, Wyoming and Montana, northward in central and
western British America.
§ 17. RUGOCARPUS.
Astragalus microlobus A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:
203. 1866.
A. gracilis JAMES. in Am. Phil. Soc. Trans. 2:186. 1825.
Not A. gracilis Nutr. Gen. 2:100. 1818.
Tragacantha microloba OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891.
Missouri, Kansas, Nebraska and Colorado.
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. Sys
Astragalus gracilis Nutt. Gen. 2:100. 1818.
Dalea parviflora PursH. FI]. Am. Sept. 474. 1814.
Psoralea parviflora Porn. Suppl. 4: 590. 1816.
Phaca parviflora Nutr. in T. andG. Fl. 1:348. 1838.
Tragacantha parviflora OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:941. 1891.
A. parviflorus MACM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 325. 1892.
Not A. parviflora LAM. Ency. Meth: 1:310. 1783.
Colorado to Kansas, Nebraska, Missouri and Minnesota.
§ 18. OCREATUS.
Astragalus oreganus Nutr. in T. and G. Fl. 1:3835.
1838.
Western slope of the Rocky mountains.
Astragalus accumbens SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894.
Astragalus procumbens WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 20:361. 1885.
Not Astragalus procumbens Hook. and ARN. Bot. Beech. Voy. 15.
1830.11
' Not Astragalus procumbens MILL. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8. No.18. 1768.
which is a synonym of Astragalus pentaglottis Linn. Mant. 247.
1767, a native of southern Europe and northern Africa.
New Mexico and Arizona.
Astragalus mohavensis Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 361.
1885.
California.
Astragalus humistratus A. Gray. Pl. Wr. 2:48. 1853.
Tragacantha humistrata OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945, 1891.
New Mexico and Arizona.
Astragalus argillosus JONES. Zoe. 2:241. 1891.
Utah.
Astragalus confertiflorus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13:
368. 1878.
A, flavus NUTT. var. candicans A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad, 13:
54, 1878.
Not A. candicans PALL. Astrag. 61. 1800,
which is a synonym of Spiesia candicans (PALL.) OK. Rev.
Gen. 1: 206. 1891.
Utah.
ll. This may receive the specific name Astragalus chilensis 7. 7.
158 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES,
Astragalus flaviflorus (OK.) . eee Oe
Tragacantha flavifora OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 4: 941. 1891.
A. flavus NuTT. in T. and G. Fl. 1: 335. 1838.
Not A. flavus (H. and A.) SHELD. ined.1?
Colorado and western Wyoming.
§$ 19. GALEGIFORMIS.
Astragalus racemosus PursH. Fl. Amer. Sept. 740.
1814.
A. galegioides NuTT. Gen. 2:100. 1818.
Tragacantha racemosa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. ne
Kansas, Nebraska, Colorado, Utah, Idaho and the North-
west Territory.. |
Astragalus atropubescens COULTER and FIsHER. Bot.
Gaz. 18:300. 1898. “a
Montana.
Astragalus misellus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 21:449.
1886.
Oregon.
Astragalus howelli A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 15:46.
1880.
Oregon.
Astragalus scopulorum PoRTER and COULTER. Syn. Fl. |
Colo. 24. 1874.
A. subcompressus A. GRAY in Brandegee. Fl. 8S. W. Colo. 234.
1876.
Tragacantha scopulorum OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891.
Tragacantha subcompressa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl, 2:948. 1891.
Colorado.
Astragalus rasus n. sp.
Perennial, glabrous throughout, or very slightly pubescent
on the young leaves and stems; stems 3 to 4.5 dm. high, erect, ‘
simple or once or twice branching, striate, often purplish
tinged; leaves 4 to 7 cm. in length, the rachis slightly chan- —
nelled; Jeajlets 7 to 10 mm. in length, in ten to thirteen pairs,
“42. The synonymy of this species will be:
Astragalus flavus (H. and A.)
Phaca flava H.and A.in Hook. Bot, Misc. 3: 186. 1833.
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 159
obovate-oblong, obtuse or retuse, subcarnose; stipules counate
and membranaceous below, free, reflexed, obovate-acuminate
and persistent above; peduncles 8 to 12 cm.-in length, striate,
smooth, subcapitately ten or twelve flowered; flowers 10 to 15
mm. in length, spreading, becoming reflexed; calyx narrowly
campanulate, to cylindrical, slightly unequal at the base, the
spreading, filiform teeth one-fourth to one-third the length of
the tube; corolla ochroleucous, slightly tinged with green; legume
2.5 to 3.5 cm. in length, including the stipe which is 6 to 7 mm.
in length, coriaceous, oblong, straight or very slightly curved,
glabrous, rarely mottled, very finely transversely veined,
bilocular by the intrusion of the ventral suture, trigonal or
flattened and sulcate dorsally, eight to twelve seeded.
Collected near Durango, Colo., June, 1891, by Miss Alice
Eastwood, also on the Mesa Verde, southeast Colo., June, 1892,
by Miss Alice Eastwood; and at Grand Junction, Colo., June,
18938. by De Alton Saunders.
This species is nearest to Astragalus drummondii DOUGL.,
and Astragalus scopulorum PORTER and COULTER, but is
‘readily distinguished by the absence of pubescence.
Astragalus drummondii DouGL. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am.
1 2153. 18383.
Tragacantha drummondii OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891.
Colorado, Wyoming and Montana; north to the Saskatchewan
and the Northwest Territory.
§ 20. SUCCUMBENS.
; Astragalus succumbens DoucGt. in Hook. FI. Bor. Am.
£2151). 1833.
4
Tragacantha succumbens DK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891.
Oregon.
§ 21. ASCLEPIADODES.
Astragalus asclepiadoides JoNES. Zoe. 2:239. i891.
Utah and Colorado.
§ 22. EREMITICUS.
Astragalus diphacus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 18:348.
1883.
Mexico.
160 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus strigosus (KELLOGG) SHELD. Bull. Minn,
Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. !
Astragalus hypoglottis LINN. var. strigosa KeLLOGG. Proc. Calif.
Acad. 1. 2:115. 1863
Astragalus tener A. GRAY. Proc. Am, Acad. 6: 206. 1866.
Tragacantha tenera OK. Rev. Gen, Pl. 2: 948. 1891.
California.
Astragalus obscurus Wars. Bot. King. Rep. 5:60. 1871. |
Tragacantha obscura OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. ia:
Nevada and California. |
Astragalus panamintensis SHELD. Contrib. Nat. Herb.
4:87. 1893.
California.
Astragalus recurvus GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1:
nip.oo. 1885.
Arizona.
me
Astragalus atratus Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:69. 1871.
Tragacantha atrata OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891.
Nevada and California.
Astragalus atratus Wars. var. aretus n. 1.
A. atratus WATS. var. stenophyllus JONES. Zoe. 3:297. 1893.
Nevada.
Astragalus pachypus GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1:
3. 157.~* 1885:
California.
Astragalus umbraticus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894.
Astragalus sylvaticcus WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 362. 1885.
Not Astragalus sylvaticus WILLD. Sp. Pl. 3: 1300. 1803,
which is a synonym of Oxytropis sylvatica DC. Astrag. 82. 1802,
a Siberian species.
Oregon.
Astragalus tricarinatus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 12:
56s wlB77:
California.
alt ie te Bea A a ee
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 161
Astragalus eremiticus n. sp.
Perennial, glabrous throughout; stems 2 to 3dm. high, erect,
strict, solitary, simple, terete, purplish tinged, smooth and
shining; leaves 6 to 12 cm. in length, the rachis nearly
terete; leaflets 10 to 12 mm. in length, in six to nine pairs,
oblong-lanceolate, with a cuneate base, obtuse; stipules ovate,
obtuse or acute, small and deciduous, the lower large, sub-
foliaceous, sheathing, persistent; peduncles 12 to 15 cm. in
length, striate, loosely five to ten flowered; flowers 13 to 15
mm. in length, erect; calyx narrowly campanulate, slightly
pubescent with short, black, appressed hairs, with short,
black, filiform incurved teeth; corolla ochroleucous, the banner
narrow and prominently spreading; legume 3 cm. in length, in-
cluding the narrow, filiform stipe which is 1.5 cm. in length,
coriaceous, body of the legume oblong, with a filiform, in-
curved tip, geniculate at the point of juncture, with the stipe,
glabrous, minutely cross-reticulated, unilocular, but with the
ventral suture intruded so as to make the cross section Y
shaped, six to eight seeded.
Collected in the Beaverdam mountains, southern Utah, May,
1874, by Dr. C. C. Parry; also near Sprucemont, Nevada, July,
1891, by M. E. Jones.
The species is near to Astragalus arrectus A. GRAY.
The type specimen is deposited in the herbarium of the Mis-
souri Botanical Garden.
Astragalus arrectus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 8:289.
1873.
A. leucophyllus Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. 6:211. i873.
Washington and Idaho.
Astragalus brandegei PorTER and CouLtTER. FI. Qolo.
24. 1874.
Tragacantha brandegei OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 943. 1891,
Colorado.
Astragalus drepanolobus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 19:
75. 1888.
Washington.
Astragalus bolanderi A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 7 :337.
1868.
Tragacantha bolanderi OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891.
California.
162 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus malacus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 7:336. 5
1868. eit
A. parryi ANDERSON. Cat. Pl. Nev. 120. 1871.
Tragacantha malaca OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891.
California and Nevada.
Astragalus congdoni Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 20:360.
1885.
California.
Astragalus andersonii A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: —
524. 1866.
Tragacantha andersoniti OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 943. 1891.
Nevada and California.
Astragalus orcuttianus Warts. Proc. Am. Acad. 20:
861. 1885.
Lower California.
Astragalus rusbyi GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. n. 1:
8. 1884.
Arizona.
Astragalus arizonicus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 47: .
398. 1868. ;
A. sonore TORR. Bot. U.S. and Mex. Bound. 56. 1858.
Tragacantha arizonica OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891.
Arizona.
Astragalus leptocarpus T. and G. Fl. 1:334. 1838.
Tragacantha leptocarpa OK, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891.
Texas.
eAstragalus streptopus GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci.
\
1 sn. 32155." 1885.
California.
Astragalus nuttallianus DC. Prod. 2:289. 1825.
A. micranthus Nutr. Journ. Acad. Philad. 3:122. 1821. .
Tragacantha micrantha OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:941. 1891.
Not A. micranthus DEsv. Journ. de Botanique 8:78. i814.
A, nuttallianus DO. var. trichocarpus T.and G. Fl. 1:334. 1838.
A. trichocarpus YounG. Fl. Tex. 228. 1873. :
A. nuttallianus DC. var. canescens T.and G. Pac. R. Rep. 2: 163.
1855.
Arkansas and Texas to Arizona and southern California.
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 468
Astragalus wrightii A. GRAY in Englm. and Gray. PI.
Lindh. 176. 1850.
oe
Tragacantha wrightiti OK. Rev. Gen. Pl, 2: 949 1891.
Texas.
_ Astragalus albens GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1:
n. 3.156. 1885.
California.
Astragalus daleae GREENE. Pitt. 1:153. 1888.
Mexico.
Astragalus hypoxylus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 18:192.
1883.
Arizona.
Astragalus cobrensis A.Gray. Pl. Wright 2:48. 1853.
, Tragacantha cobrensis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891.
New Mexico.
Astragalus pringlei Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 21: 449. 1886.
Mexico.
Astragalus hartwegi BentH. Pl. Hartw. 10. 1839.
Tragacantha hartwegiti OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891.
Arizona and Mexico.
Astragalus vaccarum A. Gray. PI. Wright 2:43. 1853.
Tragacantha vuccarum OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 949. 1891.
Arizona.
§ 23. DISPERMUS.
Astragalus catalinensis Nutr. Pl. Gamb. 152. 1848.
Island of Catalina, upper Califorzia, also at Tehachapi, Cal-
ifornia. .
Astragalus brazoensis BucKLEY. Proc. Acad. Philad. 11.
0:452. 1861.
Tragacantha brazoensis OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891.
Western Texas.
A Bey Se HN eT INE Th Se oe ea
he
oa on MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus dispermus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 138: Be
364, 1878.
California and Arizona.
Astragalus gambellianus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894.
Astragalus nigrescens NUTT. Pl. Gambell. 152. 1848.
Not Astragalus nigrescens PALL. Astrag. 65. 1800,
a synonym of Oxytropis nigrescens DC. Prod. 2:278. 1825,
which is a Siberian species.
Not Astragalus nigrescens A. GRAY. Am. Journ. Sci. 0. 33: 410. 1862,
Nor Phaca nigrescens HooK. F). Bor,-Am. 1: 143. 1833,
which are synonyms of Astragalus multiflorus A. GRAY. Proce.
Am. Acad. 6:226. 1866, which was fouuded on Ervum multt-
jlorum PursH. Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:739. 1814.
Professor E. L. Greene has pointed out very clearly the
difference between this species and Astragalus didymocarpus
Hook. and ARN.1!3
California.
Astragalus didymocarpus Hook. and ARN. Bot. Beechey.
384, 1840.
% Tragacantha didymocarpa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891.
California.
§ 24. REFLEXUS.
° Astragalus reflexus T. and G. FI. 1:334. 1888.
Tragacantha reflexa OK. Revy.Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891.
Texas.
§ 25. HyPOGLOTTIDENS.
- Astragalus ventorum A. GRay. Am. Nat. 8:212. 1874.
Tragacantha ventorum OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 949. 1891.
Western Wyoming.
Astragalus terminalis Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17:370.
' 1882,
Montana.
13. Greene. Flora Franciscana §:7. 1891.
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 165
Astragalus laxmanni Jacq. Hort. Vindob. 3:22. 1776.
A. adsurgens PALL. Astrag. 40. 1800.
A. syriacus PALL. Reise. 2:559. 1771.
Not A. syrjacus LINN. Spec. 759. 1753.
A. semibilocularis DC. Astrag. 136. 1802.
A. adsurgens PALL. var. prostratus FiscH. Hort. Gar. ex. DC. Prod.
2: 287. 1825. x
A. microphyllus GEORGI. Beschr. Russ. Nachtr. 296. 1802.
A. laemanni NuTT. Gen. 2:99. 1818.
A, striatus NuTT.in T.andG. Fl. N. Am. 1: 330. 1838.
A. adsurgens PALL. var. laxrmannt TRAuTY. in Bull. Mosq. 1:
507. 1860.
A. hypoglottis LINN. var. robustus Hook. in Lond. Journ. Bot. 6.
210. 1854. J
Tragacantha adsurgens OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 942. 1891.
Minnesota and the Saskatchewan to British Columbia and
Washington, south to Oregon and western Kansas.
led
Astragalus hypoglottis Linn. Mant. 2:274. 1771.
A. glaux PALL. Reise. 2:464. 1771.
A. arenarius PALL. Reise. 2: 464. 1771.
A. agrestis DoUGL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst.Gard. and Bot. 2: 257.
1832.
A. goniatus NuTT. in T. and G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 330. 1838.
' Tragacantha hypoglottis OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891.
Hudson bay to Alaska, south in the United States from
Washington and Montana to Minnesota, Nebraska and southern
Colorado.
Astragalus virgultulus n. sp.
Perennial, bushy, branching from the base, nearly glabrous;
stems 15 to 20 cm. in length, erect, forming a somewhat dense,
obconical bush, white at the top, 13-18 cm. broad, striate-
angled; leaves 5 to 6 cm. in length, rachis trisulcate; leajlets
5 to 8 mm. in length, in seven to nine pairs, oblong-lanceolate, .
obtuse or acute, smooth above, but with scattered, appressed
hairs beneath; stipules foliaceous, oblong lanceolate from a
deltoid clasping base: peduncles striate, not thicker than the
stems, abruptly capitate; flowers 10 to 15 mm. in length, erect;
calyx short-campanulate, the tube slightly pubescent with
white hairs, the linear teeth equalling in length the tube and
black-pubescent; corolla ochroleucous, tipped with purple;
legume 10 to 12 mm. in length, elliptic-ovate, strigulose pubes-
cent with white, spreading hairs, concave dorsally, bilocular,
four to eight seeded.
PATE re ptr, A MMI ie ee EDC We MMM Ma, Wiles my WE GUAR Ch Conse ert Mika WAN ag Fob ar
We els : Ope ais aie aa Saale Ait ads wie
bbe PS) OA Bh nan eae
166 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ! . a
Collected on the plains near Boulder, Colorado, H. N. Pat-
terson, July, 1892. This species has been referred to Astraga- |
lus hypoglotlis LINN., but the bushy habit and strigulose, dor-
sally concave legume are distinctive. :
:
§ 26. ULIGINOSUS.
Astragalus apertus n. n.
A. ervoides H. and A. Bot. Beechey. 417. 1841.
Tragacantha ervodes OK. Rev. Gen, Pl. 2:944. 1891.
Not A. ervoides Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 90. 1838.
A. hookerianus DtmrTR. Syn. Pl. 4: 1086. 1850.
Not A. hookerianus (T. and G.) A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 215.
1866.
Mexico.
Astragalus mortoni Nutr. Journ. Acad. Philad. 1:19.
1834.
. A. tristis NuTT in T. and G. Fl. 1: 336. 1838.
A. spicatus Nutt. in T. and G. Fl. 1: 336. 1838.
A. canadensis L. var. mortoni WATs. Bot. King. Rep. 5:68.
1871.
Tragacantha mortonti OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891. :
Wyoming, Montana, Idaho and Washington; south to Utah
and Nevada.
Astragalus accidens Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 22: 471.
1887.
Oregon.
Astragalus carolinianus Linn. Spec. 757. n. 9. 1753.
A. canadensis LINN. 756. n. 10. 1753.
Tragacantha canadensis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 1:210. 1891.
Quebec, Ontario, Hudson bay and Rocky mountains, to New
York, Georgia and Florida; west to the headwaters of the
Columbia river and the Saskatchewan; south in the mountains
to the Great Basin region; through Colorado, Minnesota, Ne-
braska, Kansas and Arkansas.
§ 27. MOLLISSIMUS.
Astragalus anisus JONES. Zoe. 4:34. 1893.
Colorado.
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 167
Astragalus layneae GREENE, Bull. Calif. Acad. 1l:n. 3.
156. 1885.
California.
Astragalus ‘yaquinus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 270.
1888.
Mexico.
Astragalus orizabae SEATON. Proc. Am, Acad. 28:117.
1893.
Mexico.
Astragalus humboldtii A. Gray. in Proc. Am. Acad. 6:
195. 1864.
Phaca mollis H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et. Sp. 6: 496. 1823.
Tragacantha mollis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891.
Not A. mollis Bres. FI]. Taur. 3:495. 1819,
a Persian species.
Mexico.
Astragalus orthanthus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:
195. 1866.
Tragacantha orthantha OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891.
Mexico.
Astragalus mogollonicus GREENE. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club. 8:97. 1881.
Arizona and New Mexico.
Astragalus bigelovii A. GRay. Pl. Wr. 2:42. 1853.
Tragucantha bigelowiti OK. Rev. Gen, Pl. 2: 943. 1891.
Colorado, Kansas, Texas and New Mexico.
Astragalus matthewsii Wars. Proc. Am. Acad. 18 :192.
1883.
New Mexico.
Astragalus mollissimus Torr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. 2:178.
1828.
Phaca villosa JAMES. Am. Phil. Soc. Trans. 2:186. 1825.
Not A. villosus GUELDENST. It. 2: 187. 1791,
asynonym of Astragalus pubiflorus DC. Astrag. 183. 1802,
a Siberian species.
Tragacanthu mollissima OK, Rey. Gen, Pl. 2:946, 1891.
Colorado to Nebraska, Kansas and western Texas.
168 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
§ 28. CHAETODONTUS.
Astragalus scaposus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13:
336. 1878.
A. candicans GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1:n. 3.156. 1885.
A. calycosus TORR. var. scaposus JONES. Zoe. 4: 26. 1893.
Utah and Arizona.
Astragalus calycosus Warts. Bot. King. Rep 5:66. 1861.
Tragacantha calycosa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 9438. 1891.
Utah, Nevada and California.
Astragalus austine A. GRAy. Bot. Calif. 1: 156. 1880.
Tragacontha austinae OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891.
California.
Astragalus lyallii A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:195._
1866. .
Tragacantha lyallii OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891.
British Columbia and Washington.
Astragalus spaldingii A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 524.
1866. :
A, chaetodon Torr. in A. Gray. Proc.Am. Acad. 6:194. 1866.
Not A. chaelodon BUNGE in Mem. Say. Extr. Acad. Petersb. 8: 272.
1851,
a species found in Turkestan.
Tragacantha spaldingii OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891.
Idaho and Washington.
§ 29. LENTIGINOSUS.
Astragalus platytropis A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:
526. 1866.
Tragacantha platytropis OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891.
California and Nevada.
‘
Astragalus diaphanus DouGu. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am.
Pe 15)... 1833:
Washington.
7
/
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 169
Astragalus salinus HOWELL. Erythea. 1:111. 1893.
Oregon and Washington.
Astragalus latus Jones. Zoe. 4:272. 1893.
A. diphysus A. GRAY, var. latus, JONES. Zoe. 3: 287. 1893.
Nevada.
Astragalus bajaensis n. sp.
Perennial, glabrous throughout or slightly puberulent; stems
3 to 5 dm. in length, decumbent or semi-erect and supported,
striate, rarely very slightly soft-pubescent with soft hairs,
diffusely branching: leaves 7 to 10 cm. in length, the rachis
sulcate; leaflets 8 to 15 mm. in length, in fourteen or fifteen
pairs, narrowly obovate-oblong, emarginate; stipules small,
deltoid-acuminate, reflexed; peduncles small, 3 cm. in length,
slender, subcapitately four to six flowered; flowers small, 6 to
7mm. in length, suberect; calyx narrowly campanulate, the
teeth nearly one-half the length of the tube; corolla ochroleucous;
legume 8 to 10 mm. in length, membranaceous, glabrous, ovate
with along, filiform tip, straight or slightly incurved, didymous,
the sutures meeting and uniting nearest the ventral, six to
eight seeded.
Collected near San Gregano, Lower California, February,
1879, by Mr. T. S.Brandegee, and communicated by Miss Alice
Eastwood of the California Academy of Sciences. The species
is nearest to Astragalus fremont T. and G..
Astragalus fremontii T. and G. Pac. R. Rep. 4:80.
excl. var.
A. ineptus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 7:525. 1868.
A. lentiginosus Dovuet. var. fremontiti WATS. Bot. King. Rep. 5:
66. 1871.
Nevada, Arizona and California.
Astragalus macdougali n. sp.
Perennial, glabrous or slightly pubescent when young; slems
2 to 2.5dm. high, erect or decumbent, striate, six to many
from a stout root, not branching; leaves 7 to 9 cm. in length,
the rachis striate, appressed pubescent; leaflets 10 to 12 mm. in
length, in six to nine pairs, narrowly obovate, obtuse or retuse;
stipules triangular falcate, acuminate, subsheathing, becoming
reflexed; peduncles 8 to 10 cm. in length, exceeding the leaves,
PERRIS Raut SNE ORS Cah ac ieee Ea
170 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES,
striate, racemosely six to sixteen flowered; flowers 13 to 16 mm.
in length, loosely spreading; calyx cylindrical, the slender-
subulate teeth one-third to one-half the length of the tube;
corolla ochroleucous, tinged with purple; legume 10 to 14 mm. in
length, coriaceous, glabrous, sessile, ovate, slightly arcuate,
strongly obcompressed, bilocular, few to many seeded.
Collected among rock debris near the top of Walnut canon,
near Flagstaff, Arizona, June, 1891, by D. T. MacDougal; also
at Bougharts Ranch, Arizona, June, 1893, in flower only by
Henry H. Rasby.
This species has heretofore been referred to Astragalus
diphysus GRAY, and Astragalus lentiginosus DouGL. It may
be considered as intermediate between the former and Astrag-
alus fremontit T. and G.
The type specimen is in the Herharium of the Minnesota
Geological and Natural History Survey, having been distrib-
uted by the U. S. National Herbarium as Astragalus diphysus
A. GRAY. The species is named for the collector, Mr. D. T.
Macdougal of the University of Minnesota.
Astragalus lentiginosus DouGL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst.
Gard. and Bot. 2:257. 1882.
A. lentiginosus Douau. var. floribundus A. GRAY. Proc. Am.
Acad. 6: 524. 1866.
Tragacantha lentiginosa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891.
British Columbia, Washington, Oregon, Nevada and Cali-
fornia.
Astragalus araneosus n. sp.
Perennial, glabrous throughout or slighty pubescent when
young; stems 1.5 to 3.4 dm. high, erect, very finely striate,
simple, ten to many from a thick root; leaves 5 to 7 mm. in
length, rachis slightly winged, not channelled or but slightly
so; leaflets 7 to 10 mm. in length, in seven or eight pairs,
fleshy, orbicular or obcordate, obtuse, retuse or emarginate;
stipules deltoid-acuminate, semi-sheathing below, reflexed;
peduncles 6 to 9 mm. in length, striate, capitately or subspi-
cately ten to twelve flowered; flowers 12 to 15 mm. in length,
erect-spreading or horizontal; calyx short-cylindrical, with a
few scattered, blackish hairs, the linear-spreading teeth one-
third to one-half the length of the tube; corolla whitish, tipped
with purple; legume 2.5 to 3.5 cm. in length, coriaceous, glab-
rous, minutely reticulated, sessile, ovate-lanceolate, arcuate-
ae
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 171
incurved with a long, acuminate incurved tip, both sutures
intruded so as to form a nearly bilocular cavity which is lined
throughout with fine cobwebby hairs, becoming smooth, eight
to ten seeded.
Collected near Frisco, Utah, June, 1880, by M. E. Jones;
also at Muddy station, John Day valley, Oregon, May, 1885, by
Thomas Howell.
This species is related to Astragalus diphysus A. GRAY, but
the resemblance is rather to Astragalus beckwithii Torr. It
may be taken as a good example of the impossibility of sepa-
rating the species on the invariability of the one or two celled
legume.
Astragalus diphysus A. Gray. Pl. Fendl. 34. 1849.
Tragacantha diphysa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891.
New Mexico, Colorado and Utah.
§ 30. CARNOSOCARPUS.
Astragalus tennesseensis A. GRAY in CHAPM. FI. S Sts.
98. 1860.
A. platiensis Nurr. var. tennesseensis A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad.
6:193. 1866.
Illinois to Tennessee and Alabama.
Astragalus plattensis Nutr. in T. and G Fl. 1: 382.
1838.
A, caryocarpus ToRR. in Ann. Lyc N. Y. 2:179. 1828.
Not A. caryocarpus KER. Bot. Reg. 2:176. 1816.
A. mexicanus A. GRAY. Pl. Lindh: 176. 1845.
Tragacantha plattensis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891.
Minnesota to Indiana and northern Alabama; west to Kansas,
Nebraska, Colorado and Texas.
Astragalus mexicanus A. DC. Pl. Rar. Gen. 4:16. 1827.
A. trichocalyxy NuTT. in T.andG. Fl. 1: 322. 1838.
Not A. trichocalye TRAuTY. in Act. Hort. Petrop. 4: 362. 1876.'"
Tragacantha mexicana OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1871.
Colorado to Missouri and eastern Illinois; south to Texas
and New Mexico.
14. This species may now be designated us: Astragalus petropolitanus 7. 1,
172 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus crassicarpus Nutt. in Fras. Cat. 1. 1813.
A. carnosus PuRSsH F]. Amer. Sept. 2: 740. 1814.
A. caryocarpus Ker. Bot. Reg. 2:176. 1816.
A, succulentus RicH. Frankl. Journ. 18. 1823.
A. pachycarpus T andG. Fl. N. Am. 1: 332. 1838.
Tragacantha caryocarpa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 943. 1891.
Sasketchewan to southwestern Texas; from Colorado to
Minnesota, Nebraska and Lowa.
§ OBSCURE SPECIES, THE RELATIONSHIPS OF WHICH ARE AS
YET UNDETERMINED.
Astragalus tepicus n. n.
A. ervoides H. and A. Bot. Beechey. Voy. 417. 1841.
Not A. ervoides Turcz. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 90. 1838,
a Mongolian species.
A. hookerianus DiETR. Syn. Pl. 4: 1086. 1850.
Tragacantha hookeriana OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891, in pt.
Not A. hookerianus (T. and G.) A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:215.
1866,
which is based on
Phaca hookeriana T. and G. Fl. 1:693. 1840.
Mexico: San Blas to Tepic.
Astragalus hosackiae GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. 1:n.
| 3.157. 1885.
Arizona.
Astragalus clevelandi GREENE. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.$:
121. 1882.
California.
Astragalus hoodianus HowrLu. Erythea, 1:111. 1893.
Oregon.
Astragalus conjunctus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 18:3871.
1883.
Oregon.
Astragalus sophoroides JONES. Zoe. 2:12. 1891.
Arizona.
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 173
Astragalus grallator Wars. Zoe. 3:52. 1892.
Colorado.
Astragalus greggii Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17:343.
1882.
Mexico.
Astragalus helleri FenzL. Bonplandia. 8:56. 1860.
Tragacantha helleri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891.
Mexico.
Astragalus hypoleucus ScHavu. Linn. 20:747. 1847.
Tragacantha hypoleuca OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891,
Mexico.
Astragalus insularis KELLOGG. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci.
n. 1:6. - 1884.
Cedros island off California.
Astragalus circumnudatus GREENE. Pitt. 1:173. 1888.
Lower California.
Astragalus moencoppensis JONES. Zoe. 2:12. 1891.
Arizona.
Astragalus nevini Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 21:412. 1886.
Island of San Clemente, off southern California.
Astragalus parvus Hemst. Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 1: 266.
1878.
Tragacantha parva OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 1:947. 1891.
Mexico.
Astragalus oxyrhynchus HEMSL. Biol. Centr. Am. Bot.
1:265, 1878.
Mexico.
Astragalus polaris BENTH. in Hook. Trans. Linn. Soc.
14: 323. 1824.
Oxytropis polaris SEEMAN. Bot. Voy. Herald. 45. 1852-57.
Tragacantha polaris OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891.
Eschscholtz bay, northern British America.
fake. m Py aL # ple? Si Ce Fey, Whee aoe nO PSG a Seen “% Ae RRSP eae eae Be ae ae eet a §. nt
- » re i t oF
¥ 4,
age 3 ns
i
174 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Astragalus quinqueflorus Wats. Proc, Am. Acad. 21:
450.
Mexico.
Astragalus rattani A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 19:75.
1883.
California.
Astragalus reptans WILLD. Hort. Berol. 2:88. 1816. .
Tragacantha reptans OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891.
Mexico.
Astragalus strigulosus H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et. Sp. 6:
494,
Traygacantha strigulosa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891.
Mexico.
Astragalus tolucanus Ros. and SEAT. Proc. Am. Acad.
28:104. 1893.
Mexico.
Astragalus pacificus n. x.
A. hendersoni WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 22:471. 1887.
Not A. hendersonti BAKER in Hook. FI. Brit. Ind. 2:120. 1879.
A. watsoni SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:
19. 1894.
Not A. watsoniana (OK.) SHELD. supra.
Oregon.
Astragalus supervacaneus GREENE. Erythea. 1:221.
1893.
California.
Astragalus breweri A. GRAay. Proc. Calif. Acad. 3:108.
Astragalus lindheimeri A. Gray. Pl. Wright 1:52.
Astragalus rothrockii n. sp.
Perennial, glabrous throughout; stems 5 to 6 dm. high, erect,
diffusely branching, striate, sometimes purplish mottled or
striate; leaves 6 to 10 cm. in length, the rachis nearly terete:
leaflets 5 to 18 mm.in length, in nine to 12 pairs, elliptical,
oblong or oblong-lanceolate, obtuse or rarely slightly retuse;
stipules triangular-acuminate, reflexed, becoming deciduous;
-
Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 175
peduncles 10 to 15 cm. in length, loosely subspicately twelve to
fifteen flowered; flowers 12 to 15 mm. in length becoming
- deflexed; calyx broadly campanulate, the filiform, spreading
teeth three fourths the length of the tube; corolla ochroleucous,
tinged with green: legume 2 to 2.75 cm. in length, short-ovate,
sessile, coriaceous, glabrous, finely transversely rugose veined,
unilocular, with both sutures intruded, so as to become nearly
bilocular, eight to ten seeded.
Collected in New Mexico, 1877, by Professor J. T. Rothrock;
also at Wabash ranch, eastern Arizona, July, 1892, by Pro-
fessor E. O. Wooton.
A.rothrockii is most peculiar among North American species
of the genus. In size and general appearance it is like A. fex-
anus SHELD., but its more minute characters seem to place it
with A. diphysus A. GRAY, although that species is completely
bilocular. It would form a good connecting link between the
two above species in a diagrammatic classification of the species
of Astragalus. The species is named for Professor J.T. Roth-
rock of the University of Pennsylvania, who first collected the
plant.
“-\
XVI. ON A NEW REGISTERING BALANCE.
ALEX. P. ANDERSON.
In the course of certain experiments on transpiration’ lately
conducted in the laboratories for plant physiology of. the
University of Minnesota it became apparent that to ascertain
the rate of transpiration for some length of time some self
registering mechanism that could be used to record the increase
in the weight of the absorber was necessary. With such an
appliance the periodicity (if any) in transpiration could be
determined, and a true transpiration curve plotted. After
_ repeated trials and alterations, such a registering balance has
been designed consisting essentially of a balance, one arm of
the beam of which is lowered by the increase in weight of the
calcium chloride absorber.
_As this arm is lowered a circuit is closed and an electro-
magnetic mechanism releases a weight which falls on the other
arm of the scale beam, or rather into its scale pan. Thus the
scale is balanced automatically, after an increase equal to the
weight used has taken place. At the same instant that the
weight is released it is recorded on the registering cylinder of
the recorder, which can be at any distance from the
balance itself. The scale and balancing mechanism are
enclosed in a case which entirely protects the whole from fall-
ing moisture.
The following detailed description will serve to illustrate the
action: The weighing apparatus consists of a platform scale
made especially for the purpose, and to fit the registering
mechanism. This scale is sensitive to one-fifteenth of a gram,
with a capacity of five kilograms. It has abeam eleven inches
long, the supports of which are screwed to an iron plate in the
bottom of the case, thus making the scale and case practically
one and both can be leveled and adjusted together. The brass
scale pans are seven inches in diameter and are carried by
brass supports, attached to the arms of the scale beam. The
scale bearings are of diamond steel.
178 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
The electro-magnetic balancing mechanism consists of a
weight holder and an electro-magnet, together with the contact
point on the scale beam, mercury cup, wiring, batteries and the
necessary fittings.
The weight holder is acoiled brass tube that holds about one
hundred and twenty-five weights. At the lower end of this
brass coil is a lever that can turn back and forth on pivot.
One end of this lever is connected by a link to the armature of
the magnet, and the other end, which is held in place by a
spring, when the circuit is open, has a weight pocket that takes
one weight from the weight tube each time the circuit is closed
and carries it laterally about five-sixteenths of an inch and lets
it drop, through a hole in the brass plate, on to the scale pan. a.
As soon as the circuit is opened again by the readjustment of
the scale beam the lever returns to its position and receives
another weight from the tube, and is again ready to drop it
into the scale pan as soon as the necessary increase in weight
to close the circuit at the other end of the beam has taken
place.
The -weight holder has a calibre one-sixteenth of an inch
larger than the diameter of the weights used. It is screwed to
the frame of the electro-magnet and extends upward and to
_the outside of the case for the reception of the new weights at
its exterior end. It is made air and water tight from the ex-
terior by means of a rubber stopper that fits into the case.
The weight holder can therefore be taken out and replaced by
one of greater or less calibre, depending upon the size of the
weights used, thus if two tubes, five-sixteenths and one-fourth
inch respectively, are used, two sets of weights can be put in,
viz.: one-fourth inch weighing about one gram, and three-six-
teenth inch weighing about one half a gram. Larger or
smaller sizes could be used, but for growth or transpiration the
above sizes are sufficiently delicate to give a good curve.
The weights used are steel balls, the same make and size as
are used in bicycle bearings. These are perfectly accurate,
not varying in diameter more than one two thousandths of an |
inch, and in weight on an average not more than one thous-
andth of a gram. Sets of these balls can of course be weighed
and verified by the experimenter himself.
The electro-magnet has a single coil, and one end of the core
is joined with the frame of the magnet which forms the return
magnetic circuit. The other end of the core is contracted in the
form of a paraboloid.
: Anderson: REGISTERING BALANCE. 179
The armature having a recess to correspond with this para-
---—*boloid, is placed between the two sides of the frame, being
____ pivoted at one end; the other end has a lever communicating
a with the weight dropping mechanism by a connecting link.
a This construction of the magnet gives a double magnetic cir-
es cuit of low resistance, and also a maximum pull and greater
___ range of movement of the armature. The current from a sin-
ie gle good carbon-zinc cell is sufficient to operate the weight
uo dropping mechanism. The current from the battery passes
~~ through the magnet to a mercury cup, thence through a pla-
tinum contact point on the scale beam to the binding post on
the case and back to the battery.
The case is twelve by eighteen inches and is made of ena-
melled sheet iron riveted to a frame work of wrought iron. The
edges of the sheet iron are turned in so as to make with the
frame work a groove on each side for two sliding glass doors.
Thus the whole inside of the registering balance can be seen
and watched from without, and either side of the case opened
as desired. The case is leveled by means of four milled headed
brass screws. A circular spirit level is placed on the iron
_plate immediately in front of the scale beam supports and thus
the entire apparatus can be leveled in a few moments. The .
whole case is made so that it can be used in a green-house or
ak ees
Ye
Rae oe ees
A
Pv
cei iets
=
ae
i oy
‘ in the open air without interference from moisture or rain.
> The registering balance can be used for registering any con-
d tinuous increase in weight. For transpiration a combined
BY calcium chloride and sulphuric acid absorber is placed on one
4 scale pan, and the previously dried air that takes up the trans-
: 3 pired moisture from the plant chamber (bell glass) is forced
i
through the absorber by means of an aspirator. Two light
pieces of rubber tubing connect the absorber with the plant
chamber and aspirator, by means of pieces of glass tubing in
rubber stoppers fitted into the case. The rubber tubes are
thus inside of the case and can not be disturbed by any outward
influence. They buoy up and down with the scale pan and
absorber. In balancing the scale for the beginning of an ex-
periment these pieces of rubber tubing are partly weighed and
continue to be a part of the weight on the absorber pan, but as
their weight is approximately constant no error results.
An attachment is made to the balance when used for weigh-
ing large fruits, which necessarily must be grown outside of
the case. This is made by elongating the scale pan support to
a
*
*
ee
»
*
i Nanas ae ps beak "MINNESOTA BOTANICAL srupiEs. a
errors usually attending this work, while it is of ae value i
HG work on growth increase of weight. f
Cas, See Plate VII
XVIL. ON A NEW ELECTRIC AUXANOMETER
a AND CONTINUOUS RECORDER.
ee W. D. Frost.
; a _ THE ELECTRIC AUXANOMETER.
_ In undertaking recently some work on growth in thickness
___ it was found that there was no available auxanometer suitable
for the exact needs of the line of experiments designed.
___ Pfeffer’s auxanometer was the best instrument within reach of
the writer, and while this is adapted for work with moderately
large plants it is too cumbersome for delicate ones, as the
-_-«counter-weight required to overcome the friction of the pulleys
‘Me is sufficient to produce abnormal conditions. In the measure-
i * ment of growth in thickness of stems, fruits, etc., it seemed
____ absolutely necessary that the whole instrument used should be
vattached to, and suspended from the plant, to avoid any error
caused by movements, such as twisting or bending, due to hel-
iotropism or geotropism.
as To meet these conditions the only contrivance which seemed
_ possible was one in which a very small increment of growth
_ should momentarily close an electric circuit by means of
some easily adjustable mechanism. The increment of growth
necessary to close the circuit being constant, successive
_ elosures of the circuit could, of course, easily be registered.
oe A working model was constructed upon this principle, and it
___ proved so successful that it has been put in permanent shape
by the instrument maker of the laboratory. It has further-
more seemed advisable to print here a description of it in ad-
_vance of the results from its use in investigations now in pro-
gress in the laboratories for plant physiology of the University
of Minnesota.
1 While it was originally intended for measuring growth in
thickness, yet it is equally efficient in measuring growth in
length. Its extreme lightness and delicacy make it especially
_ useful in measuring the growth of small plants, and since it is
182 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
constructed of aluminum, it can be used on plants while they
are under normal conditions of moisture, without injury to the
instrument. The auxanometer proper can be separated an in-
definite distance from the registering apparatus. Registrations
have already been made in the laboratory of the growth of
plants under natural conditions, 400 yards distant and in
another building.
The auxanometer consists of a ratchet-wheel on a steel
axis which also bears a series of small grooved wheels 1,
34 and 6 mm. in diameter, and a somewhat larger wheel
upon which is wound a thread bearing a counter-weight. The
diameter of the larger wheel, is about 5 cm. and the circum-
ference contains 144 notches. A ratchet which fits in the
notches of this wheel, is mounted on an axis similar to that of
the others, and has a long horizontal arm. This arm hasa
platinum tip. As the large wheel turns, the ratchet drops
into the notches in its circumference and the platinum tip is
lowered so that it touches a drop of mercury which is held in
a small cup on the arm of the frame. ‘This arm is insulated
from the rest of the instrument and is connected by means of a
small wire, to one pole of an electric battery. The other part
of the instrument is connected with the other pole of the
‘battery. The screw underneath enables the height of the—
mercury to be regulated, and consequently the length of time
which the current remains closed or open.
The frame work of the instrument is made of aluminum,
and entire weighs 15 gms. It may be attached to the arm of a
tripod support, and in this position can be used for measuring
growth in length, (as shown in Plate x). For measuring growth
in thickness the instrument can be fastened to the support and
held against the stem, or fruit, which is to be measured, or it
can be removed from the support and attached to the plant.
When attached directly it is held in place by aclamp. This
can be entirely removed and placed around the plant. It is
roughly adjusted in place by means of a catch, which fits into
the notches on the clamp. The fine adjustment is ac-
complished by a screw. When the apparatus is in place a silk
thread is fastened to the hook on the frame, passed around
the plant in the direction opposite the hands of a clock, so
that the thread may be in contact with the entire circumference
of the plant. The thread is then passed through a hole in the
axis of the auxanometer where it is securely fastened and the
o oS a fae i i MR a aa ‘) Pe Sel ey eo” ee ee
N
Frost: AUXANOMETER AND CONTINUOUS RECORDER. 183
counter-weight on the wheel is made sufficient to keep taut
the thread which passes around the plant.
As the plant increases in thickness the thread is unwound
& _ from the pulley upon which it was previously wound; and as
this turns, and the teeth of the Jarge wheel pass the ratchet,
the electric current is alternately opened and closed.
In measuring growth in length the instrument is supported
above the plant and the thread passed from the growing part
to the small wheels. If the smallest wheel is used, during the
growth of a millimeter, 46 registrations are made, that is to
say one-forty-sixth of a mm. in length causes the circuit to be
closed, while the largest wheel registers a growth of one-
seventh of a millimeter.
See Plate VIII,
THE CONTINUOUS RECORDER.
This part of the apparatus consists essentially of two rollers,
one of which is attached to a clock train, and as it revolves
winds upon itself a ribbon of paper on the other roller,
and an electro-magnet, to the armature of which is at-
tached a pen that presses against the paper on the second
roller. While the circuit remains open a continuous line is
traced near one edge of the paper ribbon. When the circuit is
closed the pen is drawn to the other side of the paper and the
length of the line traced there denotes directly the length of
- time that the circuit is closed.
The clock train is an eight day lever movement with strong
double springs. ‘The case which is seven inches in diameter
is finished in brass, and is so attached to the base that it can be
easily removed. Projecting through the front of the case is
the pinion by which the rollers are turned. This pinion re-
volves once in twelve hours, carrying with it the roller
made of brass carefully turned and balanced. It is
slightly less than four inches in diameter; thus the paper
moves at a rate of one inch per hour. It has quarter inch
flanges, and an arrangement by which the end of the paper is
held in place. On the outer surface of this roller is a dial
plate with the lettering opposite to that on an ordinary clock.
Upon the support is a pointer. By means of this arrangement
the time indicated by the clock can be read within a few min-
utes.
The second roller, with the exception of the dial, is exactly
similar to the first. Both are mounted on steel shafts, turned
184 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
to fit the bearings. The supports are made of brass and screwed
to a black walnut base, which is built of narrow strips to
prevent warping.
The paper ribbon on which the record is obtained is two-'
thirds of an inch in width and made in two lengths, one suffi-
ciently long to run four and the other eight days. Across the
upper surface of the paper ribbon is printed a series of lines
that divide the ribbon into hour spaces, which are numbered.
consecutively. These hour spaces are so ruled that the time
of registration can be read to one minute directly from the
ribbon.
A source of error arising from the fact that the paper as
it is wound on the first roller increases the circumference of
the roller, and causes the paper to move at an increased rate
as the paper continues to be wound up, is avoided by having
each successive hour-space longer than the preceding one. The
correction, however, is very slight on account of the thinness
of the paper used, and would amount to only six minutes at the
end of the eighth day.
’ The time marker consists of a pen made of brass, and large
enough to hold an amount of aniline ink sufficient for two
weeks registration. This pen is attached by means of a rolled
brass strip to the armature of an electro-magnet, which is .
hung on a hinge close to the base. Thus, as the armature
moves in response to the attraction of the magnet, or the pull
of a tension spring, the pen is drawn through a short hori-
zontal distance. The rod simply serves as a support to the
pen. The pen presses against the paper on the roller, and by
means of the milled nut it can be kept at any required pressure,
or can be withdrawn from the paper entirely when the latter
is to be removed or replaced.
When the circuit is open the armature is held back by the
tension spring, and the length of the brass strip is so arranged
that the pen then traces a line near the right hand side of the
ribbon, as it is shown in the plate. When the circuit is closed
the armature is attracted and the pen is pushed to the other
side of the paper ribbon, thus making a short line at right
angles to the length of the paper. If the circuit is immediately
opened the time of registration is marked simply by a single
cross mark. If, however. the circuit remains closed for some
time a line is traced on the left side of the paper.
In reading the record in this case the length of time elaps-
ing between two successive closures of the circuit, is indicated
Boas a distiiep batmadd thie ine successive forward movements
Ag f the pen, or, what is the same thing, the length of the line f,
~ traced while the circuit is closed, plus the length of the line _ P
_ made while the circuit is open, as any one notch passes the \
ratchet. ry
/
3 K The auxanometer | is connected with the registering appa-
; Ao and an electric battery. The battery is of a type suited
for a closed circuit. The two instruments may be placed upon
the same table, or they may be separated any distance, as
ut Pisa convenient for the operator. }
3 cts This recorder may also be used with many other kinds of
Pets wherever a continuous record is desired.
See Plate IX.
XVI. TITLES OF LITERATURE CONCERNING
THE FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN BY
PLANTS.
Dt. c MAG DOUGAL.
The relations sustained by plants to the nitrogen compounds
of the soil and water, and to the free nitrogen of the air form a
subject of gfeat biological import, and since aside from its
purely scientific aspect certain phases of the main question
are of vast practical interest they have attracted the attention
of the agriculturist and chemist as well as of the botanist.
The results of the investigations, from these various points
of view, which have been in progress for acentury, form a mass
of literature which is scattered through the journals and pro-
ceedings of the various branches of natural science in such
manner as to be very difficult of access to the student with
ordinary facilities.
Among this rich and withal unwieldy mass of literature the
part of especial interest to the botanist is that which concerns
the fixation of free nitrogen by the leguminous plants and the
organism found in the tubercles which characterize this group,
and the fixation of free nitrogen by green plants which do not
sustain mutualistic relations to the lower organisms.
The large number of controversies resulting from the attain-
ment of radically different conclusions from similar experiments
along certain lines of the work, in the hands of various investi-
gators, leads to the belief that safe generalizations can be made
from the restricted groups of facts thus obtained only when
confirmed by extended and parallel researches. To meet this
idea the references given below concern the points of central
interest to the botanist, beside a number of titles to ‘‘ nitrifica-
tion,” and to cases of mutualism and symbiosis which may
offer a comparison however distant with the relations existing |
between the leguminous plant and the tubercle organism.
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 187
The list is composed of titles which have been incidentally
- collected by Professor MacMillan and the writer, and are com:
prised in the card catalogue of the botanical department of the
University of Minnesota. Their presentation in this form is
for the purpose of making them still more readily available to
students and investigators in connection with this department,
and wherever this line of work is carried forward. It is pur-
posed to bring out a second installment of titles which the
writer in the limited time at his disposal was not able to prepare
for this number.
F _ Allen E. W. Leguminous plants for green manuring and for
feeding. U.S. Dept. Ag. Farm. Bull. No. 16. 1894.
Alpe and Menozzi. Bull. d. notize agrarie d. Ministere d’
Agric. No. 14. 1892.
Andre. See Berthelot.
Arcangeli. Sopra i tubercoli radicali delle Leguminose. Atti
del. real. Accad: d. Lincei, 7: Fasc. 6, 223. 1891.
Atkinson G. F. Science Cont. Ala. Ex. Sta. 1:1. 1889.
Atkinson G. F. The genus Frankia in the United States. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club 19:171 1892.
Atkinson G. F. Tubercles of Ceanothus. Bot. Gazette
16: 262. 1891.
Atkinson @. F. Contributions to the biology of the organism
causing leguminous tubercles. Bot. Gazette 18: 157,
226, 257. 1893.
Atkinson G. F. Symbiosis in the roots of the Ophioglossacez.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 20:356. 1898.
Atwater and Rockwood. On the loss of nitrogen during germ-
- ination and growth. Am. Chem. Jour. 8:327. 1868.
_ Atwater W. 0. On the assimilation of atmospheric nitrogen
by plants. Rep. Brit. A. A. S. 685. 1884.
Atwater W. 0. Absorption of atmospheric nitrogen by plants.
Am. Chem. Jour. 6:365. 1885; also, 12:526. 1891;
also, 13:42. 1891.
Atwater and Woods. Atmospheric nitrogen as plant food.
Conn. Storrs Ag. Ex. Sta. Rep. 2:11. 1889; also,
3:12. 1890.
Atwater and Woods. The fixation of free nitrogen by plants.
Conn. Storrs Ag. Ex. Sta. Rep. 5:17. 1892.
Atwater W. 0. On the liberation of nitrogen from its com-
pounds, and the acquisition of atmospheric nitrogen
by plants. Am. Chem. Jour. 8:398. 1868.
188 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Atwater and Woods. Absorption of atmospheric nitrogen by — ,
. plants. Am. Chem. Jour. 13:42. 1991.
Babes, Cornil et. Bacteries du sol. Les Bacteries, 1: 2138.
1890.
Bary A.de Morphologie und Physiologie der Pilze, Flechten
und Myxomyceten. 1866.
Bary A. de Die Erscheinung der Symbiose. 1879.
Benecke F. Ueber die Mykorhiza. Biol. Centralb. 4: 758, 781.
1888.
Benecke F. Ueber die Knéllchen an den Leguminosen-Wurz-
eln. Bot. Centralb. 29:53. 1887.
Berg F. Das nitrificierende Ferment des Bodens. Sitzungsb.
Naturf. Ges. Dorpiit. 10: No.1. 1892.
Berggren S. Om rotbildningen hos australa Coniferer. Bot.
. Notiser. 144. 1887. .
Berthelot. Sur l’absorption de l’azote libre par les principes.
immédiats des végétaux sous Vinfluence de l’electricité.
Jour. f. Pharm. 24:488. 1876.°
Berthelot. Sur l’absorption de l'azote libre par les principes
immédiats des végétaux sous l’influence de l’electricité
atmospherique. Compt. rend. 83:677. 1876.
Berthelot. Sur l’absorption de l’azote libre par les principes.
immédiats des végétaux sous l’influence de l’electricité.
Ann. d. Chim. et Phys. 10:55. 1877.
Berthelot and Andre. ‘‘Nitrates in plants.” Jour. f. Pharm.
et Chim. 1884.
Berthelot. Fixation directe de l’azote atmospherique libre par
certaines terrains argileux. Compt. rend. 101: 1885.
Berthelot and Andre. Sur les principles azoteés de la terre
végétale. Compt. rend. 103:1101. 1886.
‘Berthelot. Sur la fixation directe de azote gazeux cle l’atmos-
phere par les terres végétales. Compt. rend. 104:205.
1887.
Berthelot. Sur la fixation de l’azote gazeux de l'atmosphere
par les terres végétales, avec le concours de la végé-
tation. Compt. rend. 104:625. 1887.
Berthelot. Experiences nouvelles sur la fixation de l’azote et
par certaines terres végétales et par certaines plantes.
Compt. rend. 106:372. 1888.
Berthelot. Sur quelques conditions generales de la fixation
de l’azote par la terre végétale. Compt. rend. 106: 569.
1888.
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 189
Berthelot. Sur la transformation dans le sol des azotates en
composes sacle al azotes. Compt. rend. 106:638,
1888.
Berthelot. Observations sur la fixation de l’azote par certaines
sols et terres végétales. Compt. rend. 106: 1049. 1888.
Berthelot. Sur la fixation de l’azote par la terre végétale.
Compt. rend. 106:1214. 1888.
Berthelot. Experiences nouvelles sur la fixation de l’azote par
certaines terres végétales et par certaines plantes.
Ann. d. Chim. et Phys. 16. 1889.
Berthelot and Andre. Faits pour servir 4 Vhistoire des prin-
cipes azotes renfermes dans la terre végétale. Ann. d.
Chim. et Phys. 6 ser. 25:314. 1892.
Berthelot. Sur la fixation de l’azote dans les oxydation len-
tes. Compt. rend. 108:5438. 1889.
Berthelot. Fixation de l’azote par la terre végétale nue ou
avec le concours des Leguminéuses. Compt. rend.
108: 700. 1889.
Berthelot. Recherches nouvelles sur la fixation de l’azote par
la terre végétale. Influence del electricité. Compt.
rend, 109:281. 1889.
Berthelot. Sur les relations de l’azote atmospherique avec la
terre végétale. Compt. rend. 109:345. 1889.
Berthelot. Sur la fixation de l’azote atmospherique. Compt.
rend. 109:417. 1889.
Berthelot. Observations sur la formation de l’ammoniaque et
de composes azotes volatils aux dépens de la terre
végétale et des plantes. Compt. rend. 109:419. 1889.
Berthelot. Remarques sur la formation des azotates dans les
végétaux. Compt. rend. 110:109. 1890.
Berthelot. Observations sur la note precedente de Schloesing
fils et Em. Laurent. Compt. rend. 111:753. 1890.
Berthelot. Observations sur les reactions entre la terre végé-
tale et ’ammoniaque tea ae Compt. rend.
111:558. 1890.
Berthelot and Andre, Faits pour servir a l’histoire des prin-
cipes azotes renfermes dans la terre végétale. Compt.
rend. 112:189. 1891.
Berthelot. Nouvelles recherches sur la fixation de l’azote par
les microbes. Compt. rend. 1156:569. 1892.
Berthelot. Recherches nouvelles sur les micro-organismes
fixateurs de l’azote. Compt. rend, 116:842. 1893,
‘| \ , ¢ t ’
190 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Berthelot. Observations relativus a une note de Winograd-
sky Sur l’assimilation de l’'azote gazeux de l’atmosphere
par les microbes. Compt. rend.°116:1388. 1893."
Berthelot. Nouvelles recherches sur les micro-organismes
fixateurs de l’azote. Ann. d. Chim, et Phys, 30:419.
1893.
Berthelot. Nouvelles recherches sur la fixation de l’azote
atmospherique par les micro-organismes. Ann. d.
Chim. et Phys. $0:411. 1898.
Berthelot. Sur une methode destinee a ¢tudier les echanges
gazeux entre les étres vivants et l’atmosphere que les
entoure. Compt. rend, 118:112.. 1894.
Berthelot. Nouvelles observations sur les composes azotes
volatils emis par la terre végétale. Compt. rend.
118:195. 1894.
Beyerinck M. W. Die Bacterien der Papilionaceen-knéllchen.
Bot. Ztg. 46: 725, 741, 757, 780, 797. 1888.
Beyerinck M. W. Wurzelknospen. Verh. d. koninkl. Akad v.
Wetensch. te Amsterdam. 25:—. 1887. See also 1890.
Beyerinck M. W. Kiinstliche Infektion von Vicia faba mit
Bacillus radicicola: HErnihrungsbedingungen dieser
Bacterie. Bot. Ztg. 48:838. 1890.
Beyerinck M. W. Over ophooping van atmospherische Stick-
stoff in culturen van Bacillus radicicola. Vers. en
Meded. der koninkl. Akad. van Wetensch. te Amster-
dam. Afd. Natuurkunde, Hft. 3:460. 1891.
Bohme K. Stickstoff-ernihrung der Leguminosen. Separat
1892. Dresden. ;
Bolley H. B. Notes on root tubercles of indigenous and exotic
Legumes in virgin soil of Northwest. Ag. Science
Hoos, . 1898.
Bonnier G. La Constitution des Lichens. Jour. d. Bot. 1:1.
1887.
Bonnier G. Germination des spores de Lichens sur les proto-
némas des Mousses. Rev. Gen. d. Bot. 1:165. 1889.
Bonnier G. Recherches sur la synthese des Lichens. Ann. d.
Sc. Nat 7ser. 9:1. 1889. :
Bonorden H. F. Handbuch der Allgemeinen Mykologie. 1851.
Bordier M. H. ‘‘Nitrification.” Mem. Sc. Phys. et Nat. Bor-
deaux 5:185. 1890.
Borgreve. Zusatz zu: Braun zur Mycorhiza Frage. Forstl.
Blads> 205 , 1889.
* ee
) alae
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE -NITROGEN. 191
Bouche. Zur Unterscheidung des Phaseolus vulgaris und Ph.
multiflorus Lam. Bot. Ztg. 10:735. 1852.
Boudier. Du parasitisme probable de quelques espéces du
genre Elaphomyces et de la recherche de ces Tubér-
acés. Bull. d. Soc. Bot. d. France, 23:—. 1876.
Bouquet. Eine neue Hypotheses des Absorptions der Stick-
stoff durch Pflanzen. Jour. Ag. Practique. 1888.
Boussingault J. B. Recherches chimiques sur la végétation
enteprises dans le but d’examiner si les plantes pren-
nent de l’azote de l’atmosphere. Ann. Sc. Nat. 10: 257.
18387.
Boussingault J. B. Recherches chimiques sur la végétation
enterprises dans le but d’examiner si les plantes pren-
nent de l’azote de l’atmosphere, Compt. rend. 6: 102.
1838 and 7:138. 1838.
Boussingault J. B. Recherches chimiques sur la végétation
enteprises dans le but d’examiner si les plantes pren-
nent de l’azote de l’atmosphere, Ann. d. Chim. et Phys.
67:35. 1838 and 69:353. 1838.
Boussingault J. B. Recherches chimiques sur la végétation
enteprises dans le but d’examiner si les plantes pren-
nent de l’azote de l’atmosphere, Jour. f. Prakt. Chem.
14:193. 1838, and 16:385. 1839.
Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation, etc. Ann.
d. Chim. 41:5. 1854, and 43:149. 1855.
Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation, etc. Ann.
Sc. Nat. 1:241. 1854.
Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation, etc. Jour.
d. Pharm. 26:127. 1854.
Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation. _ Compt.
rend. 38: 580, 607. 1854, and 39:601. 1854.
Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation. Ann. d.
Chim. 46:5. 1856.
Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation. Ann. Sc.
Nat. 2:357. 1854,
Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation. Jour f.
Prakt. Chem. 62:108, 181. 1854, and 63:418. 1854.
Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur l’influence que l’azote
assimilable des engrais exerce sur la production de la
matiere vegetale. -Compt. rend. 44:940. 1857, and
45:833. 1857.
192 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur linfluence que l’azote
assimilable des engrais exerce sur la production de la “si
matiere vegetale. Ann. Sc. Nat. 7:5. 1857.
Boussingault J. B. Agronomie, Chemie, Agricole et Phy-
-siologie 1:198. 1860, and 2:340. 1861. ;
Boussingault J. B. Sur la nitrification de la terre végétale.
Compt. rend. 76:22. 1873.
Boussingault J. B. Sur la nitrification de la terre végétale.
Ann. d. Chim. et Phys. 29:186. 1873.
Boussingault J. B. Sur l'infiuence que la terre végétale exerce
sur la nitrification des substances azotes d’origine or-
ganique employees comme engrais. Compt. rend.
82:477. 1876. Also, Ann. d. Chim. 8:5. 1876.
Boutin. Note sur l’origine des nitrates dans l’Amarantus bli-
tum. Compt. rend. 82: No. 25. 1876.
Boutroux L. Sur la fermentation panaire. Compt. rend.
112:203. 1891. Seealso Ann. d.Chim.et Phys. 1892.
Boutroux L. Reveux des travaux sur les bacteries et les fer-
mentations. Rev. Gen. d. Bot. 16:30. 1894.
Bowman J. E. On the parasitical connection of Lathraea
squamaria and the peculiar structure of the subter-
ranean leaves. Trans. Linn. Soc. 16:399. 1833.
Braun. Zur Mycorhiza Frage. Forstl. Bl 13:204. 1889.
Breal E. Ann. Agron. 1888.
Breal E. Observations sur la fixation de l’azote atmos-
pherique par les Légumineuses dont les racines portent
des nodosités. Compt. rend. 107:372. 1888. ’
Breal E. Fixation de l’azote par les Légumineuses. Compt.
rend. 109:670. 1889. 110:670. 1890.
Breal E. Bindung des Luftstickstoffs durch Kresse (Tropae-
olum). Ann. Agron. 18:369. 1893.
Brefeld 0. Bot. Untersuchungen. 1883.
Brefeld 0. Untersuchungen auz dem Gesammtgebiete dee
Mykologie, 8. 1877. And 7%. 1888.
Bruchmann H. Ueber Anlage und Wachstum der Wurzeln
von Lycopodium und Isoetes. Jen. Zeitschr. f. Naturw.
New Ser. 1:522. 1874.
Bruchmann H. Die Dichotomie der Wurzel von Pinus sylves-
tris. Jen. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. New Ser. 1:572. 1874.
Bruchmann H. Das Prothallium von Lycopodium. Bot. Cen-
tralb..21: 23, 309. 1885.
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 193
x - Brunchorst B. Ueber die Knéllchen an der Wurzeln von
Ei | Alnus und den Eleagnaceen. Bot. Centra lb. 24: 222.
i. 1885.
vad Brunchorst B. Ueber die Knéllchen an den Leguminosen-
go wurzeln. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 3: Hft. 7, 241: 1885.
a Brunchorst B, Ueber einige Wurzelanschwellungen, besond-
as ers diejenigen von Alnus and Hlaeagnaceen. Unter-
at SS ae
a ae"
Lola’
~
~~ FO
~
aa at an
sim a
}
a
,
a
i S
ie
q
>
PG
eh NY Pe ere
feo: og Ba “
ts
tn 22
We ee ee
-
= pe ae Arse a ioe eet es fe
such. Bot. Inst. z. Tubingen, 2:151. 1886.
Brunchorst B. Die Struktur der Inhaltskirper in den Zellen
einiger Wurzelanschwellungen. Sep. a. Bergens Mus.
Arsberetning, 235. 1887.
Buscalioni. Si contengono bacteri nei tubercoli radicati delle
Leguminose. Malphigia 1:21, 464. 1887.
Cloez S. Recherches experimentales sur la nitrification et sur
la source de l’azote dans les plantes. Compt. rend
41:935. 1855.
Cloez 8. Lettre a M. Chevreul concernant les experiences de
M. Ville sur la question de l’assimilation de l’azote de
lair par les végétaux. Compt. rend. 41:775. 1855.
Cloez S. Recherches experimentales sur la nitrification et sur
la source de l'azote dans les plantes. L’Institute 23:
417. - 1855.
Cloez 8. Recherches experimentales sur la nitrification et sur
la source de l’azote dans les plantes. Jour. f. Prakt.
Chem. 68:188. 1856.
~ Cloez 8. See Gratiolet.
Clos D. Ebauche de la rhizotaxie 1848. Paris.
Clos D. Du collet dans les plantes et de la nature de quelque
tubercles. Ann. d. Sc. Bot. 3:18. 1849.
Clos D. Du collet dans les plantes et de la nature de quelques
tubercules. Ann. Sc. Nat. 18:5. 1850. See also
Soc. Philom. Proc. Verb. 34. 1850.
Clos D. Revision des tubercles des plantes et des tuberculoides
des Légumineuses, Mem. d. 1]’Acad. d. Toulouse 9 ser.
5. 1. 1893.
Canevari A. La nutrizione delle piante il terreno e la conci-
mazione, L'Italia agricolia 19. 1887.
Chevreul E. Sur le role de l’azote atmosphérique dans
Veconomie végétale. Compt. rend. 107:1460. 1888.
Chuard E. Sur I’ existence de phénoménes de nitrification
dans les mileux riches en substance organiques et a
reaction acids. Compt. rend. 114:181. 1892.
ae ae Woe, oye + Pes hy ee Wes PDN soli ae ~ or 4
i i aha
194 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Cohn F. Ueber parasitic Algen. Beitr. z. Biol. 1: Hft. 2:87.
1872.
Cohn F. Zur Geschichte der Leguminosenknéllchen. Centralb.
f. Bakt. u. Par-Kunde. 10: No 6, 190. 1891.
Coignet J. De l’absorption de l’azote par les végétaux. Ann.
d. 1. Soc. d’agr. d. Lyon, 5 Ser. 2: 233. 1888.
Condamy A. Etude sur Vhistoire naturelle dela Truffe. 1876.
Conn H. W. Nature of the root tubercles of leguminous
plants. U. S. Ex. Sta. Rec. 2:686. 1890 and 1891,
and $: 56. 1891 and 1892,
Conn H. W. Free nitrogen assimilation. Bull. Torr. Bot.
: Club 20:148. 1898.
Corda A. K. J. Icones Fungorum hucusque cognitorum. 18387,
1854.
Cornil et Babes. Bacteries du sol. Les Bacteries 1: 213.
1890.
Cornu. Commission du Phylloxéra. 1876.
Cornu. Etudes sur le Phylloxéra vastatrix. 1878.
Coudon Muntz. and La fermentation ammoniacale de la terre.
Ann. Agron. 19: 209. 1893.
Crochetelle et Dumont. Sur la nitrification des terre de
prairie, Compt. rend. 117:670. 1893.
Dangeard. Note sur les Mycorhizes endtropiques. Le Botan-
iste Ser. 2, 228. 1891
De Candolle. Prodromus Syst. Nat. Reg. Veg. 2:312. 1825.
Deherain P. P. Sur l’absorption de l’azote par les plantes.
Bull. Soc. Chim. 16:2. 1871.
Deherain P. P. Sur l’intervention de l’azote atmospherique
dans la vegetation. Compt. rend. 73:1852. 1891.
And 76:1890. 1873.
Deherain P. P. Sur Vintervention de Padote atmospherique
dans la vegetation Bull. Soc. Chim. 19:538. 1873.
Deherain P. P. Sur l’intervention de l’azote atmospherique
dans la vegetation. Jour. d. Pharm. 18:95. 1873.
Deherain P. P. Sur l’intervention de l’azote atmospherique
dans la vegetation. Ann. Sci. Nat. 5 Ser. 18:147.
1873.
Deherain P. P. Sur Vintervention de l’azote atmospherique
dans la vegetation. Chem. News. 29:271. 1874. —
Deherain P. P. Sur l’enrichessement en azote d’un sol main-
tenu en prairie. Compt. rend. 101. 1885.
Deherain P. P. Le travail du sol et la nitrification. Ann
Agron. 19:401. 1898.
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 195
Deherain P. P. Le travail de la terre et la nitrification.
Compt. rend. 116:1091. 1893.
Delpino. Osservazioni sopra batteriocecidii la sorgente l’azote
in una piante-Galega officinalis. Malphigia 2: 385.
1888.
De Saussure. Recherches sur la vegetation. 206. 1604.
Detmer. Physiol. Chem. Unters. uber Keimung 68. 1875.
Devaux. Circulation passive de lazote dans les végétaux.
Jour. d. Bot. 5:180. 1891.
Devaux. Les echanges gazeux d’un tubercle, representes
schematiquement par un appareil physique, Bull.
Soc. Bot. d. France. 37:257. 1891.
Devaux. Atmosphere interne des tubercules et racines tuber-
culeuses. Bull. d. Soc. Bot. d. France. 37:272. 1890.
De Vogue. Fixation de lazote ammoniacal sur la paille.
Compt. rend. 115: 25. 1892.
De Vries. Wachstumgeschichte des roten Klees. Landw.
I Jahrb. 6: 933. 1877.
Douliot et van Tieghem. Recherches comparatiyes sur
l’origine des membres endogenes dans les plantes vas-
culaires. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 7 Ser. 8:1. 1888.
Drouin. See Gautier.
Duchartre P. Note surlHypopitys multiflora Scop. Ann. d.
Sc. Nat. 3 Ser. 6:29. 1846.
Duclaux. La distribution de la matiere organique et des
microbes dans le sol. Ann. Inst. Past. 7: 823. 1893.
Duhamel du Monceau. La Physique des Arbres. 1758.
Dumont et Crochetelle. Sur la nitrification des terres de
prairie. Compt. rend. 117:670. 1893.
Drobnig. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Wurzelknillen. Inaug.
Diss. 1892. Rdéstock.
Drude 0. Die Biologie von Monotropa Hypopitys L. und Neot-
tia Nidus avis L. 1873. Gottingen.
Ehrenberg A. Weitere Untersuchungen tieber die Frage nach
dem Freiwerden von gasformigen Stickstoff bei Faul-
niss—processen. Zeitschr. f. phys. Chem. 11: Hft. 5.
1887.
Eidam KE. Ueber Pilzenentwickelung in den Wurzeln der
Orchidaceen. Jahresber. d. schles. Ges. f. vaterl.
Cultur. 67:297. 1879.
Emmerling A. Untersuchungen iiber die Stickstoffernihrung
der Pflanzen. Mitt. a. d, Lab.d. Versuch. Sta. i. Kiel.
Hft.1. > 1879, :
196 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Emmerling A. Studien iiber die Eiweissbildung in der Pflanze.
Landw. Vers. Sta. Abh.1. 1879.
Eriksson J. Studier 6fver Luguminosernas rétknoler. Doc-
tordiss. Lund. 1874.
. Also, Acta Univ. Lund. 10. 1878.
Farlow. Tubercles on Leguminous Roots. Garden and For-
est 1:1385,. 1888.
Fink K. Die Mikroorganismen in der Ackerkrume. Fihling’s
Landw. Ztg. 48:48, 853. 1898.
Fitz A. Stickstoffquelle fiir Mucor. Deut. Chem. Rev. 8:1540.
1876.
Fisch Rees. und Untersuchungen iiber den Bau und Lebens-
geschichte der Hirschtruffel-Elaphomyces. Biblioth.
Bot. Hft. 7.1. 1887.
Frank. Ueber die biologische Verhiltnisse des Thallus
einiger Krustenflechten. Cohn’s Beitr. z. Biol. d
Pflanzen. 2:123. 1876.
Frank. Ueber die Parasiten in den Wurzelanschwellungen
der Leguminosen. Bot. Ztg. 37: 377, 398. 1879.
Frank. Handbuch der Pflanzenkrankheiten. 131, 647, 674,
748. 1880.
Frank. Ueber die auf Wurzelsymbiose beruhende Ernihrung
gewisser Bitume durch unterirdische Pilze. Ber. d,
deut. Bot. Ges. 3: 128. 1885.
Frank. Neue Mittheilungen fiber die Mycorhiza der Biume
und der Monotropa hypopitys. Ber. d. deut. Bot.
Ges. 3: ——. 1885.
Frank. Mikroorganismen des Erdbodens Ber, d. deut. Bot.
Ges. 4: Hft. 8. 1886.
Frank. Ueber die Quellung der Stickstoffnahrung der
Pflanzen. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 4:2938. 1886. ;
Frank. Sind die Wurzelanschwellungen der Erlen und Elae-
. agnaceen Pilzgallen? Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 5:50.
1887.
Frank. Ueber neue Mykorhiza Formen. Ber. d. deut. Bot.
Ges. 5:395. 1887.
Frank. Ursprung und Schicksal der Saltpetersaure in der
Pflanze. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 5.472. 1887.
Frank. Ernihrung der Pflanzen mit Stickstoff, und ueber den
Kreislauf desselben in der Landwirtschaft. Sep.
1888. Berlin.
i
ee a a Se Se eg a Fe ee ee es SNe a PATENT. ety wie Sok,
_ Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 197
Frank. Ueber den Hinfluss welche das Sterilisiren des Erd-
boden auf die Pflanzenentwickelung ausiibt. Ber. d.
deut. Bot. Ges. 6:—. 1888.
Frank. Ueber die physiologische Bedeutung der Mycorhiza.
Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 6: 248. 1888.
Frank. Untersuchungen iiber die Erniihrung der Pflanze mit
Stickstoff. Landw. Jahrb. 18:419, 496. 1888.
Frank. Was niitzen den Waldbiiumen die Wurzelpilze. Forst.
Bl. Jan. 1. 1889.
Frank. Ueber den Experimental Nachweis der Assimilation
freien Stickstoffs durch erdboden bewahnenden Algen.
Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 7:34. 1889.
Frank. Ueber die gegenwartige Stamm unserer Kenntnisse
der Assimilation elementaren Stickstoffs durch die
‘Pflanze. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 7: 234. 1889.
Frank. Pilzsymbiose der Leguminosen. Sep. 1890. Berlin.
Frank. Pfianzenphysiologie, 120. 1890. Berlin. .
Frank. Ueber Assimilation von Stickstoff aus Luft durch
Robinia Pseudacacia. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 8: 292.
1890.
Frank und Otto. Untersuchungen uber Stickstoffsassimila-
tion in der Pflanze. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 8:3381.
1890.
Frank und Otto. Untersuchungen iber Stickstoffassimila-
tion in der Pflanze. Naturw. Wochen Schr. 6: 215.
1891.
Frank. Neue Stimmen iiber die Stickstofffrage. Deut. Landw.
Presse, 21:119. 1894.
Frank. Inwieweit ist der freie Luft-Stickstoff fir den Er-
nihrung der Pflanzen verwerthbar? Deut. Landw.
Presse, 18:779. 1891.
Frank. Ueber einege neue Versuche betreffs der Stickstoffs-
_ assimilation in der Pflanze. Deut. Landw. Presse.
18:403. 1891.
Frank. Ueber die auf Verdauung von Pilze abzielende Sym-
biose der mit endotropic Mykorhizen begabten Pflan-
zen sowie, der Leguminosen und Erlen. Ber. d. deut.
Bot. Ges. 9:244. 1891.
Frank. Ueber die auf den Gasaustausch beztiglichen Einrich-
a: tungen und Thitigkeiten der Wurzelknéllchen der
Leguminosen. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 10:271. 1892.
Frank. Lehrbuch der Botanik 1:574. 1892.
ore. **- (ge Fo *
"+> . oe -
ns hee ey,
/
ee |
Se A OC LPO Oh
198 » MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Frank. Die Assimilation freien Stickstoffs bei den Pfanzen
. in ihrer Abhingigkeit von Species, von Ernhirungs- |
Verhaltnissen und von Bodenarten. Landw. Jahrb. 21:
Hft. land 2. 1892.
Frank. Noch ein Wort zur Stickstoff-Frage. Deut. Landw.
Presse, 20:183. 1893.
Frank. Die Assimilation des freien’ Stickstoffs durch die
Pflanzenwelt. Bot. Ztg. 51:Abth 1. 188. 1898.
Frank. Sur l’importance des Mycorhizes dans la nutrition
des plantes humicoles. Rev. Eaux et Forets 38: 122.
1894,
Frank. Die Bedeutung der Mycorhiza die gemeine Kiefer.
Forstwiss. Centralb. April. 1894.
Frankland E. Chemical changes in their relations to Micro-
organisms. Rep. Brit. A. A.S. 681. 1884.
Frankland P. and.G. €. The nitrifying process and its spe-
cific ferment. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. 47:296. 1890.
Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 181:107. 1891.
Frankland P. Micro-organisms in their relation to chemi-
‘cal change. Nature 46:1385. 1892.
Fries E. Sclerotium. Systema Mycologicae 2:250. 1823.
Fries Th. M. Om Vaxtbolag. Sartryck ur Svensk Tidskrift.
1892.
Fromberg P. F. H. On the source of carbon and nitrogen in
plants as derived from the soil. Jour. Ag. 2:41. 1847.
Gain. Influence de l’humidité sur le development des nodosités
des Leguminosae. Compt. rend. 116:1894. 1893.
Gasparini G. Osservazioni sulla struttura dei spongiolari
di alcune piante leguminose. Lette all. Ac. di.
Napolli. 1851.
Gasparini G@. Richercha sulla natura dei succiatoria la
escrezione delle radici. 1856.
Gautier et Drouin. Recherches sur la fixation de l'azote par
le sol et les végétaux. Compt. rend. 106: 754, 863,
944, 1098, 1174, 1232, 1460, 1605. 1888.
Gautier und Drouin. Fixirung von Stickstoff durch den
Boden und die Gewasser. Chem. Centralb. 1: No. 8.
1892.
Gautier et Drouin. Remarques sur le mecanisme de la fixa-
tion de l’azote par le sol et les vegetaux. Compt,
rend. 114:19. 1892.
bbe toe, _
a Oe ot ae Oe ~~ as Pe _@ js + = i
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 199
Gautier und Drouin. Fixirung des atmosphiireschen Stick-
stoffes durch Boden und Pflanze. Chem. Centralb. IL:
No. 11. 1892.
Gibelli G. La malattia del castagno, ozzervazioni esperiene.
1879.
Gibelli G@. Nouvelles etudes sur la maladie du Chataignier
dite maladie de l’encre. Arch. d. Biol. Ital. 3: 122.
Gibelli G. Nuova studisulla malattia del castagno detta dell’
inchiostre. 18838. Bologna.
Gilbert. See Laws.
Gilbert. Einige neue Ergebnisse betr. d. Stickstoff Quelle d.
Pflanze. Chem. Centralb. No. 46. 1886.
Godlewski E. Zur Kenntniss der Nitrification. Anzeig. Akad.
Wiss. in Krakau. 1892.
Goebel K. Ueber Prothallium und Keimpfianzen von Lycopo-
dium inundatum. Bot. Ztg. 45:161. 1887.
Goebel K. Zur Keimungsgeschichte der Farne. Ann. d. Jard.
Bot. d. Buitenzorg. 7:74. 1888.
Goebel K. Morphologische und Biologische Studien. 4. Ueber
Javanische Lebermoose. Ann. d. Jardin. Bot. d. Bui-
tenzorg 9:6. 1891.
Gottsche €. M. Anatomischphysiologische Untersuchungen
- tiber Haplomitrium Hookeri. Verh. d. kais. Leop.
Car. Akad. d. Naturf.12: Abth. 1. 265. 1843.
Gottsche ©. M. Ueber das Genus Monoclea. Bot. Ztg. 15: 281.
1857.
Gottsche C. M. Uebersicht und kritische Wurdigung der seit
dem Erscheinen der Synopsis Hepoticorum bekannt
gewordenen Leistrungen in der Hepoticologie. Bot.
Ztg. Beilage 16:140. 1858.
Gratiolet et Cloez. Recherches experimentales sur la végéta-
tion des plantes, submergees. Ann. d. Chim. et Phys.
32:41. 1851.
Gratiolet et Cloez. Recherches experimentales sur la végé-
tation des plantes submergees. Jour. f. Prakt. Chem.
52: 275. 1851, and 53:181. 1851.
Gravis A. Observationes anatomiques sur les excroissances
des racines de l’aume. Bull. d. 1. Soc. d. Bot. d.
Belgique. 18: Pt. 1. 50. 1879.
Gravis A. Note sur les excroissances des racines de l’aune.
Compt. rend. d. l. seance men. d. 1. Soc. roy. d. bot.
Belgique. 1880.
200 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Gregory E. Notes on some botanical reading done in the :
laboratory of Professor Schwendener in Berlin, in ~
June and July, 1889. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 16: 297.
1889. ;
-Grosglik S. Die Mycorhiza. Wszechswiat 4:725. 1885._ 4 a
Warschau. :
Halsted B. D. Nitrogen assimilation in clover: A hint. Bull.
Bot. Dept. Ag. Coll. Iowa. Feb., 1888. ;
Hariot P. Sur une Algue qui vit dans les racine d. Cycad.
Compt. rend. 115: 325. 1892.
Hartig R. Ueber die symbiotische Erscheinungen im Pflan-
zenleben. Bot. Centralb. 25:350. 1886.
Hartig R. Die pfianzliche Wurzelparasiten. Allg. Forst. u.
Jagdztg. April. 118. 1888.
Hartig R. Die pflanzliche Wurzelparasiten. Centralb. f. Bakt.
u. Par.-kunde. $:1, 19, 58, 91, 118. 1888.
Hartig R. Lehrbuch der Anatomie und Physiologie der
Pflanzen. 1891.
Hartig R. Lehrbuch der Baumkrankheiten. 2Ed. 1889.
Hartig Th. Jahresberichte iiber die Fortschritte der Forst-
wissenschaft und forstliche Naturkunde. 1837.
Hartig Th. Vollstahdige Naturgeschichte der Forstlichen |
Kultur-Pflanzen. 365. 1851. ,
Hartig Th. Luft-Boden und Pfianzenkunde in ihrer Anwen-
dung auf Forstwissenschaft (und Gartenbau). Lehr-
buch der Forster. 8th Ed. 1:1840. 9th Ed. 1851. 11th
Ed. 1877. :
Hartig Th. Ueber das sogenannten Absterben der Haarwur-
zeln (racines chevelues Duham.) Bot. Ztg. 21:289. 1863.
Hartig Th. Anatomie und Physiologie der Holzpflanzen.
1878.
Harting P. und Gunning. Onderzoekingen over de bron der
Stickstoff voor de Planten en het ammoniak gehalte
der damp-kringslucht. Amsterdam Verslag. Akad.
soe, don.
Harting P. Tegenbedenkingen op het betoog von der Herr *
G. J. Mulder van Waar pekomen de niet bemesten
Planten hare Stickstoff ? Amsterdam Verslag. Akad.
3: 89. 1855.
Harting P. Recherches concernant l’assimilation de l’azote
de lair par les végétaux. Compt. rend. 41:924. 1855.
Harz C. 0. Ueber vergleichende Stickstoffdiingungsversuche.
Bot. Centralb. 33:218. 1888.
ars. ed
aes
les
Sent
Pte
“d
ee
ath hae
~
= y
<
Te
=
\e ;
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 201
Heiden E. Ueber das Absorptions-Vermégen des Bodens und
die Aufnahme der Pflanzen Nahrstoffe in der Pflanze.
Ann. Landw. 41:111, 227, 348. 1863.
Hellriegel and Wilfarth. Absorption of nitrogen by plants.
Bied. Centralb. 228. 1888.
Hellriegel. Welche Stickstoff Quellen stehen den Pflanzen zu
Gebote? Tageblatt d. Naturforscher Versamml. z
Berlin 290. 1886.
Hellriegel und Wilfarth. Untersuchungen uber die Stickstoff-
nahrung der Gramineen und Leguminoseen. 1888.
Berlin.
Hellriegel. Ueber die Beziehungen der Bakterien zu der Stick-
stofferniihrung der Leguminosen. Zeitschr. f. d. Ver.
f. Riibenzucker Industrie d. deut. Reiches. 241. 1886.
Also, Nov. 1888.
Hellriegel. Ueber die Stickstoffniihrung landwirtschiftliche
Cultur gewiichse. Bericht. Wien. 1890.
_ Hellriegel und Wilfarth. Erfolgt die Assimilation des freien
Stickstoffs durch die Leguminosen unter Mitwirkung
niederer Organismen? Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 7: 138.
1889.
Hellriegel H. Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatze von B. Frank
‘‘Ueber den Hinfluss welchen das Sterilisiren der Erd-
bodens auf die Pflanzenentwickelung ausiibt.” Ber. d.
deut. Bot. Ges. 7:131. 1889.
Henschel G. Ist die zu Mycorhizabildungen fiihrende Sym-
biose an jungen Fichtenpflanzen schidlich? Oéest.
Vierteljahrschr. f. Forstwesen. 118.. 1887.
-Hiltner. See Nobbe, Schmid and Hotter.
Hoffman H. Ueber Bacterien. Bot. Ztg. 27:265. 1869.
Hofmeister W. Allgemeine Morphologie der Gewachse. 1868.
Hotter. See Nobbe, Schmid and Hiltner.
Houzeau A. Faits pour servir a l’histoire de la nitrification.
Compt. rend. 68:821. 1869.
Houzeau A. Faits pour servir a Vhistoire de la nitrification.
Ann. d. Chim. 25:161. 1872.
Immendorf. Beitrage zur Lisung der Stickstoff frage. Landw.
Jahrb. 21: Hft. 1 and 2. 1892.
Irmisch. Beitrage zur Biologie und Morphologie der Orch-
ideen. Leipzig. 1853.
Jackson €. T. Existence of nitrogen in plants; its origin in
animals. Boston Med. and Sc. Jour. 63: 289. 1860.
202 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Jager G@. Ueber eine krankhafte Veriinderung der Bluthen ie
Organe der Weintraube. Flora 43:49. 1860.
Janezewski E. V. Zur parasitische Lebensweise des Nostoc —
lichenoides. Bot. Ztg. 30:73. 1872.
Janczewski E. V. Das Spitzenwachstum der Phanerogamen-
wurzeln. Bot. Ztg. Vorl. Mitth. $2:118. 1874.
Jodin F. V. Du role physiologique de l’azote. Compt. rend.
§5:912. 1892. -
Johow F. Die Chlorophyllfreien Humusbewohner West In-
diens, biologisch-morphologisch dargestellt. Pring-
sheim’s Jahrb. f. Wiss. Bot. 16: 445. 1885.
Johow F. Die chlorophyllfreien Humus pfianzen nachi hren
biologischen und anatomischen entwickelungsge-
schichten Verhiltnissen. Pringsheim’s Jahrb. f. Wiss.
Bot. 20: 475. 1889.
Jounson. Studier sfver algaparasitism hos Gunnera L.
Bot. Notiser. Hft. 1:1. 1894.
Joergensen A. Bidrag til Rodens Naturhistorie. Bot. Tidsskr.
10:144. 1878. ;
Joergensen A. Korkdanelsen paa Roden. Bot. Tidsskr. 11:
1351879;
Jumelle H. Recherches physiologiques sur les Lichens. Rey.
Gen. d. Bot, 4:49, 108, 159, 220, 259, 320. 1892.
Kamienski Fr. Die Vegetationsorgane der Monotropa
hypopitys. Bot. Ztg. 39:457. 1881.
Kamienski Fr. Les organs vegetatifs du Monotropa hypopi-
tys Mem. d. 1. Soc. Nat. d. Sc. Nat. d. Cherbourg.
24: 1882.
Kamienski Fr. Ueber symbiotische Vereinigung von Pilzmy-
celium mit den Wurzeln héherer Pflanzen. Arbeit. d.
St. Petersb. Naturf. Ges. 17:34. 1886.
Keller. Die Wurzelknéllchen der Leguminosen. Biol. Cen-
tralb. 9:97. 1889.
Kellner 0. Ueber den Gehalt einiger Wurzelgewiichse an
Stickstoffhaltigen Nicht-Proteinstoffen. Deut. Landw.
Presse No. 82. 1880.
Kellner und Yoshii. Ueber die Entbindung freien Stickstoffs
bei der Faulniss und Nitrification. Zeitschr. f. Phys.
Chem. 12:95. 1888.
Kerner von Marilaun A. Schmarotzer, etc. Pflanzenleben 1:
52, 59, 147, 224, 553, 556, 695, 711, 728, 729, 730: 1890:
Also '2277).83, 445, 1891,
et Ment eee
~
ee
a Ng
7 ae
-
’
Se TS ee Pe Be ees | Pee
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 208
Kionka H. Die Wurzelknillchen der. Leguminosen. Biol.
Centralb. 11:282. 1891.
Klebahn H. Die neuesten Untersuchungen uber die Wuyrzel-
knéllchen. Humboldt 148. 1890.
Klein und Szabo.* Zur Kenntniss der Wurzeln von Aesculus
hippocastaneum L. Flora 63:147, 163. 1880.
_ Kny L. Ueber parasitische Algen. Bot. Ztg. 31:139. 1873.
_ Kny L. Ueber die Wurzelanschwellungen der Leguminosen
und ihre Erzeugung durch Hinfiuss von Parasiten.
Sitzungsber. d. bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brandenburg 21:55.
1879.
Kny L. Zudem Aufsatze des Herrn Prof. B. Frank ‘‘ Ueber
Parasiten in den Wurzelnanschwellungen der Papil-
ionaceen.” Bot. Ztg. 37:537. 1879.
Kny L. Ueber eigenthiimlich Durchwachsungen an den Wur-
zelhaaren zweier Marchantiaceen, untersucht von Dr.
Bottger. Sitzungsber. d. Prov. Brand. Jan. 1879.
Koch und Mayer. Ueber die Aufnahme von Ammoniak durch
oberirdische Pflanzentheile. Bied. Centralb. f. Landw-
Sept. Hft. 1873.
Koch A. Zur Kenntniss der Fiiden in den Wurzelkniéllchen
der Leguminoseen. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 5:111. 1887.
Koch A. Zur Kenntniss der Fiiden in den Wurzelknéllchen
der Leguminoseen. Bot. Ztg. 48:597. 1890.
Koch und Kossowitsch. Ueber die assimilation von freien
Stickstoff durch Algen. Bot. Ztg. 51:321. 1898.
Koenig. Stickstoff Vorrat. 1887.
- Kolaezek. Lehrbuch der Botanik. 3741. 1856.
Kossowicz. Die Herkunft des Stickstoffs in den Pflanzen.
Mitth. Landw. Akad. zu Petrowsky 13:61. 1890.
Kossowitsch P. Durch welche Organe nehmen die Legumi-
nosen den freien Sticksotff auf. Bot. Ztg. 50: 697, 713,
729, 745, 771. 1892.
Kossowitsch P. Untersuchungen iieber die Frage ob die
Algen freien Stickstoff fixiren. Bot. Ztg. 52:97. 1894.
Kostycheff. ‘‘The formation and properties of vegetable
mould.” St. Petersburg Soc. Nat. Bot. 20:123. 1889.
Kuhn V.R. Untersuchungen iiber die Anatomie der Marattia-
aceen und andere Gefiiss-Kryptogamen. Flora 72: 457.
1889.
Lachmann J. Ueber Kndllchen der Leguminosen. Landw.
Mittheil. Zeitschr. d. K. Lehranstalt und Versucht sta.
37. 1856.
Serre,
204 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Lachmann J. Knollen an den Wurzeln der Leguminosen.
Chem. Centralb. ‘No. 18. 1892.
Laurent E. Sur le microbe des nodosités des Loguminguaeet
Compt. rend. 111:750. 1890. i
Laurent E. Experiences sur la production-des nodosités chez.
le pois a la suite d’inoculations. Bull. d. 1. Acad. Roy.
d. Belgique 8Ser. 1: No. 6. 764. 1890.
Laurent E. Expériences sur la réduction des nitrates par les
végétaux. Ann. Inst. Past. No. 7:22. 1890.
Laurent E. Recherches sur les nodosites radicles. Ann.
Inst. Past. 5:105. 1891.
Laurent E. Experiences sur la reduction des “hibeasee par les”
vegetaux. Rev. Mycol. 16:25. 1894.
Laurent. See Schloesing. a
Lawes and Gilbert. On the present position of the questionof
the sources of nitrogen in vegetation, with some new —
results, and preliminary notice of new lines of investi- ©
gation. Proc. Roy. Soc. 42: No. 256. 1886.
Lawes, Gilbert and Pugh. Assimilation of nitrogen by plants.
Rep. Brit A. A.S. 51. 1852.
Lawes and Gilbert. On the sources of the nitrogen of vegeta-
tion, with special reference to the question whether
plants assimilate free or uncombined nitrogen. Proc.
Roy. Soc. 10:544. 1859-60.
Lawes and Gilbert. On the sources of the nitrogen of vegeta-
tion, with special reference to the question whether
plants assimilate free or uncombined nitrogen. Phil.
Trans. 481. 1861. Chem. Soc. Journ. 1:100. 1863.
Lawes and Gilbert. On assimilation of nitrogen. Chem.
News, 6:127. 1868.
Lawes and Gilbert. Assimilation of nitrogen by plants. Journ.
d. Pharm. 44:281. 18683. ,
Lawes and Gilbert. Sources of nitrogen in vegetation. Proc.
Roy. Soc. 43:108. 1887.
Lawes and Gilbert. On the present question of the sources of
nitrogen in vegetation, etc. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc.
London, 180:1-107. 1888.
Lawes and Gilbert. Fixation of free nitrogen. Proc. Roy. Soc.
47:No. 1, 85. 1890.
Lawes and Gilbert. New experiments on the question of the
fixation of free nitrogen. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. 47:
85. 1890.
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 205
_ Lawes and Gilbert. Experiments on root tubercles and the
. fixation of atmospheric nitrogen. Abth. f. Ag. Chem.
-u. Landw. Ver. d. Ges. deut. Naturf. u. Aerzte. Halle
Sept. 1891.
Lawes and Gilbert. Sources of nitrogen in leguminous plants.
Jour. Rey. Ag. Soc. 3 Ser. 2:657. 1892.
_ LeComte H. Note sur le Mycorhiza, Bull. d. Soc. Bot. d.
France 34:30. 1887.
Leone und Magnanimi. Nitrification des organischen Stick-
stoffs. Chem. Centralb. 1: No. 5. 1891.
Leone T. Nitrificazione e denitrificazione nella terra végétale.
Gaz. Chim. ital. 20:149. 1890.
Leplay H. Sur la formation des acides organiques, des
matieres organiques, azotées, et du nitrate de potasse,
etc. Compt. rend. 106:1020. 1888.
Levy J. Beitrag zur Lehre von d. .Stickstoffaufnahme der
Pflanzen, Dissertation. 1889. Halle.
- Lehman C. Origin of nitrogen in plants. Physiol. Chem. 3:
184, 1854.
My * Liebig J. von. Die organische Chemie in ihrer Anwendung auf
. Agricultur und Physiologie. 4:164. 1842. Braun-
schweig.
Liebig J. von. Die Pflanze, Liebig Annalen 121:165. 1862.
Liebig J. von. Ueber die Stickstoff-haltigen Nihrungsmittel
m” des Pflanzenreichs. Liebig Annalen 39:129. 1841.
Liebig J. von. Ueber die Stickstoff-haltigen Nihrungsmittel
A des Pflanzenreichs Ann. d. Chem. 4:186. 1842.
. Liebig J. von. Ueber die Stickstoff-haltigen Nihrungsmittel
5 des Pflanzenreichs. Sturgeon Ann. Electr. 10:483.
‘gf 1843.
_ Liebig J. von. Ueber die Stickstoff-haltigen Nahrungsmittel
E des Pflanzenreichs. Taylor Sc. Mem. 3:244. 1843.
¥ Liebscher. ‘‘ Assimilation of nitrogen by leguminous and non-
a ‘ leguminous plants.” Deut. landw. Presse No. 104.
1080. 1892.
Liebscher. ‘‘A contribution to the nitrogen question.” Deut.
landw. Presse 419. 1898, and Jour. Landw. 41:139.
1893.
_ Liebscher. Nochmals die Stickstoff-frage. Deut. Landw.
; Presse. 20:1037. 1893.
a Link H. F. Grundlehre der Anatomie und Physiologie der
a Pflanzen. 1807.
Link H.F. Grundlehre der Krauterkunde. 1837.
Ae a ee eee say APR ee ee? ee YS ee ae NE
: wy
eh wee
TMiig ERR Ree RE PDs WEA TET C NR TER eee he ea
Tt y eae IL Ue A a Wii PB LUNDA 5" Labnit WSS i"
206 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Loew 0. Ueber die Ernihrungsweise des nitrificirenden Spalt-
pilzes Nitromonas. Bot. Centratb. 46: 222. 1891.
Loew 0. ‘‘ Nitrification by a Schizomycete.” Bot. Ver. Mun-
chen. April 20. 1891.
Loew 0. The synthetical powers of micro-organisms, Science ~
23:144. 1894.
Lonay A. la question de l’azote et culture les Léguminéuses,
1889. Nivelles.
Lotsy J. P. A contribution to the investigation of the assim-
ilation of free atmospheric nitrogen by White and
Black Mustard. Dept. Ag. Bull. 18. 1894.
Lotsy J. P. On the assimilation of free nitrogen by plants.
Johns Hopkins Univ. Cir. 18: No. 101, 30. 1894.
Lundstroem A.N. Om mycodomatier pa _ papilionaoernads
rotter. Bot. Notiser No. 5. 1887.
Lundstroem A. N. Ueber symbiotische Bildungen bei den
Pflanzen. Bot. Centralb. 28: 282. 1886.
Lundstroem A. N. Ueber Mycodomatien in den Wurzeln der
Papilionaceen. Bot. Centralb. 33:159, 187. 1888.
Also Naturv. Studentsiillsk. April 28, 1887. Upsala.
Lundstroem A. N. Vort. Pflanzen biologische Studien 2:71.
Lundstroem A. N. Einige Beobdachtungen ueber Calypso
borealis. Bot. Centralb. 38:697. 1889.
MacDougal D. T. Nitrogen assimilation by Isopyrum biter-
natum. Minn. Bot. Stud. Pt. 2. 39. 1894.
Magnanimi, Leon und, Nitrification des organischen Se
stoffs. Chem. Centralb. 2: No.5. 1891.
Magnus P, Nostoc lichenoides nicht parasitic. Bot. Ztg. 31:
. Zo) 183!
Magnus P. Durch Parasiten veranlasste Wurzelauswachse.
Sitzber. d. Bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brand. 79. 1877.
Magnus P, Ueber Schinzia cypericola in d. Wurzeln von Cy-
perus flavescens und Juncus bufonius. Verhandl. d.
Bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brand 21. 1879.
Magnus P, Drei neve Pilze. Ver. d. bot. Ver. f. d. Prov.
Brand. 20:50. 1878. Also 22:119. 1880. .
Magnus P, Wurzelanschwellungen des Rubus Idaeus. Ber. a.
d. Hauptversamml. d. Bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brand. z.
Berlin October 29, 1881.
Magnus P. Ueber einige Arten der Gatt. Schinzia Ber d.
deut. Bot. Ges. 6:100. 1888.
Cie
oon Be
= x ef c=
See ee ae stp
St a
4
Pc Th gi ee a ee
=
> toe
a - — =>
4 ale Cl
=
pe
~
EL ee ee PU ae ee a ee ee ee, ee ee ee
Pee a etl
;
q
:
;
a
+
can
}
ut
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 207
Magnus P. Das Auftreten der Schinzia cypericola P. Magn. in
Bayern und einiges tiber deren Verbreitung in Europa.
Separat. 1893. Berlin.
Malphigi. Anatomie plantarum pars sec. de Gallis. Op. 2: 126.
1687. Leiden.
Marcano et Muntz. Sur la formation des terres nitreés dans
les regions tropicales. Jour. d. Pharm. et. Chem. 5
Ser. 12:No.6 1885.
Marchal E. Sur la production de l’ammoniaque dans le sol
par les microbes; also Ann. d. 1. Soc. Belg. d. Mic. 18:
69. 1893.
Marchand L. Sur une Nostochineé parasiteé. Bull. Soc.
bot. d. France 26: 336. 1879.
Masse G. On the structure and functions of the subterranean
parts of Lathraea squamaria. Jour. Bot. 24: 257. 1887.
Mattei. Ancora sull’ origine della Vicia faba. 1887. Bologna.
Mattirolo 0. Sul parassitismo dei Tartuffe sulla quistione
delle Mycorhizae, Malphigia 1: Fasc. 8, 9. 1887.
Mattirolo 0. Si contengono bacteri nei tubercoli radicali
delle Leguminose. Malphigia 1: Fasc. 10, 464 and 11,
536. 1887.
Mattirolo 0. Sur le parasitisme des truffes et sur la question
des Mycorhiza. Arch. Ital. Biol. 9:218. 1888.
Mattirolo 0. Sur le parasitisme des truffes et sur la question
des mycorhizes. Arch. Ital.d. Biol. 9. 1888.
Mayer A. Lehrbuch der Agriculturchem. 8rd Ed. 1: 163. ——.
-MeMurtrie. Notes on absorption of nitrogenous nutriment by
the roots of plants. Proc. Brit. A. A. 8. 139. 1887.
Mene ©. Experiences sur l’influence d. gaz dans la végéta-
tion, Dingler polytech. Jour. 119:453. 1851.
Mene C. Experiences sur l’influence du gaz azote dans la végé -
tation. Compt. rend. 32:180. 1891.
Menozzi. See Alpe. °
Merker P. Gunnera macrophylla Blum. Inaug. Diss. Mar-
burg, 1888. Flora 72: 211. 1889.
Meyen J. Ueber das Hervorwachsen parasitischer Gebilde
aus den Wurzeln anderer Pflanzen. Flora 12: 49.
1829.
Meyer A. Ueber die Knollen der einheimischen Orchideen.
Archiv. d. Pharmacie 24. 1886.
Milde. Notizen zur Kenntniss von Anthoceros und Blasia.
Bot. Ztg. 9:629. 1851.
208 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Miles. Die nitrifizirenden Mikroben, Chem. Centralb. No
47. 1887. Pie .
Miles. Biological factors in the nutrition of farm crops. a 5
A. A. A. S. 488. 1890. .
Millon E. Nitrification. Chem. News 2:No. 56. 263, 337. 1860.
See also Compt. rend. 17: 452, 470.
Millon EK. Theorie chimique de la nitrification. Jour. d. Pharm
38:325. 1860.
Millon E. Note sur la nitrification, etc. Compt. rend. bts 819.
1860.
Millon E. De la nitrification en la Algerie. Jour. de Pharm.
38:246. 1860.
Millon E. Theorie chimique de la nitrification. Compt. rend.
51:548. 1860.
Millon E. Theorie chimique de la nitrification. Chem. News
2:337. 1860.
Millon E. Nitrification. Chem. News. 82. 1864.
Moebius. Ueber endophytic Algen. Biol. Centralb. 11: 546.
1891.
Moebius. Conspectus algarum endophyticum. La Notarisia 6:
1221, 1279, 1291. 1891.
Moeller H. Plasmodiophora Alni. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 3:
102. 1885.
Moeller H. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Frankia subtilis.
Brunch. Ber.d. deut. Bot. Ges. 8:215. 1890.
Moeller H. Bemerkungen zu Frank’s Mittheilung urber den
Dimorphismus der Wurzelknélichen der Erbse. Ber. d.
deut. Bot. Ges. 10:242. 1892. .
Moeller A. Ueber die Cultur flechtenbildener Ascomyceten
ohne Algen, Inaug. Diss. Miinster. 1887.
Moreck. Ueber die Formen der Bakterioiden bei der einzelnen
spezies der Leguminosen. Inaug. Dissert. 1891.
Leipzig. :
Morren €. Experiences sur l’absorption de l’azote par les ani-
malcules et les algues. Compt. rend. 38:932. 1854.
Morren €. Experiences sur l’absorption de l’azote par les ani-
malcules et les algues. Ann. Soc. Nat. (Zool.) 1:389.
1854.
Mulder G. H. Ueber die condensation des Stickstoffs aus der
Atmosphire in der Ackererde und ueber das Hrnih-—
rungsvermiégen der organische Bestandtheile des
Bodens fiir die Pfianze. Jour. f. Prakt. Chem. 32: 344.
1844.
:
_
¢
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 209
7
Mulder G. H. Ueber die Quelle des Stickstoffs in den Pflanzen.
Flora 28:239. 1845.
- Mulder G.H. Van Waar bekommen die niet bemeste planten
hare Stickstoffs. Amsterdam. Verslag. 3:61. 1855.
Mulder G. H. Versuch einer Phys. Chem. 751.
Muller P. E. Bemerkungen ueber die Mycorhiza der Buche.
Bot. Centralb. 26:22. 1886.
Muntz, See Schloesing.
Muntz A. De quelques faits d’ oxydation et de reduction,
produits par les organismes microsc. du sol. Journ. d.
Pharm. et d. Chem. 5 Ser. 12: No. 6. 1885.
Muntz and Marcano. Sur la formation des terres nitreés dans
les regions tropicales. Journ. d. Pharm. et d. Chem. 5
Ser. 12: No. 6. 1885.
Muntz A. Ueber einige Oxidation und Reduction durch Mik-
roorganismen im Boden. Chem. Centralb. No. 387.
1885.
Muntz A. Ueber d. Bildung d. saltpeterhaltigen Erden in den
Tropen. Chem. Centralb. No. 37. 1885.
Muntz A. Sur la decomposition des engrais organiques dans
le sol. Compt. rend. 110:1206. 1890.
Muntz A. Sur la decomposition des engrais organiques dans
le sol. Compt. rend. 110:1026. 1890.
Muntz A. Du role des engrais verts comme furnures azoteés.
Compt. rend. 110:972. 1890.
Muntz A. Sur la formation des nitrates dans ia terre. Compt.
rend. 112:1142. 1891.
Muntz A. Sur la formation des nitrates dans la terre. Compt.
rend. 112:11438. 1691.
Muntz and Coudon. La fermentation ammoniacale de la terre.
' Ann. Agron. 19: 209. 1893.
N. H. J. M. The fixation of free nitrogen. Nature, 24:41.
1890.
Naegeli. Botanische Beitriige: Pilze im Innern von Zellen
Linnaea 16:278. 1842.
Naegeli. Erniihrungsmechanismus der niederen Organismen.
Sitzber. d. Miinch. Akad. July, 1879.
Naegeli. Ernihrung der niederer Pilze durch Kohlen und
Stickstoffverbindungen. Bot. Mittheil. 3:395. 1881.
Nathusius. Symbiose der Waldbiume mit Mycorhiza. Zeit-
schr. f. Naturw. 62:Hft.6 1890.
Nicolai. Das Wachstum der Wurzel. Schr. d. phys.-ikin.
Ges. z. Koenigsberg. 7:35, 78. 1875.
et fet yee eae! aa Bes Mat Oath PERF N.Y ENP Lee Oe OF i ee Te Mf eat! f ay.
210 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Bh
Noack F. Ueber Micorhizende-bildende Pilze. Bot. Ztg.
447:389. 1889.
Nobbe F. Vegetationsversuche in Boden mit lokalisirten
Nathrstoffen.. Landw. Ver. Sta. 6:98. 1868.
Nobbe F. Ueber die Stickstoffernihrung der Leguminosen.
Verhandl. d. Ges. Deut. Naturf. und Aerzte. Ver-
samml z. Bremen, 2:551. 1890.
Nobbe F. Stickstoffernihrung der Leguminosen. Chem. Cen-
tralb. 1: No. 6. 1891.
Nobbe, Schmid, Hiltner and Hotter. Versuche ueber die Stick-
stoffassimilation der Leguminosen. Landw. Ver. Sta. —
39:327. 1891
Nobbe, Schmid, Hiltner and Hotter. Ueber die physiologische
Bedeutung den Wurzelknéllchen von Eleagnus angus-
tifolius. Landw. Ver. Sta. 41:1388. 1892.
Nobbe, Schmid, Hiltner and Hotter. Ueber die Verbreitungs-
fihigkeit der Leguminosen Bacterien im Boden.
Landw. Ver. Sta. 41:187. 1892.
Nobbe and Hiltner. ‘‘The interchange between leguminous
plants and the bacteria causing root tubercles.”
Sichss. Landw. Zeitschr. 165. 1893.
‘Oliver F; W. On Sarcodes sanguinea. Ann. Bot. 4:303.
1890.
Otto R. Die Assimalation des freien atmosphiirischen Stick-
stoffes durch die Pflanze. Bot. Centralb. 46:387.
1890. Also, 47:62, 128, 175. 1891.
Otto. See Frank.
Penzig 0. Die Krankheit der Edelkastanien und B. Frank's
Mykorhiza. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 3:301. 1885.
Persoon. Traité sur les champignons comestibles. 1818.
Petermann A. ‘‘Contribution a la question de l’azote.”” Mem.
d. 1’ Acad. Roy. d. Belg. 1891. ®
Petermann A. Beitrige zur Stickstoffrage. Abstract. Chem.
Centralb. 1:988. 1893. Ibid. 2:889. 1892. Ibid.
3:No. 20. 1892. .
Petermann A. Contribution a la question de l’azote. Mem. d.
l Acad. roy. d. Belg. 47. 1892.
Petermann A. Contribution a la question de l’azote. Bull.
Acad. Roy. Belg. 8, Ser. 25: 267. 1893.
Pfeffer W. Ueber Fleischfressende Pflanzen und ueber die
Ernahrung durch Aufnahme organischer Stickstoff
ueberhaupt. Landw. Jahrb. 6:969. 1877.
Pfeffer W. Pflanzenphysiologie 1: 239. 1880.
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 211
_ Pfeiffer A. Die Beziehungen der Boden Capillaritit zum
Transport von Bacterien. Zeitschr f. Hyg. 1:394. 1886.
Pfeiffer A. Antwort auf die Entgegnung des Herrn Dr. Soyka,
ete. Zeitschr. f. Hyg. 2:239. 1887.
Pfeil W. Wunschenwerthe Abbildung der Baumwurzeln wie
sie sich nach dem Alter des Baumes in verschiedenen
Boden andern. Krit. Bl. f. Forst. u. Jagdwiss. 25: 255.
1848.
Pfeil W. Recension von Schacht’s ‘‘Beitrige zur Anatomie
und Physiologie der Gewiichse.”” Krit. Bl. f. Forst. u.
Jagdwiss. 35:51. 1855.
Pichard P. Influence dans les terres neues des propor-
tions d’argile et d’azote organique sur la fixation
d’azote atmospherique, sur la conservation de l’azote
et sur la nitrification. Compt. rend. 114:81. 1892.
Pichi. Alcuue osservazione sui tubercoli radicali delle Leg-
; uminose. Atti della Soc. Tose. di Sc. nat. 1888.
Pott. Untersuchungen iiber Wachstumisverhaltnisse der Leg-
: uminoseen. Landwirtsch. Versuchssta. 25:Hft. 1
ie and 2.
Poulsen V. A. Bidrag til Triuridaceernes. 1886.
Poulsen VY. A. Triuris majorn.sp. Et Bidrag til Triurida-
ceernes Naturhistorie. Bot. Tiddskr. 17:293. 1890.
Prantl K. Untersuchungen ueber die Regeneration des Veg-
etationspunktes an Angiospermwurzeln. Arbeitld.
bot. Inst. z. Wiirzburg. 1:546. 1874.
Prantl K. Die Assimilation freien Stickstoff und der Parasitis-
mus von Nostoc. Hedw. 28:135. 1889.
Prazmowski. Ueber die Wurzelkniéllchen der Leguminosen.
Bot. Cent ralb. $6: 215, 248, 280. 1888.
Prazmowski. Das Wesen und die biologische Bedeutung der
Wurzelknéllchen der Erbse. Ber. a. d. Sitz. d. Akad. i.
‘* Krakau. 1889.
_ Prazmowski. Die Wurzelknillchen der Erbse. die Aetiologie
s und Entwickelungsgeschichte der Kndéllchen. Landw.
| Vers. Sta. 37: Hft. 83 and 4, 104, 161. 1890. See also
38: Hft. 5. 1890.
Prillieux E. De la structure anatomique et du mode de veg-
etation du Neottia nidus: avis. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Bot.
4 Ser. 5:267. 1856.
Prillieux E. Sur la nature et la cause de la formation des
tubercles qui nassent sur les racines des Leguminéuses.
Bull. Soc. Bot. d. France. 26:98. 1879.
212 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Prillieux E. Anciennes observations sur les tubercles des
racines des Leguminéuses. Compt. rend. 111:926.
1890. : 1s
Prillieux E. Anciennes observations sur les tubercules des
racines des Leguminéuses. Bull. d. 1. Soc. Bot. d.
France. 13: No. 1. 1891.
Prove. Untersuchungen ueber die Stickstoffnahrung der Erb-
sen. Zeitschr. Landw. Ver. Bayern. 82:85. 1892.
Pugh, Lawes and Gilbert. Assimilation of nitrogen by plants.
RepiBrit) AY ASS) 612 e852;
Rabuteau. Recherches sur les metamorphoses et |’ elimina-
tion des azotites. Compt. rend. Soc. d. Biol. 5 Ser.
1:66. 1870.
Raulin. Etudes chimiques sur la végétation des Musedinées.
Compt. rend. 57:229. 1868.
Rees M. Entstehung der Flechte-Collema glaucescens. Mon-
atsber. d. Berl. Akad. Oct. 1871.
Rees M. Ueber den Parasitismus von HElaphomyces granu-
latus. Sitzungs-Ber. der Physik.-Med. Soc. z. Er-
langen. May. 1880.
Rees M. Ueber Elaphomyces und sonstige Wurzelpilze. Ber.
d. deut. Bot. Ges. 3: 293. 1885.
Rees und Fisch. Untersuchungen ueber den Bau und Lebens-
geschichte der Hirschtruffel-Elaphomyces. Biblioth.
Bot. Hft. 7:1. 1887.
Reinke J. Ueber gonidienartige Bildungen in einer dicoty-
lischer Pflanze. Nach. v. d. konig!. Ges. d. Wiss. u.
Univ. z. Gottingen, 100. 1871, 1872.
Reinke J. Andeutungen ueber den bau der Wurzel von Pinus
Pinea. Bot. Ztg. 30:49. 1872.
Reinke J. Morphologische Abhandlungen. 1873.
Reinke J. Zur Kenntniss der Rhizome von Corallorhiza und
Epipogon. Flora. 56:145, 161, 177. 1873.
Reinke J. Zwei parasitische Algen. Bot. Ztg. 37:473. 1879.
Reinsch H. Ueber eigenthiimlichen Stoff in der Monotropa
hypopitys. Jahrb. f. prakt. Pharm. u. verw. Facher,
25:193. 1852.
Reissek S. Endophyten der Pflanzenzelle. 1846. Uren.
Resa F. Ueber die Periode der Wurzelbildung: Inaug. Diss.
1877.
Resa F. Untersuchungen ueber die Periode der Wurzelbil-
dung, insbesondere bei den Holzgewachse. Forstl. Bl.
gal. 1878.
Td
‘
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 213
Reum J. A. Pflanzen-Physiologie. 1835.
Reuss H. Der Waldfeldbau im Dienste des Forstkulturbe-
triebs. Centralb. f. d. gesamm. Fortstw. 289, 354.
1889,
Rockwood, see Atwater.
Rossmassler. Der Wald. 418. 1863.
Rostrop E. Sygdomme hos Skovtraeerne, foraarsagede af
ikkerustatige Snyltesvampe. Tidsskr. f. Skovbrog.
4:113. 1880.
Russel H. L. The fixation of free nitrogen by plants Bot.
Gazette. 19:284. 1894.
Russow. Vergleichende Untersuchungen der Leitbiindelkryp-
togamen. 122. 1872. St. Petersburg.
Rylands T. G. On the nature of the byssoid substance found
investing the roots of Monotropa Hypopitys. The
Phytologist 1:341. 1842.
Sarauw F. L. Ueber die Mykorhizen unserer Waldbaume. Bot.
Centralb. 53:348. 1893.
Sarauw F. L. Rédsymbiose og mykorhizer saerlig hos
skovtraerne. 1898.
Sachs J. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte d. Collema bulbosa.
Bot. Ztg. 13:1. 1855.
Sachsse. Keimung von Pisum sativum. 1872.
Serno. Ueber das Auftreten und des Verhalten der Salpeter-
saure in den Pflanze. Landw. Jahrb. 18:877. 1889.
Schacht H. Physiologische Botanik. die Pflanzenzelle. 1852.
Schacht H. Beitrag zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Wur-
zel. Flora 36:261. 1853.
Schacht H. Ueber Pilzfiden im innern der Zellen und der
Starkemehlkirner. Ber. u. d. Verh. d. kiénigl. preuss.
Akad. d. Wiss. z. Berlin. 377. 1854.
Schacht H. Beitrag zur Anatomie und Physiologie der Ge-
wiichse. 160, 1854.
Schacht H. Lehrbuch d. Anatomie und Physiologie. 2: 147.
1859.
Schacht H. Der Baum 172. 1860.
Schenk. Symbiose einer Hricaceae und Mycorhiza. Zeitschr.
f. Naturw. 62:Hft. 6. 1890.
Schenk. Ueber Cycas Wurzeln mit Algencolonien. Tagebl. d.
45 Versamml. deut. Naturf. u. Aerzte z. Leipzig. 1872.
Schindler. Ueber die biologische Bedeutung der Wurzellkndll-
chen bei der Papilionaceen. Jour. f. Landw. 33: 325.
1885.
Mi rises WAMU puiihs Vo ema PT RIE Be ety Parte ide te etn ON LT ae) be ot oens winapi Gc) ar Geen a!
RTRs NEUE Ma NOS Ps Perea EMAC RNC US TRCeTN SECU RAE RT OZ PAR, Ce aROUR RE RN ee
214 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Schindler. Ueber die Bedeutung die sogenannten Wurzel-
knéllchen bei der Papilionaceen. Oester. Landw.
Wochenb. 11: No. 34. 1885.
Schindler. Zur Kenntniss der Wurzelknéllchen der Papilion-
aceen. Bot. Centralb. 18:86. 1888.
Schlechtendal. Phaseolus multiflorus. Bot. Ztg. 10:893..
—
1852.
Schleiden M. J. Grundziige der wissenschaftliche Botanik.
1842-48. 1845-46. 1849-50. .
Schlicht A. Ueber neue Fille von Symbiose der Pflanzen- |
wiirzeln mit Pilzen. Ber. d. deut. Bot Ges. 269. 1888. -—
Schlicht A. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Verbreitung und der as
Bedeutung der Mykorhizen. Inaug. Diss. Univ. Er-
langen. 1889.
Schloesing and Muntz. Sur la nitrification par les ferments
organises. Compt. rend. §0:1250, 1873; 84:301, 1877;
85: 1018, 1878, and 86: 891, 1879.
Schloesing Th. Sur les relations de l’azote atmosphérique
avec la terre végétale. Compt. rend. 106:805, 898,
982, 1128. 1888; also 107:290. 1888.
Schloesing Th. Sur la nitrification de ’ammoniaque. Compt.
rend. 109: 423, 883. 1889. 4
Schloesing Th. Sur les relations de Vazote atmosphérique
avec la terre végétale. Compt. rend. 109: 210, 345.
1889,
Schloesing and Laurent. Sur la fixation de l’azote gazeux par
les Legumineuses. Compt. rend. 111:750, 1800; also ~ 5
115: 659, 732, 1892. f Sag
Schloesing Th. Remarques au sujet des observations de M. “4
Berthelot, etc. Compt. rend. 110:612. 1890.
Schloesing Th. Sur l’absorption l’ammoniaque de l’atmos- ‘a
phere par la terre végétale.. Compt. rend. 110:429, —
499. 1890.
Schloesing and Laurent. Sur la fixation de l’azote libre par
les plantes. Compt. rend. 113:776. 1891.
Schloesing Th. Observations sur la communication de M.
Berthelot. Compt. rend. 115:636. 1892.
Schloesing and Laurent. Recherches sur la fixation de l’azote
libre par les plantes. Ann. Inst. Past. 6:65. 1892.
Schmid. See Nobbe, Hiltner and Hotter.
Schmitter. ‘‘New experiments in soil inoculation.” Woch-
enschr. 6kén. Ges. 251. 1891.
—— ae eee
aie ee ee
~
re Sane eee
\
cr Pts aa es
~eoe eee)
é Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN, 915
Schmitz Fr. Phyllosiphon Arisari. Bot. Ztg. 40:523, 539,
: 566, 579. 1882.
Schneider A. Observations on some American Rhizobia.
. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 19: 205. 1892.
Schneider A. Recent investigations concerning rhizobia and
free nitrogen assimilation. Ag. Science 7:549. 1893.
Schneider A. A new factor in Agriculture. University of Illi-
; nois. Ag. Ex. Sta. Bull. No. 29, December, 273. 1893.
Schneider A. Morphology of the root tubercles of the Le-
guminosae. Am. Naturalist 27:782. 1893.
Schneider A. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Rhizobien. Ber. d.
deut. Bot. Ges. 12:11. 1894.
- §Solms-Laubach. Der Aufbau des Stockes von Psilotum tri-
es quetrum und dessen Entwickelung aus der Brutknospe.
, Ann. d. Jard. Bot. d. Buitenzorg. 4:139. 1884.
_ Sorauer P. Wurzelknollen. Pflanzenkrankheiten 1:743.
rat 1886.
- Sorauer P. Die Hernie der Erlenwurzeln. Pflanzenkrank-
heiten 2:73. 1886.
Sorauer P. Zusammenstellung der neuvern Arbeiten ueber die
Wurzelknéllchen und deren als Bakterien ausgespro-
chene Inhaltskérperchen. Bot. Centralb. 31: 308, 348,
1887.
Schuetzler J. B. Sur les germes organises de la nitrification.
Bull. Soc. vand. d. Se. Nat. Lausanne. 22:213. 1886.
Schulze E. Ueber die Processe durch welche in der Natur
ein freier Stickstoff in Stickstoffverbindungen iiberge-
gefiihrt wird. Landw. Jahrb. 6:Hft. 4 and 5. 1877.
Schwarz F. Die Wurzelhaare der Pflanzen. Unters. a. b. bot.
Inst. z. Tub. 1: Hft. 1, 135. 1883.
Schwendener 8S. Ueber die wahre Natur der Flechten. Verh.
d. schweiz. naturf, Ges. z. Rheinfelden. Sept. 1867.
Schwendener 8. Untersuchungen ueber den Flechtenthallus.
Nachtrag Nageli, Beitrag zur wiss. Bot. 4:195. 1868.
Schwendener 8S. Die Algentypen der Flechtengonidien. 1869.
Soyka J.. Der Boden. Handbuch d. Hygiene u. d. Gewerb-
krankheiten. 1: Abt. 2 Hft. 3. 1887.
Soyka J. Entgegnung auf Herrn Dr. A. Pfleiffer’s Aufsatz
“Die Beziehungen der Boden Capillaritit.” Zeitschr.
oy f. Hyg. 2:96. 1887.
Storer. Agriculture, 1:33,309, 420, 467, etc. 1892. Boston.
Tacke B. Ueber die Entwickelung von Stickstoff bei Faulniss.
Landw. Jahrb. 16:917. 1887.
pe
we
.
NO 8) rT ear wa ase Ne ae > ars ee 58 a 4é vey ~ % iv. Ly Dy au
POR ENCED Art ann Py yy Meth a aie SR ERE ge fa Ph th ellis ed Be ty neat ai ay
« oh >* hi * eee ly ‘he | i
216 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Tacke B. Ueber den Stickstoffverlust bei der Nitrification und is e
den Stickstoffgewinn im vegetations freien Erdboden. mae
Landw. Jahrb. 18:489. 1889. ae
Thomae K. Bildung der Hiweisskérper in der Pflanze. Na- ~
turw. Wochenschr. 8:469. 1892. *
Thomas M. B. TheGenusCorallorhiza. Bot. Gazette 18: 166.
1892. oe
Treviranus L. C. Ueber die Neigung der Hiilsengewiichse zu nN
unterirdischen _Knollenbildung. Bot. Ztg, 11:393. ;
1853. <
Thumen von. Les Mycorhizes et les théoriés nouvelles de la .
vie complexe biologie. Rev. gen. d. Sc. Pures et Appl. s
1: 326. ‘
Tieghem P. van. Recherches sur la symmetrie de la structure
des plantes vasculaires. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Bot. 5 Ser.
Me bse 187
Tieghem P. yan. Sur le reseau de soutien de l’ecorce de la
racine. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Bot. 7 Ser. 7:375. 1888.
Tieghem van and Douliot. Recherches comparatives sur lVor-
igine des membres endogenes dans les plantes vascu-
culaires. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 7 Ser. 8:1. 1888.
Treub M. Korte bot. aanteekenimgen II; Nostoccolonien in
Gunnera macrophylla Blum. Nederland. Kruidkrund.
Archief. 2 Ser. 3:407. 1882.
Treub M. Etudes sur les Lycopodiaceés. Ann. d. Jard. d.
Bot. Buitenzorg 5:87. 1886.
Troschke. Ueber der Kultur der Lupin im wasserige Nahr-
losung und ueber der Wurzelanschwellungen der Lu-
pine. Mittheil a. d. Vers. Sta. Regenw. 1884.
Troschke. Die gegenwirtigen stand der Stickstoffrage. Woch-
enschr. d. po6mmerschen dkon. Ges. 24:4. 1884.
Tschirch. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Wurzelknéllchen der
Leguminosen. Ber.d Bot. Ges. 5:58. 1887.
Tsehirch. Ueber der Wurzelknéllchen der Leguminosen. Ges.
Naturw. Freunde z. Berlin No. 4. 1887.
Tschirch. Ueber den Hinfiuss des Sterilisirens des Erbodens
auf die darin wiichsenden Pflanzen. Tagebl. d. 60 Ver-
samml. deut. Naturf. u. Aerzte i. Wiesbaden, Sept.
1887.
Tschirech. Ueber die Untersuchungen des Herrn Frank: Ueber
die Wurzelsymbiose der Ericaceen. Tagebl. d. 60 Ver-
samml. deut. Naturf. u. Aerzte i. Wiesbaden, Sept.
1887.
a
. .
EE eae tn ee I ease oe Na Ee eS eee
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 217
Tschirch. Ueber die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Bakterioid-
en in der Wurzeln der Leguminosen. ‘Tagebl. d. 60
Versamml. deut. Naturf. u. Aerzte i. Wiesbaden, Sept.
1887.
Tubeuf C. VV. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Baumkrankheiten.
1888. Berlin.
Tulasne L. Observations sur le genre Elaphomyces. Ann.
d. Se. Nat. Bot. 2 Ser. 16:5. 1841.
Tulasne L. Fungi Hypogaei. 1857.
Unger F. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der parasitischer Pflanzen.
Ann. e. Wien. Mus. d. Naturgesch. 2:13. 1840.
Unger F. Versuche ueber die Ernihrung der Pflanzen. Flora
25:2, 241. 1842.
Unger F. Ursprung des von den Pflanzen ausgeschiedenen
Stickstoffgas. Wien Sitzungsbar. 10:414. 1853.
Unger F. Die Pflanze und die Luft. Skofitz. Bot. Wochenbl.
$:187. 1854:
Vannuecini G. Sull’ assorbimento e diffusione dell’ azoto e
dei nitrati nel terreno privo di vegetazione. Anghiari.
1891.
Ville G@ Note sur l’assimilation de l’azote de l’air par les
plantes. Compt. rend. 31:578. 1851.
Ville G. Note sur l’assimilation de l'azote de l’air par ies
plantes. Jour. f. Prakt. Chem. 52:60. 1851.
Ville @. Recherches experimentales sur la végétation. Compt.
rend. 35:464, 650. 1852.
Ville G. Recherches experimentales sur la végétation. Cos-
mos. 1:669. 1852. Also 2:309. 1853.
Ville G@. Recherches experimentales sur la végétation. Ann.
Nat. Hist. 12:68. 1853.
Ville @. Recherches experimentales sur la végétation. Jour.
f. Prakt. Chem. 58:10,368. 1853.
Ville G@. Recherches experimentales sur la végétation. Proc.
Roy. Soc. 6:307. 1853.
Ville G. Absorption de l’azote de l’air par les plantes. Compt.
rend. 38:705, 723. 1859.
Ville G. Absorption de l’azote de l’air par les plantes. Jour.
f. Prakt. Chem. 62:121, 183. 1854.
Ville G. Sur Vassimilation du gaz azote de l’air par les végé-
taux. Bibl. Univ. Arch. 30:305. 1855.
Ville G. Quel est le role des nitrates dans l’oconomie des
plantes? Compt. rend. 41:987. 1855. Also 43:85,
612. 1856.
218 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Ville G. De letat auquelse trouve quand il est absorbe l’azote
quiles plantes tirent de l’air. Compt. rend. 43:143. |
1856. .
Ville G. Quel est le role des nitrates dans Yoconomie des
plantes? Ann. d. Chim. et Phys. 49:168. 1857.
Ville G. Nouvelles recherches sur le role des principes inor-
ganiques dans l’oconomie de la nutrition végétale.
Compt. rend. 47:4388. 1858.
Ville G@. De Vimportance compareé des agents de la produc-
tion végétale. Compt. rend. 51:874. 1860.
Ville G. ‘‘ Nitrification.” Mem. Novorossian Soc. Nat. 17:1.
1892.
Vines 8S. H. Note on the Nitrogenons nutrition of the Bean.
Rep. Brit. A. A. S. 741: 1888.
Vines 8. H. On the relation between the formation of tuber-
cles on the roots of Leguminosae and the presence of
nitrogen in the soil. Ann. Bot. 2:386. 1888-89.
Vittadini ©. Monographia Lycoperdineorum. Mem. d. reale ©
Accad. d. Se d. Torino. 2 Ser. 5:145. 1843.
Vonhoene H. Ueber das Hervorbrechen endogener Organe aus
dem Mutterorgane. Flora. 6: 227, 2438, 268. 1880.
Vuillemin P. Les tubercles radicaux dés Légumineuses. Ann.
d. Sc. Agron. franc. et é’trang. 1:121. 1888.
Vuillemin P. Remarques sur la memoire de Lundstroem.
Jour. d. Bot. April. 1888. ;
Vuillemin P. Antibiose et Symbiose. Ass’n. fr. pour Vavan.
de sie. £8: 1889.
Vuillemin P. Les tubercles des Légumineuses et leurs habi-
tants. Bull. Soc. 1. Sc. d. Nancy 2 Ser. 9: fase. 22.
1887. Also Separate. Paris, 1889.
Vuillemin P. Les Mycorhizes. Rev. Gen. d. Se. pures et
app. 1:326. 1890.
Ward M. On the tubercular swellings on the roots of Vicia
faba. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 178:189. 1887.
Ward M. Some recent publications bearing on the source of
nitrogen in plants. Ann. Bot. 1:325, 1887-88.
Ward M. On the tubercles of leguminous plants with special
reference to the pea and bean. Proc. Roy. Soc. 46: 481.
1889.
Ward M. Symbiose und Symbiotische Gihrungen. Chem.
Centralb. 1: No. 18. 1892.
Ward M. Recent investigations and ideas on the fixation of
nitrogen by plants. Nature, 49:511. 1894.
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 219
_ Waage Th. Ueber haubenlose Wurzeln der Hippocastanien
og und Sapindaceen. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 9:189.
a4) 1891.
Wagner P. Ist es wahr das der weisse Senf den freien Stick-
z stoff der atmosphirischen Luft aufnimmt und nach Art
der Leguminosen Stickstoffbereichenden wirkt ? Deut.
a Landw. Presse, 20:901. 1893.
‘ Wagner P. Einige Zeit und Streitfragen aus dem Gebiet der
. Diingungslehre. Deut. Landw. Presse, 20:913, 933,
We 1004. 1893.
- -~Wahrlich W. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Orchideenwurzel-
Jog pilze. Bot. Ztg. 44:481. 1886.
3 Warington. Alterations in the properties of the nitric fer-
ments by cultivation. Chem. News, 43. 1881.
; Warington. On alterations in the properties of the nitric fer-
m ment by cultivation. Rep. Brit. A. A. S. 393. 1881.
i Warington. Some practical aspects of recent investigations
a on nitrification. Jour. Soc. Arts. Lond. 30:582. 1881-2.
a. Also Nature, 30:644. 1884.
Warington. On nitrates in the soil. Rep. Brit. A. A. S.
es 469. 1883.
- -‘Warington. On nitrification. Rep. Brit. A. A. S. 682. 1884.
M Warington. On nitrification. Jour. Chem. Soc. Lond. 45: 537.
1884. Also Rep. Brit. A. A. S. 54:682. 1885.
Warington. On the distribution of the nitrifying organism in
the soil. Chem. News. 54:228. 1886.
Warington. On the distribution of the nitrifying organism in
the soil. Rep. Brit. A. A. S. 582. 1886.
Warington. On the power of certain bacteria to form organic
compounds from inorganic matter. Rep. Brit. A. A.S.
er 866. 1890.
o Warington. Recent investigations on nitrification. Ag. Sci-
ence 7:34. 1893.
; Warming. Hippophaé rhamnoides. Smaabiologiske og rmor-
as fologiske Bidrag. Bot. Tidsskrift 9:108. 1876.
Weber ©. Ueber den Pilz der Wurzelanschwellungen Juncus
- _bufonius. Bot. Ztg. 42:369. 1884.
; Wicke. Beobdachtungen an Chenopodium vulvularia iiber die
_Ausscheidung von Trimethylamin. Bot. Ztg. 20: 393.
. 1862.
Wiesner. Biologie der Pflanzen. 1889. Wien.
RIES! ee ta ee wre hae eats iets eee
pil Dee ves
oe
sre iA A gi ah NEC A ae ees yet OP ee Be, | Pe ase PAS Ramat oy ht
Vi = Air ah ow NR 4] oo yy » rs bie’ / he hed | en ¥
Sia SRY Lo, a he en BM ies Foie oF ect. 2) Soro hike aR MN Le oe PY Gel is 5
> é wy “ ‘ . ae Se oY Alp vy 2 ro een .
- 7 ¢ 4 TNs ee hee 5 ee
: a ; ‘ eee beet
220 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Wigand. Bacterien innerhalb der geschlossenen gewebes der —
knollenartigen anschwellungen der Papilionaceen-
‘ Wurzeln. Bot. Heft. Forsch. a. d. Bot. Gart. z. Ma
burg. Hft. 2, 88. 1887. :
Willfarth. Ueber Stickstoffaufnahme der Pflanzen. Tagebl. —
d. 60 Versamml. deut. Naturf. u. Aerzte i. Wiesbaden.
Sept. 1887.
Willfarth. Ueber die Stickstoffaufnahme der Pflanzen. ~~
Verhandl. d. Ges. Deut. Naturf. und Aerzte. Ver-
samml. z. Bremen. 2:549. 1890. i
Willfarth. Siickstoffaiifnahine der Pfianzen. Chem. Centralb.
1:No. 14. 1891.
Willfarth. ‘‘ New experiments with plants collecting nitro-
gen, and their employment in agricultural practice.”
Deut. Landw. Rundschau Nos. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. 1882.
Willfarth, see Hellriegel.
Winogradsky. Sur les organismes de la nitrification. Compt.
rend. 110:1013.:° 1890.
Winogradsky. Recherches sur les organismes de la nitrifica-
tion. Ann. Inst. Pasteur No. 4, 213. 1890. No. 5, 257.
1890. No. 12, 760. 1890. No. 2, 92.° 1891.) Now;
577. 1891.
Winogradsky. Sur la formation et l’oxydation des nitrites.
pendant la nitrification. Compt. rend. 113:89. 1891.
Winogradsky. Contributions 4lamorphologie des Organismes.
de la nitrification. Arch. d. Sc. Biol. St. Petersb. 87.
1892.
Winogradsky. Sur l’assimilation de l’'azote gazeux de l’atmos-
phere par les microbes. Compt. rend. 116: 1885.
1898.
Winogradsky. Sur l’assimilation de l’azote gazeux de l’atmos-
phere par les microbes. Compt. rend. 118:353. 1894,
Wolff und Zimmermann. Beitrag zur Chemie und Physiologie
der Pilze. Bot. Ztg. 29:280. 1871.
Wollny. Ueber die Thitigkeit niederer Organismen in Boden. .
1883. Braunschweig.
Wollny. Ueber die Thitigkeit niederer organismen in der
Ackererde. Deut. Landw. Presse, Nos. 47, 84, 85, 87,
89. 1883. Nos. 23, 24, 27, 28, 29, 31. 1884.
Wollny. Untersuchungen ueber die Zersetzung der organischen
Substanzen. Jour. f. Landw. 34:213. 1886.
RO REC EO eS et) a ee ee ep ey, eet re
> bel a : § -:
rete
Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 221
Wollny. Ueber die Beziehungen der Mikroorganismen zur
Agrikultur. Centralb. f. Bakt. und. Par-Kunde I:
441, 467. 1887.
Wollny. The relation of the physical properties of the soil to
the cultivation of plants. Ex. Sta. Rec. 4:525, 627.
1892.
Woods. See Atwater.
Woods ©. D. The acquisition of nitrogen by growing plants.
Conn. Storrs Ex. Sta. Rep. 4:17. 1891.
Woronin. Ueber die bei der Schwarzerle und der gewoehn-
lichen Garten-Lupine auftretenden Wurzel anschwel-
lungen. Mem. d. Acad. d. St. Petersbourg, 7, Ser.
10: No. 6. 1866.
Woronin. Observations sur certaines excroissances que pre-
sentant les racines d. l’aune et d. lupin des jardin.
Ann, d. Sc. Nat. Bot. 5. Ser. 7:73. 1867.
Woronin. Plasmodiophora Brassicae. Pringsheim’s Jahrb.
11:548. 1878.
-Woronin. Ueber d. Pilzwurzel v. B. Frank. Ber. d. deut,
Bot. Ges. 3: Hft. 6. 1885.
Wortman. Ueber die neuesten Untersuchungen beziiglich der
organismen der Nitrifikation und ihre physiologische
Bedeutung. Landw. Jahrb. 20: Hft.1, 175. 1891.
_Wydler H. Kleinere Beitriige zur Kenntniss einheimischer
Gewiichse: Papilionaceen. Flora 43:17, 51, 83. 1860.
Yoshii, Kellner und. Ueber die Entbindung freien Sticktoffs
bei der Faulniss und Nitrification. Ztschr. f. physiol.
Chem. 12:95. 1887-88.
Zimmermann und Wolff. Beitrag zur Chemie und Physiologie
der Pilze. Bot. Ztg. 29:280. 1871.
td ae
SOTA BOTANICAL ST
4 ;
4
DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
PLATE VII.
The Anderson registering balance set up to weigh transpired wate ;
| PLate, VILE 5027). a ae
The Frost electric auxanometer in, use to determine growth in he
PLATE TX...) th ean
‘
The Frost time-recorder.
5 | PLATE X.
The Frost auxanometer connected with recorder.
. From photographs by Professor Wm. R. Appleby.
Sept. 1894.
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Bulletin No. 9.
PLATE Vil.
Bulletin No. 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES Sept. 1894
PLATE VII
Bulletin No. 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Sept. 1894.
PLATE IX.
n
lu
a
2)
kK
cep)
=!
=
O
Zz
<
ke
oO
(aa)
<
Kk
2)
7)
w
Zz
Zz
=
Bulletin No. 9.
PEATE X,
XIX. COMPILATION OF RECORDS OF SOME
MINNESOTA FLOWERING PLANTS.
EDMUND P. SHELDON.
The following is a record of the additions to the Minnesota
Metaspermic flora, which have not hitherto been reported in the
publications of the Geological and Natural History Survey of
the state:
Potamogeton vaseyi RoBBINS in A. Gray Man. Ed. 5.
485. 1867.
Specimens of the fruiting form with floating leaves were
found in Chisago lake, Chisago county, Minn., (B. C. Taylor,
July, 1893).
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.
20 : 283. 1893.
. Potamogeton robbinsii OAKES in Hovey’s Mag. p. 2.
May. 1841.
Chisago lake, Chisago county, Minn. (#. J. Hill, 1890).
Reported by Mr. E. J. Hill in Bot. Gaz. 16:127. 1891.
Potamogeton illinoensis MoRonG Bot. Gaz. 5: 50. 1880.
Collected at Lake Minnewaska, Polk county, Minn.,(B. C. Tay-
lor, Aug., 1891) and at Green lake, Chisago county, Minn.,
(B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892).
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.
20 : 283. 1893.
Sagittaria cuneata SHELDON in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20:
283. 1893.
Collected in shallow water of East Battle lake, Otter Tail
county, Minn., from which locality the type specimen is de-
scribed. Found also in Mollie Stark lake and Blanche lake of
the same county, (Z. P. S., July, 1892).
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.
20 : 283. 1893.
224 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Poa debilis Torr. Fl. N. Y. 2: 459. 1848.
Abundant in open, sandy soil near Mora, Kanabec coun ‘
Minn., (£. P. S., July, 1892).
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. _ :
20: 283. 1893.
Eriophorum virginicum Linn. Spec. 52. 1753.
Swamps and peat-bogs near Little lake, Chisago county,
Minn., (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892).
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.
20: 283. 1893.
Scirpus maritimus Linn. Spec. 50. 1753.
Found growing in saline marshes and around edges of | 7
swamps near Willmar, Kandiyohi county, Minn., (W. D. Frost,
July, 1892).
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20:
284. 1893.
Carex norvegica WILLD, Spec. 4: 227. 1804.
Collected in marshy ground near Irving Chase lake, Cass
county, Minn , (MacM. and Sheld., Aug., 1890).
In specimens from this collection the terminal spike is dis-
tinctly long-contracted below with staminate flowers. It is
remarkable that this plant, which has hitherto been reported
for North America as occurring only in Maine and northward, ‘¥
should be found in the heart of the Minnesota forest.
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Ball. Torr. Bot. Club.
20: 2838. 18983.
Carex stricta LAM. var. decora BAILEY Bot. Gaz. 13: 85.
1888.
Common in sandy soil near Brainerd, Crow Wing county,
Minn., and near Nichols, Aitkin county, Minn., (Z. P. S, June,
1892).
This variety seems to prefer upland, sandy places. It is
frequently seen on the pine-barrens near the two above locali-
ties.
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.
20: 288. 1898).
wis ait, eo
MG wri Ae
ss Sheldon: RECORDS OF FLOWERING PLANTS. 225
Penge Colas Ame Journ: Sci 114: 35,— 1826,
a Collected in tamarack swamp near Twin lake, Hennepin
county, Minn., (Z. P. S., Sept., 1890), and in low, swampy
ground west of Brainerd, Crow Wing county, Minn., (Z. P.S.,
June, 1892).
___- Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.
fo 20: 283. 1893.
*
«sv
. ¢
. Carex supina WiLLp in Wahl. Koengl. Acad. Handl. II.
ie 24:158. 1803.
C. obesa ALL. var. minor Boort Ill. 162. 1867.
- Collected upon high bluffs at South Fowl lake, Northern
- Minn., (F. F. Wood, July, 1891).
Reported by L. H. Bailey in Bot. Gaz. 17: 148. 1892.
Carex abbreviata Prescott, in Boott. Trans. Linn. Soc.
20:141. 1846.
C. torreyi TUCKM. Enum. Meth. 21. 1843.
_ Was found in abundance upon a small areain the suburbs of
Minneapolis, Minn., (J. H. Sandberg, 1890).
a Reported by L. H. Bailey in Bot. Gaz. 17: 149. 1892.
Carex flava Linn. Spec. 975. 1753.
Typical specimens of this species were found in abundance
ou the shores of many of the lakes of Otter Tail county, Minn.,
me «6(L. P. S., Aug., 1892.
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.
20: 284. 1893.
Carex albursina SHELD. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20: 284.
1893.
Abundant near Wilton, Waseca county, Minn., (Z. P. S.,
ag June, 1891), and in the neighborhood of Mahtomedi, on the
< _ shore of White Bear lake, Washington county, Minn., (Z. P.
_§., July 1892),
____-_ Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.
= 20: 284. 1893.
+ Arenaria patula Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 273. 1803.
Collected on the north shore of White Sand lake, Cass
county, Minn., (Conway MacMillan and E. P. Sheldon) Aug., 1890.
Reported by Conway MacMillan in Bot: Gaz. 15: 3832. 1891.
226 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Caltha natans PaLu. Reise Russ. 3: 284. 1776.
Collected near Tower, Minn. (Z. J. Hill, 1889), also col-
lected in the same locality (J. H. Sandberg, July, 1891).
Reported by E. J. Hill in Bot. Gaz. 15: 307. 1890.
Erysimum syrticolum SHELDON Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20:
285. 1893.
The locality of the type is on the high, sandy banks of
Lake Benton, Lincoln county, Minn., where I collected it in
August, 1891. During August, 1892, I found it sparingly on
the gravelly shores of Pelican lake Otter Tail county, Minn.
This species resembles EZ. inconspicuum (S. Wats) MacM., .
but the glaucous, strict aspect and short pods characterize it.
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.
20: 285. 1893.
Nasturtium obtusum Nott. in T. and G. Fl. 1: 74. 1888.
Frequent in low marshy ground near Fergus Falls, Otter
Tail county, Minn., (#. P. S., Aug., 1892).
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20:
285. 1898.
Crataegus punctata Jaca. Hort. Vindob. 1:10. 1770.
A number of scattered bushes were found growing on open
hillsides near Center City, Chisago county, Minn., (B. @.
Taylor, June, 1892).
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.
20; 285. 1893.
Elatine americana (PURSH) ARN. Edin. Journ. Nat. and
Geogr. 1 : 480. 1880.
This was found in abundance, growing in 2-6 irches of water
at Linn lake. Chisago county, Minn., (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892).
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.
20 : 285. 1893.
Myriophyllum humile (Rar.) Morone Bull. Torr. Club.
18 :242. 1891.
M. ambiguum NUTT. var. limosum Nutr. Gen. 2: 212. 1818.
It was found rooting in the mud about Irving Chase lake, Cass.
county, and near the water line of other neighboring forest
lakes. (Conway MacMillan and Edmund P. Sheldon, Aug., 1892.)
Reported by Conway MacMillanin Bot. Gaz. 15 : 332. 1890.
“
ee mY
;
Sheldon: RECORDS OF FLOWERING PLANTS. Ns
ae
We
a
i
-
a
>
i
”
Bartonia virginica (Linn). B.S. P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 1888.
Found growing among moss in a peat bog near Zumbrota,
Goodhue county, Minn., (C7. A. Ballard, Aug., 1892).
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.
20 : 286. 1893.
Utricularia gibba Linn. Spec. 18. 1753.
Found growing in the mud at the water’s edge in Irving
Chase lake, Cass county, Minn., (Conway MacMillan and Ed-
mund P,. Sheldon, Aug., 1890).
Reported by Conway MacMillan in Bot, Gaz. 15 : 333. 1890.
Aster lateriflorus (Linn). Britt. var thyrsoideus (A.
GRAY) SHELD. in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20 : 288. 1893.
A. diffusus AIT. var. thyrsoideus A. GRAY, Syn. Fl. 1 :187. 1888.
It is abundant near lakes Belmont and Eagle, in the Leaf
Hill district of Otter Tail county, Minn., (#. P. Sheldon, Aug.
1892).
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20:
=206. 1893.
Aster incanopilosus (LINDL.) SHELD. in Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club. 20 : 286. 1898.
A. ramulosus LINDL. var. incanopilosus LINDL. in DC. Prodr. 5:
243. 1836.
A. multiflorus AIT. var. comnmutatus T. and G. Fl. 2 :124. 16841.
A. commutatus A, GRAY, Syn. Fi. 1:185. 1888.
This large capitate species of the section Squarrosa is com-
mon on the dry prairie hills of Otter Tail county, Minn., (Z£. P.
S., Aug., 1892).
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.
20 : 286. 1893.
Echinops sphaerocephalus Linn. Spec. 814. 1753.
P.. This European composite has been introduced in the neigh-
oe. borhood of St. Anthony Park, Ramsey county, Minn., (Dr.
; A Otto Lugger, Sept., 1891, and Oct., 1892). It is becoming thor-
- oughly established. To my knowledge this is the first record-
ed occurrence of the plant in North America.
Reported by Edmund P. Sheldonin Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 26:
287. 1893.
ee a oe te ag te Le ee a ee te) ee ee
* od +is - ae 4 ty
XX. LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE COLLECTED —
IN MINNESOTA DURING 1894.
JOSEPHINE EK. TILDEN.
The accompanying list is a continuation of the one published
in MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, Part I, p. 25, 1894. It
includes all new species collected during the intervening year
and those of the former list found in new localities. All gather-
ings were made within a radius of seventy miles of Minneapo-
lis. The nomenclature for the most part is based upon the
Sylloge Algarum of DeToni, the Monographie des Oscillariées of
Gomont and the Essai de Classification des Nostochinées of
Thuret.
OEDOGONIACEAE (De By.) Wirrr. Pr. Mon. Oedog. 6.
1874.
90. Oedogonium huntii Woov, Freshw. Alg. U. S. 197.
1862.
Bush lake, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 18, .
1894.)
91. Qedogonium franklinianum WiITTR. in Wittr. et
Nordst. Alg. Aq. Dulce. Exsicc. n. 309. 1880.
Minneapolis. August 7, 1894. Coll. A. P. Anderson. |
92. Oedogonium obtruncatum WITTR. var. oblatum TILD.
Am. Alg. no. 3. 1894.
In tanks in greenhouse, Minneapolis. November 23,
1894.
93. Oedogonium princeps (Hass. ) Witrr. Prodr. Monogr.
Oedog. 42. 1874.
Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county.
July 9, 1894.
SPHAEROPLEACEAE (Ka.) Conn in Monat. Koen. Akad.
Wiss. in Berl. 835, 1855.
Tilden: LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE. 229
94. Sphaeroplea annulina (RotH) Ac. Syst. Alg. 76. 1824.
x Bass lake, Hennepin county. April 23, 1894. Coll.
Conway MacMillan and D. T. MacDougal.
ULOTRICHIACEAE (Ka.) Borzt em. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 1:
a 151. 1889.
95. Hormiscia flaccida (KG.) LAGERH. var nitens (MENEGH. )
HANnsG. Prodr. 61. 1886-88.
Minneapolis. October 26, 1894.
96. Hormiscia zonata (WEB. and Mour) ARESCH. in Acta.
Soc. Upsala. 12. 1866.
University springs, Minneapolis. April 7, 1894.
97. Aphanochaete repens BertH. Unters. ueber d. Verz-
weig. einig. Suesswasseralg. 1878.
Minneapolis. April 28, 1894.
98. Chaetophora pisiformis (RorH) Ac. Syst. Alg. 27.
: 1824.
Minneapolis. April2, 1894.
99. Chaetophora tuberculosa (RotH) Hook. in Ag. Syst,
Alg. 27. 1824.
Taylor’s Falls, Chisago county. August 11, 1894.
100. Chaetophora monilifera Ka. Spec. Alg. 896. 1849.
Osceola, Wisconsin. September 24, 1894.
101. Chaetophora cornu-damae (RotH) Ac. var genuina DE
Toni Syl. Alg. 1:187. 1889.
Marsh, St. Louis Park, Hennepin county. May 29,
1894. Coll. Conway MacMillan and D. T. MacDougal.
102. Chaetophora ecalearea Tirnp. Am. Alg. no. 11. 1894,
Forming a calcareous crust 4.5 mm. in thickness.
Lower cells 9 mik. in diameter, 3-5 times as long;
upper cells 8-12.5 mik. in diameter, twice as long.
Articulations distinctly contracted at joints. Ter-
minal cells usually rather blunt. sometimes ending
in very long, articulated setae. Completely cover-
ing sides of old wooden tank as far up as water line.
Minneapolis. September 28, 1894. Coll. E. P.
Sheldon.
103. Draparnaudia plumosa (VaucH.) Ac. Syst. Alg. 58.
1824.
Washburn Park, Minneapolis. August 18, 1894.
ee ee ee a, cee a PER EE el Led et ea in hh be ae ee Ue ee ee VO
Se eerie atc Ca Seti Ce aS, Soll aac tobe y
230 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
104. Draparnaudia glomerata (VAucH.) Ac. Syst. Alg. 59.
1824.
State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. September 17, 1894.
105. Draparnaudia opposita Ac. Syst. Alg. 59. 1824.
Twin lakes, Hennepin county. October 15, 1894.
106. Stigeoclonium tenue (AG) RaBeNH. FI. Eur. Algar. —
e2ov7.- B68.
Minneapolis. June 20, 1894.
107. Stigeoclonium fiagelliferum Kc. Phyc. Germ. 198.
1845.
Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 9, 1894.
108. Stigeoclonium amoenum Kc. Spec. Alg. 355. 1849.
Minneapolis, June 27, 1894. Coll. Henry Tilden.
109. Stigeoclonium nanum (DILLW.) Ka. Spec. Alg. 352.
1849,
Osceola, Wisconsin. October 8, 1894.
110. Stigeoclonium fastigiatum Ka. Spec. Alg. 356. 1849.
Minneapolis. August 16, 1894.
111. Stigeoclonium fasciculare Kc. Bot. Ztg.177. 1847.
State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. September 17, 1894.
112. Conferva bombycina (AG.) LAGERH. var. elongata
RABENH. Krypt. Fl. Sachs. 1: 246. 1863.
Minnesota river, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July
16, 1894.
113. Microspora vulgaris RABENH. Krypt. Fl. Sachs. 1:
245. 1863. je
State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. August 8, 1894.
114. Urospora penicilliformis (RotH) ARESCH. Observ.
Phyo lo. 166Gb:
Minneapolis. June 20, 1894.
CLADOPHORACEAE (Hassati) Witter. em. DE Ton Syll.
Alg. 1: 264. 1889.
115. Cladophora fracta (Dittw.) Ka. Phye. Gener. 263,
1843.
Bridal-veil falls, Minneapolis. June 26, 1894.
116. Cladophora fracta (DILLW.) Kc. var. genuina KIRCHN.
Alg. Schles. 12. 1878.
Parker’s lake, Hennepin county. July 28, 1894.
z
i
“4
>
;
Ce Y-
~~ TAY,
% a eee
‘ a : :
oN
ae AOL Oh ee
PSP, Oar
118.
n1O),
120.
126.
OS we Ade ak Eee!
RIS ey ets eee
Tilden: LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE. 3 |
Cladophora fracta (DiLLw.) Kc. var. patens Aa.
Syst. Alg. 110. n. 83. 1824.
Rest Island, Lake Pepin, Wabasha county. September
2, 1894.
Cladophora fracta (DiLLw.) Ka. var. rigidula (Ka. )
RABENH. FI. Eur. Algar. 3: 335. 1868.
Minneapolis. August 25, 1894.
Cladophora fracta (DILLW.) Kc. var. setiformis ( KG.)
TiLp. Am. Alg. No. 28. 1894.
Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county.
July 14, 1894.
Cladophora oligoclona Ka. Phyc. Germ. 218. n. 98.
1845.
Near Shadow Falls, St. Paul. August 3, 1894.
. Cladophora oligoclona KG. var. flotowiana (KG.) HANSG.
Prodr. 81. 1886-88.
Wood lake, Hennepin county. May 21, 1894.
. Cladophora crispata (RotH) KG. var. brachyclados
Ka. Alg. Exsice. 4-67 (sub Conferva) 1833-36.
Lake City, Wabasha county. September 2, 1894.
. Cladophora crispata (RoTH) Kc. var. vitrea (KG.)
RABENH. Fl. Eur. Algar. 3: 336. 1868.
Minneapolis. June 27, 1894.
. Cladophora glomerata (Linn.) Ka. var. fasciculata
RABENH. FI. Eur. Algar. 3: 339. 1868.
Minneapolis. July 6, 1894.
. Cladophora glomerata (Linn.) Ka. var. rivularis
RABENH, FI. Alg. n. 147. 1861-78.
Lake City, Wabasha county. September 4, 1894.
Cladophora glomerata (Linn.) Ka. var. clavata
WOLLE Freshw. U. 8.128. 1887.
Riley’s coulie, Lake Pepin, Wabasha county. Septem-
ber 4, 1894.
. Cladophora eallicoma AG. in Phyc. Gener. 257. 1843
Minnesota river, Fort Snelling. October 1, 1894.
. Cladophora declinata Kc. Spec. Alg. 406. 1849.
Minneapolis. August 3, 1894.
. Cladophora declinata Ke. var. pumila (BaIL.) KIRCHN.
Alg. Schles. 75. 1878.
Bridal-veil falls, Minneapolis. June 26, 1894.
232 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
130. Cladophora declinata Kc. var. fluitans (Kc.) Hansa.
Prodr. n. 115. 1886-88.
Minneapolis. August 7, 1894. Coll. A. P. Anderson.
131. Cladophora canicularis (RoTH) Ka. Phyc. germ, 214.
1845.
Minneapolis. July 6, 1894.
132. Pithophora kewensis WittR. On the Devel. and Syst.
Arrang. of the Pithoph. 52. 1877.
In tanks in greenhouse, Minneapolis. November 23,
1894.
VAUCHERIACEAE (Gray) Dumort. Comm. Bot. 71. 1822.
183. Vaucheria dichotoma (Linn.) AG. Syn. Alg. Scand.
4705" 1847.
Minneapolis. August 3, 1894.
134. Vaucheria ornithocephala AG. Spec. Alg. 467. 1821.
Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county.
July 11, 1894.
135. Vaucheria dillwynii (WEB. and Mour) Ac. Syst. Alg.
Tees ABP:
Near Lake Calhoun, Hennepin county. May 7, 1894.
136. Vaucheria sessilis (VaucH.) DC. Fl. Fr. 2:63. 1805.
Second creek, Lake City, Wabasha county. Septem-
ber 4, 1894.
137. Vaucheria geminata (VaucH.) DC. var. racemosa
WALZ. in Pringsh. Jahrb. 5: 147. 1866.
Minneapolis. May 28, 1894.
Purgatory Creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin County.
July 11, 1894.
188. Vaucheria terrestris LyNcsB. Hydroph. 77. 1819.
Minneapolis. August 3, 1894. Coll. A. P. Anderson.
HYDROGASTRACEAE (ENDL.) Rasenn. FI. Eur. Algar.
3: 265. 1868.
139. Botrydium granulatum (LINN.) GREv. Alg. Brit. 18380.
Lake City, Wabasha county. Sept. 4, 1894.
Twin lakes, Hennepin county. Oct. 15, 1894.
PALMELLACEAE (DrEcngE.) NarG. em. DE Toul, Syll. Alg.
1: 559. 1889.
a
oe
4
“gs
as
Se
nh
ftv Na alte a
Se See Oo
i Ve FS
Pi ry v
Sra
Tilden: LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE. 233
140. Coelastrum microporum Narc. in A. Braun. Alg.
Unic. 70. 1855.
Minneapolis. April 2, 1894.
141. Tetraspora bullosa (RotH) Ac. Spec. Alg. 1: 414.
1821.
Boston coulie, Lake City, Wabasha county. Septem-
ber 3, 1894.
142. Tetraspora extensa Titp. Am. Alg. no. 48. 1894.
Thallus 3-85 metres in length, narrow and ribbon-like,
measuring not more than 10 millimetres across, or
irregularly expanded with a diameter of 3 cm., gela-
tinous, verrucose, vivid green; cells spherical, ar-
ranged in groups of four, 10-12.5 mik. in diameter.
In tanks, current rather sluggish, temperature of
water 10 C.
State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. August 8, 1894.
143. Dictyosphaerium ehrenbergianum Nara. Einz. Alg.
73. 1849.
Minneapolis. September 13, 1894. Coll. W. D. Frost.
144 Palmella uvaeformis Ka. Alg. Exsice. n. 102. 1883-36.
Minneapolis. August 10, 1894.
145. Protococcus viridis AG. Syst. Alg. 13. 1824.
Minneapolis. November 23, 1894.
146. Protococcus cinnamomeus Kc. Spec. Alg. 202. 1828.
Minneapolis. November 17, 1894.
147. Protococcus infusionum (SCHRANK) KIRCHN. Alg.
Schles. 103. 1878.
State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. August 8, 1894,
148. Protococeus infusionum (SCHRANK) KIRCHN. var.
roemerianum (KG.) Hansc. Prodr. 148. 1886-88.
Bass lake, Hennepin county. Apr. 238, 1894. Coll.
_ Conway MacMillan and D. T. MacDougal.
149. Euglena viridis (ScHRANK) EHRENB. in Leun. Syn.
Thierkunde 2:1121. 1886.
= State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. August & 1894.
ZYGNEMACEAE (MENEGH.) RABENH. FI. Eur. Algar. 2: 228
a
1868.
150. Spirogyra porticalis (MUELL.) CLEVE. Svensk. Zyg-
nem. 22. 1868.
Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 9, i894.
234 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
151. Spirogyra decimina (MUELL.) Ka. Phyc. Germ. 223.
1845.
Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county.
July 11, 1894.
152. Spirogyra rivularis RaBENH. FI. Eur. Algar. 3: 243.
1868.
Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county.
July 13, 1894.
153. Spirogyra rivularis RABENH. var. minor HANSG.
Prodr. 161. 1886-88.
Stone quarry, Minneapolis. October 9, 1894.
154. Spirogyra setiformis (RoTH) Ka. Spec. Alg. 442. 1849.
Minneapolis. July 5, 1894.
155. Spirogyra erassa Ka. Alg. Etsicc. n. 98. 1833-36.
Near Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county.
July 14, 1894.
156. Spirogyra mirabilis (Hass ) Ka. Spec. Alg. 488. 1849.
Shadow falls, St. Paul. August 3, 1894.
157. Spirogyra bellis (Hass.) CRovuAN. FI. Finist.121. 1867.
Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 14, 1894.
158. Spirogyra subsalsa Ka. Phyc. Germ. 222. 1845.
Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county.
July 18, 1894.
159. Spirogyra quadrata (HAss.) PETIT in Bull. Soc. Botan.
. Fr. 21:41. 1874,
Minneapolis. October 11, 1894.
160. Spirogyra grevilleana (Hass.) Ka. Spec. Alg. 4388.
1849,
Minneapolis. Apr. 30, 1894.
DESMIDIACEAE (Ka.) DE By. Conjug. 1858.
161. Closterium acerosum (SCHRANK) ExR. Abh. Berl.
Akad. 1881.
Minneapolis, Sept. 18, 1894. Coll. W. D. Frost.
162. Cosmarium suberenatum Hawntzscu. in Rabenh. Alg.
n. 1218. 1850-67.
Osceola, Wisconsin. September 24, 1894.
HORMOGONEAE Tuuret. Essai de class. des Nostochinées.
Ann: des Se. Nat: Botovi- f: 375. 4875;
164.
165.
166.
167.
168.
169.
170.
a7.
172,
173.
174.
Tilden: LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE. 235
. Porphyrosiphon notarisii Kc. Tab. Phyc. 2:7. 1850-52.
Minneapolis, August 7, 1894. Coll. A. P. Anderson.
Symploca muscorum GomontT in Morot Jour. de Bot. 4:
354. 1890.
In greenhouse, Minneapolis. November 23, 1894.
Symploca muscorum Gomont var. rivularis (WOLLE)
Tip. Am. Alg. no. 67. 1894.
Minneapolis, November 27, 1894.
Lyngbya ochracea THURET in Ann. des Sc. Nat. Bot.
Vir ks y70. . 1875.
State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. September 17, 1894.
Lyngbya hinnulea (WOLLE) TiLD. Am. Alg. no. 69.
1894.
In tank in Zoological laboratory, University of Min-
nesota, Minneapolis. November 27, 1894.
Phormidium retzii (AG.) GomMonT in Morot Jour. de
Bot. 4: 355. 1890.
Osceola, Wisconsin. September 24, 1894.
Oscillatoria princeps Vaucn. Hist. d. Conferves d’eau
douce. 190. 1808.
Bridal-veil falls, Minneapolis. June 26, 1894.
Oscillatoria limosa Ac. Disp. Alg. Suec. 35, 1812.
State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. September 17, 1894.
Minnesota river, Fort Snelling. October 1, 1894.
In greenhouse, St. Paul. November 26, 1894.
Oscillatoria anguina Bory Dict. class. d’Hist. nat.
12:467. 1827.
State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. August 8, 1894.
Second creek, Lake City, Wabasha county. Septem-
ber 4, 1894.
Oscillatoria tenuis AG. Alg. Dec. 2:25. 1813.
In tanks in Zoological Laboratory, University of Min-
nesota, Minneapolis. November 27, 1894.
Oscillatoria tenuis AG. var. natans (KG.) Gom. Ann.
Sc. Nat. vii. 16: 221. 1892.
Trout mere, Osceola, Wisconsin. October 8, 1894.
Oscillatoria brevis Kc. Phyc. Gener. 186. 18483.
St. Paul. November, 26, 1894.
176.
LG
180.
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
. Oscillatoria numidica Gomont Ann. Sc. Nat. vii.
1G Zoi otouc.
Minneapolis. In greenhouse, November 23, 1894.
Spirulina subsalsa OERSTED Beret. in Nat. Tidskr.
17. 1845.
Twin lakes, Hennepin county. October 15, 1894.
Rivularia echinulata Smrru.
Lake Chisago, Chisago county. July 26, 1894. Coll.
D. T. MacDougal and A. P. Anderson
Gloeotrichia natans RaBENH. Deutsch. Krypt. Fl.
90. 1847. Minneapolis, August 17. 1894.
. Gloeotrichia inerustata Woop Prodr. Proc. Am.
Phil. Soc. 128. 1869.
Lake Minnetonka, Hennepin county. August 25, 1894.
Coll. D, T. MacDougal.
Tolypothrix distorta (MUELL.) KG. Phyc. Gener.
228. 1848.
Minneapolis. August 17, 1894,
. Nostoec spongiaeforme AG. Syst. Alg. 22. 1824.
State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. September 17, 1894.
. Nostoe caeruleum Lynes. Hydroph. Dan. 201. 1819.
Parker’s Lake, Hennepin county. July 28, 1894.
. Nostoe pruniforme (RotH) Ac. Disp. Algar. Suec. 45.
1812.
Minneapolis. August 17, 1894.
. Anabaena circinalis RABENH. Alg.n. 209. 1852.
Lake Calhoun, Hennepin county. _ October 22, 1894.
5). Anabaena osecillarioides Bory Dict. class. d’Hist. nat.
308. 1822.
Second creek, Lake City, Wabasha county. Septem-
ber 4, 1894.
BACILLARIEAE Nirzscu. Beitr. Infus. 1817.
186.
Navicala cuspidata Ka. Bac. 94. 1844.
Minneapolis. November 14, 1894.
187. Navicula gibberula Ka. Bac. 101. 1844.
Minneapolis. September 13, 1894. Coll. W. D. Frost.
Be.
ir eet
189,
190.
191.
192.
193.
P1904,
195.
e496,
197.
198.
199.
200.
201.
Tilden: LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE. 237
Pleurosigma spencerii (QUEK.) W. SM. in Ann. Nat.
Hist. 12. 1852.
Mississippi river. August 23, 1893. Coll. A. P. An-
derson.
Gomphonema constrictum EHRENB. Abh. 63. 1831.
Minneapolis. August 3, 1894. .
Gomphonema olivaceum (LyNGB.) Ka. Bac. 85. 1844.
Upper Mississippi river. August 17, 1892. Coll. A.
P. Anderson.
Cocconeis pediculus EHRENB. Infus. 194. 1836.
Fort Snelling. October 1, 1894.
Nitzschia vitrea Norm. var. recta (HANTZSCH) V.
H. Syn. 182. 1880-1885.
Osceola, Wisconsin. September 24, 1894.
Odontidium mutabile W. Sm. Br. Diat. 2:17. 1856,
Minneapolis, November 23, 1894.
Meridion circulare (GREv.) AG. Consp. 40. 1830-32.
Second creek, Lake City, Wabasha county. Sept. 4,
1894.
Synedra pulchella (RaLrs) Kc. var. minutissima (W.
SM.) GrRunN. in Cl. et Grun. Arct. Diat. 107. 1880.
Minneapolis. November 15, 1894.
Synedra ulna (NiTzscH) EHRENB. Inf. 211. 1836.
Minneapolis. September 24, 1894.
Fragilaria capucina DesMaz. Crypt. de France ed. i.
n. 453. 1825. .
Osceola, Wisconsin. September 24, 1894.
Raphoneis (?) archeri O'Meara in Micr. Jour. 247.
1867.
Minneapolis. Sept. 18, 1894. Coll. W. D. Frost.
Cystopleura sorex (KG.) KuNTzE Revis. Gen. Plantar.
2: 891. 1891.
Mississippi river. August 29, 1892. Coll. A. P. An-
derson.
Arachnoidiscus ehrenbergii BAIL. and Harv. Diat. 174.
1862-74.
Minneapolis. September 13, 1194. Coll. W. D. Frost.
Lysigonium varians (Ac.) DT. Alg. Abyss. 1891.
State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. October 138, 1894.
XXI. THE GRAND PERIOD OF GROWTH IN A
FRUIT OF CUCURBITA PEPO DETERMINED
BY WEIGHT.
ALEX. P. ANDERSON.
Method of experimentation. Almost all of the available.
information concerning the factors in the grand period of
growth has been obtained by experiments in which the rapidity
of growth has been determined by measurements of change in
form and size of the organs under observation. The work in
this direction abounds in results of great accuracy and in many
cases of extreme delicacy. These have been attained by
the use of the auxanometers of Baranetzky and Sachs, and
the perfected forms of such apparatus devised in the labora
tories of Pfeffer and Wiesner. Length-extensions have been
determined by use of the horizontal microscope (Detmev) or
telescope (Sachs), and increase in thickness, or in the shorter
diameter of organs by the micrometer apparatus of Darwin,
and the delicate auxanometers of Golden and Frost.
From the great mass of material obtained by the experi-
ments in which these pieces of apparatus have been chiefly
employed, the influence of the principal external conditions on
growth-extension has been quite approximately ascertained.
It remains yet to be seen however what correspondence
exists between growth-extension and increase in weight of an
organ, and how far the changes in weight may be taken in the
delineation of the curve of the grand period of growth.
The use of weight as a means of measurement of growth has
been very limited because of the difficulty of obtaining the
necessary data at short intervals by reason of the con-
nection of the plant with the substratum, and the mechanical
difficulties in the way of obtaining the correct weight of organs
while attached to the plant. The work is still further compli-
cated by the constant changes in weight due to excretion and
transpiration.
Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 239
In the following experiments the first difficulty was overcome
by the use of the registering balance which I have described
in a previous number of this bulletin.?
In order to lessen the mechanical difficulty of obtaining the
correct weight of a portion of a plant while still in organic
union, the fruit of Cucurbita pepo was selected because of its
rapid growth and relatively large size and weight, and the
slender somewhat pliant stem on whichit is borne. By reason
of this latter fact the weight of the fruit could be ascertained,
while the error resulting from the bending of the stem remained
the same in the swing of the scale pan through an arc of two
centimeters, and was so nearly constant throughout the experi-
ment that it offered no disturbing factor in the general results.
A still further reason for the selection of this material was
the fact that F. Darwin had made a series of observations on
the fruit of Cucurbita in asimilar manner. His experiments
were begun when the fruit had nearly reached the maximum
rate of growth and included only a portion of the grand
period. *
In the experiments detailed on the following pages it was
purposed to follow the changes in the weight of the fruit from
the time when its mass was first appreciable by the balance,
through its stages of growth to maturity, with attention to
its changes during the ‘‘ripening” period. Aneffort was made
to analyze the relations between the changes in weight of
the fruit with the transpiration from its own surface as well
as from the remainder of the plant. This latter purpose en-
tailed numerous and frequent observations of the light and
humidity as well as other atmospheric conditions.
To obtain suitable material under normal conditions, seeds
of Cucurbita pepo were placed in a plot of sandy loam immed-
iately on the south side of Pillsbury Hall, May 24, 1894. On
September 20 several plants had obtained the length of 9
meters with a strong development of leaf surface.
The terminal portion of one of these vines, 1.5 meters in
length was taken into a laboratory room by an aperture in the
sash at a point 7 meters from the root. The part of the vine
remaining in the open air carried a leafsurface of about 3.5
square meters and branched somewhat profusely. The labor-
atory was fitted with a solid wall table next the windows ona
1. Minn. Bot. Stud. Part 4. 177. 1894.
2. On the growth of the fruit of Cucurbita. Ann. Bot. 7: 459. 1893.
240 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
level with the surface of the ground outside. On this table
was placed the registering balance connected with a Frost
time recorder. *
The laboratory received the sunlightfrom 8 a. m. to5 p. m.
and was ventilated in such a manner that the conditions of
moisture and humidity were practically the same as those of
the outside air. Access to this room was allowed only to per-
sons immediately concerned in the experiments, to avoid dis-
turbance of balances.
A recently formed fruit at a distance of 60 cm. from the
tip of the vine was placed on the scale pan on the extended
upright from one arm of the beam outside of the case of the
balance.*
The scale plan was covered with cotton wool to afford a
suitable resting place for the fruit. In this position the fruit
was a few centimeters distant and directly in front of a large
window with southern exposure. At a distance of 25 cm.
from the scale pan toward the root the vine was firmly fastened,
on alevel with the fruit, to an uprightsupport. In this position
the flexibility of the stem was very great and was moreover
quite constant. The scale pans were allowed to swing through
a vertical arc of nearly 2 cm. and very delicate registrations
could be secured. The terminal portion of the vine as well as
two or three side shoots was cut away ata distance of 12 cm.
beyond the fruit. The cut surfaces were sealed to prevent
undue exudation of water. Attached to the vine near the point
of support were two leaves whose weight did not fall upon the
scale pan. At points, one beyond and one near the fruit, were
also two leaves which had attained their full size before the
experiment began, as was demonstrated by measurements of
their superficial extent. Thus the scale pan was freed from
the weight of all rapidly growing organs except the fruit, and
besides its weight variations, only those due to the transpira-
tion from the surface of two leaves and a portion of the stem
about 40 cm. in length were recorded by the apparatus.
The fruit at the beginning of the experiment was 6cm. in
diameter and weighed 188 grams. The latter fact was deter-
mined by weighing several fruits of equal size and also by
subtracting the net increase from the final weight at the end
of the experiment.
3. Minn. Bot. Stud. Pt. 4. 181. 1894.
4 Minn. Bot. Stud. Pt. 4. 179. 1894.
hy
;
eid ty
eRe bs es
Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 241
A record was kept of the temperature and relative humidity
by means of dry and wet bulb thermometers. The method
followed was that of the U.S. Signal Service. Tables of this
institution were also used in the determination of the relative
humidity. ®
A record was also kept of the barometric pressure. A second
registering balance was used from time to time for determining
the rate of transpiration of the leaves and for taking the de-
crease of fruit no.2. For measuring the rate and amount of
transpiration of the leaves and internodes this balance was set
up aspreviously described.* A branch of the same vine bearing
the fruit on the first registering balance, was taken through an
aperture in the sash of another window. The second register-
ing balance had previously been arranged and placed near this
window.
A portion of the tip of this branch, 35 cm. in length bearing
_ five small leaves was extended through a piece of rubber cloth
tied and sealed to the bottom of an 8 liter bell glass. The aper-
ture in the rubber cloth was sealed and all connections with
the open air and absorber were the same as figured in a pre-
vious number of this bulletin. 7
An aspirator was connected with the city water supply, the
pressure of which varied somewhat from time to time. This
variation, however, could be guarded against since the aspira-
tor had an index and could be regulated. By keeping an equal
flow of water a constant current of dried air could be drawn
through the bell glass containing a part of the Cucurbita vine
and leaves. In the arrangement ofan absorber in the transpir-
ation chamber, it was found after repeated experiments that
calcium chloride alone would not take up all the moisture from a
current of air passing rapidly through it. When the per cent. of
moisture was small the error was slight and inappreciable, but
when transpiration was rapid and it was necessary that the air in
the bell glass should be entirely renewed every five minutes,
the calcium chloride soon lost its power of absorption and
some of the water passed through. This error was guarded
against by using an absorber charged with calcium chloride
and sulphuric acid in separate vessels.’ The absorber con-
sists essentially of two low flasks. The first one, containing
about 20 c. c. of concentrated sulphuric acid receives the cur-
5. Signal Service, War Dept., Annual Rep. 277, 301, 308, 1886.
6. Minn. Bot. Stud. Pt. 4. 179, 1894.
7. Plate vor. Minn. Bot. Stud. Pt. 4. 222. 1891.
S. Minn. Bot. Stud, pt. 4.179. 1894.
242 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
rent of air from the plant chamber. From the first the curren-
passes into the second fiask containing about 30 c. ce. of the
acid. From the second fiask the current passes on through a
16 cm. U tube filled with calcium chloride. Rubber stops and
glass connections are used in each case. The acid in the first
flask was found to take up nearly all the moisture for the first
four hours of an experiment. What passed over was taken up
in the second. Repeated experiments were made and even
where a large leaf surface was used the calcium chloride in the
U tube after twenty-four hours was found almost as dry as
when it was putin. The calcium chloride and sulphuric acid
were renewed every twelve hours.
After several observations had been made on the trans-
pirations of the leaves and internodes another fruit (No. 2)
was taken to determine its rate of transpiration or loss in
weight after it had been cut from the vine. One of the same
stage of development as the one on the first balance was se-
lected and its stem cut6 cm. from the fruit. This portion of
the stem attached to the fruit was immediately immersed in
water in a test tube and the test tube sealed around it to pro-
vent evaporation of the water. The fruit and test tube
with water were now placed on the decrease pan of the regis-
tering balance.
The registering balance was arranged to record decrease by
placing the fruit on the pan receiving the weights from the
holder. At the beginning of an experiment for taking decrease
the scale was balanced by weightsin the other pan. Whenever
a decrease of such amount as to close the circuit took place the
equilibrium was restored bya weight dropping on the decrease
pan. The observations on the decrease of Fruit no. 2 were
carried on during ten days during five of which the stem was
immersed in water as described above. During the remaining
time observations were made on the decrease of the fruit after
it had been cut off from all supply of moisture.
At the beginning of the experiments, September 22, 1 gram
weights were used in the registering balance, but with the
rapid rise of the increase to 1 gram per minute, it was found
necessary to substitute 2 gram weights, to allow time for
the balance to come to rest in the intervals.
It was found convenient to begin and end the day at 8 a. m.
since this usually marked a period of equilibrium in the plant:
increase had ceased and decrease would set in shortly after
that hour.
~
| er vi Ye
Pere Soe Sy ee a On eee
sh eee Se ee Tk PANS oh. Oe ™ eet
Balas sae ees Dinter
Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 243
The readings from the psychrometer and other non-record-
_ ing apparatus were taken every hour from 8 a. m. to 8 p. m.
and every four hours during the remainder of the day. Dur-
certain periods however it was found necessary to make such
readings once in 15 or 30 minutes.
_ At the beginning of the experiments, September 27, four
days after pollination, the fruit weighed 138 grams and at the
end of the experiment, November 7, 47 days later, 5,216
grams. At the end of 30 days the fruit was completely ripened
= but still continued to show marked changes in weight.
At the close of the observations an examination of the fruit
demonstrated that in size, structure and weight, it had
undergone a normal development. It contained 575 seeds
_ which weighed when taken out 95.38 grams. Of 100 of these
seeds placed in a Geneva germinator, 96 germinated. The
data concerning the growth of the internode were obtained
by use of a Baranetzky auxanometer on a terminal in-
_ ternode of a vine 5 m. in length in the plant house. The inter-
node was firmly fixed at its base to an iron post and attached
to the auxanometer in the usual manner. The entire plant re-
ceived the daily course of the sun, and while the actual con-
ditions of temperature and moisture were much different from
_ those surrounding the plant bearing the fruit, yet the daily
_ variations of these conditions corresponded quite exactly.
All of the more important data bearing on the growth of the
fruit, changes in weight of the ripened fruit, growth of an in-
ternode, transpiration of the leaves and accompanying condi-
tions are given in the following tables and graphically repre-
sented in Plates XI to XX inclusive. Each table with the ex-
ception of the first and last covers a period of 50 hours. The
former extends over the entire period of observation, 47 days,
and the latter over four days.
Neri :
ber ors :
Sey 244
Bye? TABLE I. Data of Grand Period.
Bae 2s - (See Plate xr)
¢ Time. nee, Decrease. Remarks.
; s 8 A.M. to8 A.M. | Grams. Grams. -
Ss Sep. 22—Sep. 23 129
ai 939 “ 941 176
si “o4 85] 215
eee 25 26) 308
a 96 «6 omls 587
=. POT 2° 928 706 4 Sunshine on fruit at time of decrease.
y : Be 28 CeO 732 12 | Sunshine on fruit at time of decrease.
aoe : Gio ema ACAAG toler ols: ..| Rain, clouds and cold wind.
: ; ‘ . ‘© 30—Oct. 1 406 14 | Sunshine on leaves at time of decrease.
8 x Oct. 1— “ 2 Bh cee eee ...| Rain and cold wind.
$i er. SERIO Ait we eid 400 4 | Rain with sunshine at the time of decrease.
es Cae i a am 282. lauote ss.) Rainvand clouds. ;
= | peter 144 |.........| Rain and clouds.
Seo past 120 | 4 | Clouds. sunshine at decrease.
; COS (Gia ort ay ( 150 16 | Sunshine at time of decrease.
Ne EATS ( ese ORE Ra 74 12 | Rain, sunshine at time of decrease.
GOP YY OSS a7) 9? 26 | Sunshine all day.
a CO oa 0) 96 40 | Sunshine all day.
SG: HICONE te a (| 86 32 Soma all day.
ee Si Uy see lb 28 20 | Fruit beginning to turn yellow.
Ue jalamecen at ke) 64 58 | Warm, sunshine all day.
ie : SoS fae), 4 62 64 | Cold wind, sunshine all day.
ome peste 8615 |) as
Time. €, |2.
Be |BE
Day Hour Ae ie
Sept. 28. | 8-9a.m.| 20
9—10 ** 2
10—11-** 0 |2
11—12m. (Hepat
12-1p.m| 0 | 4
1—2 ‘ 0 |0
2-3 * | 6
g=4 =i | 39
4-5‘ 42
5-6 “ 50
i eas
7—8 ‘ 52
afg=9) 54
Ba 9-10 * | 50
ug lo—-11 * | 46
: 11—12 ‘ 42
Sept. 29. |12—1a.m.| 44
- 1-2 “ | 44
2—3 ‘' 44
3—4 * 42
4—5 32
5—6 ‘ 32
6—7 * 32
7-8 ‘ 22
732 {12
beret eg cata
Psychrometer
(SeTeae Sy ee,
t
| TABLE IV. Sam. Sept. 27 to 8 a. m. Sept. 29. ( Continued.)
(See Plate XIII.)
Remarks,
Fruit’and vines in sunlight
Cloudy.
Grand maximum increase.
MINNESOTA BOTANIC
ated
se
es z
ert ®D
7 = r £5 =
ee Time at which two gram weights fell ae ie)
Bee 2 # on scale pan. SA] a
Bui £5| 8
Oe nis
Rae ; Tncrease. Decrease.
“ . Banna, [ell ce | a> kee 19
Ps 7 as eo 1
ee, Co is rare ts Sal i .2
4 Blgver tpl cael ae ee .13 | 20
AG PPR aan ae Minas -083) 21
12 sf
: oy 11:05 a. m.
1:45 cA 12:05 p. m.|.033} 23
2:05 DD eek sien Babies iat be i
De Niort Beta Serr a ls 08 | 25
THUR) See
Ga Te AT oS tease oats a -8 | 26
ae 7:07 “
as 7:095 “
at,
es . Sep. 28, | 1:12 a. m.
; ee | ea ee ty
By Ss appear Par Fe 1. | 22
. TsSe es | cee eee 1.
Be?
.
Pas Oats as
or POG ea" teat ater ale 66
Ries: Ban oe [ae hee 8 | 22
See PUIG ee A la ease aoe le 7
a 7:00
<
3 SO ae eae ae 5
. ie ee On Bee 5 | 21
Es TED es cr eee ee a
e:
inde
an
BE
AL STUDIES.
4
TABLE V. Data of Short Interval taken from Table LV
(See plate x1mr.)
75
7183
Sunshine.
70
a
80
75
88
88
86
Remarks,
1s
=
= Ee
: Time at which two gram weights fell = 3
= on scale pan. ak a
as| 3
| aA)
Increase. Decrease.
~ Sep. 28. | 8:30 a. m.|..........- .25 | 23
8:38 fee Pe ata cis eles vias ale 33
0 TG Ea ee 125
DN Ne = (the, of dicts sre os og Si te
ae ‘ 10:45 a.m.) _
11:10 Seen OG: ince
11:28 mE bes |
11:48 OVAL 1228
12:30 p. m.|.047
1:05 ‘* |.055] 30
2:10 p. m.
; Ae a cad Pee aan B 1
2:42 Oe baa oe ata ust stale 16
3:05 Sr a Ree alea se oie 083
3:09 Seen ea: Pree eee 5 | 30
3:18 A pais Opeleeea coda oe 5
3:17 FUP aN (oasis tas store 5 | 30
5:30 p. m
en py, Wie ol Re, Pores 83
ee A Pee eee 29
Bigi2)
we Pan 83
8:38 SLRS por wise ie aale 1
8:40 Cae ecoe teed b 1 | 26
8:42 “ | Sere HO SoBe si!
Sep. 29. | 3:48 a. m
3:51 ee eer eee be 66
3:54 el care eee ee ee 23
3:57 Pee liter & aialinin.«'¥'|"s 66
frais s 1 thas a eae
Start se petieg 2h
: iy Pan - are “ ees iF
cae _ Anderson: 3 ‘GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 258
“AB BLE V. Data of Short Interval taken from Table LV. (Cont )
(See plate x11.)
Remarks.
| Psychr.
{
}
|
79 sn
|
J
}
76
66 recast tN
light.
60
60 Ie
Denes and fruit in
hade.
58
Clouds.
"||
|
al
Clouds, warm night,
4 Grand maximum
75 increase.
|
|
et)
= cy ae a “hae ; a . aA
254 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, =
; (See Plate xty.)
=|
: Bao
Time. Sa as o) ae
ae Sq : 2 Sse. Remarks.
Sp peck Bs ae | ae
Day. Hour a Capea ea aan ro eae B04
Sept. 30 | 8—9a.m.| 6 |....../15| 78 [1 Stnanine
9-10 “ Sulsee st allotteion Laer
Ue DR ie re 2 20) 58 | 1.5 |]
jy as Ds a eae 4 |25} 50 | 3. ne
Lira and leaves near
12—1 p. m.|...... 4/23) 57 | 3.4 |¢f fruitin sunlight. —
es eT 0 4 ja! 1 | 3.2 | 3
Bal etna [eee « 21; 71 13 Jj
3—4. “ 1 TERS | Peace 20| 74 | 2 } es
1 A =
Ae aes) Hee 20| 74 11.5 = ae ae .
ree at Wat an (ieee 3 | 75 1.5 |) i
6—7 ‘8 OA alee eee 17 “a ile eae and fruit
eget oe ene 18| 79 | 4+ disturbed. — s
ERS td Eo ap) i fa |
Pe f0.87 a): ae ele ee 1S 191.
Je cae ae a eee 18198) 7.5
hs pea ee ea eee iW pl mayo om paced
Octet WP =talm: (ots he Ce ca e238 |
pao e i. ION Tanks eee. 1 We Ss
yee aoe. ots ee eee 3 = :
uds.
ESA Ne WANA Nae 15 | 79 3
7 Oe RC el > Wee, 14} 80 3
5p tel eo oe 144, 280 |
GE SO alee 15 | 78 7+]
7 (ESS ea an | seam en 16| 73 8
+
ok
ABLE VI. 8 A.
Hour.
8—9 a.m.
9—10 *
10—11 *
11—12 m.
12—1 p.m.
1—2 “
2-3 ‘
3-4 “
4-5 *‘
5-6 ‘
6-7 ‘*
7—8 ‘
s—9 ‘
9—10 *
10—11 *
11—12 “
12—1la. m.
1—2 ‘
— ac
Increase
grams
Decrease
grams
M. Sep. 30 to 8 A. M. Oct. 2. ( Continued.)
Transpirat’n
of leaves.
(See Plate xtrv.)
per
Remarks. -
Grams
hour.
Clouds.
|
|
J
)
r Rain. ‘
—
G2 69 Oo Cees Coo a IR OR eo) OO gay
et
2+ Chonda: _ at in-
tervals. ranspira-
2+ | ¢ tion slow.
LaF
- Pm 3
256
TABLE VII.
HS
e3
Time at which two gram weights fell we
on scale pan. = 5
Ce
33
Increase. Decrease. ra
Sep. 30. | 8:12 a. m.
8:24 be eee ee eeee|| © 16
8:40 Ed ae Searches stato 12
9:05 ay ee ra Pac bes Ic 08
9:20 Eb ee |F esto tare ior Gee 13
9:43 SUer leases ieee otras .083
10:02 SEEN aciocs, aisroste eis 1
10:55 a. m.
10:25 ‘* 1.066
10:48 1.083
12:10 m.}.09
12:30 ea |
1:12 eH COE
1:48 BO HAO
2:55 p. Mm.
3:05 Pero | ata Re Oc tote aie 2
3:20 Peer irhatere olerate terrae 13
3:30 oe lhnaiatele cia talons 2
6:34 m.
Oe Gr tna ian eee is
6:43
7:02 p. m.
OTD aes oleae Sear care here apy
7:14 egal Nee ese fe oe A ae 3
7:24 SS | Ae Se Pe Poa 2
8:02 p. m :
8:04 od ice He ei i:
8:06 SE meen Red oie ot ibe
8:08 os Seat | ees Se Ae 8 Ie
OCs vies 16:01 -a.am-
6:04 ioe Raooee oer oe . 66
6:07 a
6:10 De | Pe rete .66
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Data of Short Interval taken from Table Vi.
(See Plate xiv.)
| Temp. C°
—
Or
21
18
18
17
14
q Remarks.
@
a
78 |)
|
> Sunshine.
|
60 |}
|
| Fruit and leaves near it
f in sunlight.
70 | |
71 | Leaves and fruitin shade
77
7g | ( Registering balance and
fruit disturbed.
79 Clouds.
80
(ea a”
;
a
ood
>
? i Laie Ae" e..
J “ 7 , *
c Song Al CA. 2 4
rare. + a 4 ve - a
Oe Tite ES Smee a4 Fs
% dae gt ee A
4 r, ~
Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA.
"ABLE Vi. Data of Short Interval taken from Table VI.(Cont.)
Ag a (See Plate xty.)
; 2 Eo
- Time at me two eae weights fell & a E eee
Sale| 3
B8/a | 2 ;
Increase. Decrease. :
MSL ne eh MIE H ae reitio ePeve, oe 2 )
8:22 Berea | Meareencterelstotetel oly ots 16 | 75
dian (See .
8:42 COeP eee eNePaa nif Ar
pen ee ok 12 r Clouds
11:31 3 |
MSs 2 tinles ack ware 14
12:02 p. m.|------ tenee 11 | 17 | 80
12:12 a oe hs ys cae |e? ! -
Peltpoes or tie har. ui 2's 2 J
4:10
Beech te 5 )
4:34 ok
| gd ag ee ate 16 | 16 | 84
8:09 SS ; ©
8:19 ue
8:29 es
8:39 ae Oo 2 15 | 86 Rain.
2. | 1:04 a.m
= 1100
1:16 Sn Apes naes .33 ) 14 | 86 }
1:22 a
ean. *
6:08 kee }
ty Ce aid
‘ DG aa eee .33 | 15 | 87 eae
4
‘a
pe bs
ge wae | Me
#: eo» - .
ee ee
a
iL’ vee
i ae
ee. Time.
5 5 Day. Hour
Ree: Oct. 7. | 8-9 a.m
o> pg :
Rains 9—10 ‘
oo 16—— tie
11—12 m.
S< 121 pes cece 6
? _? te
“é Beta nck
% > a
= 4—5
‘ 56
L onal fie
, ; i ve
poet > 8—9
: . 9—10 *
aa 10-11 *
ah 11—12 *
: Oct..8. |12—1 a.m.
< [= =2 oe
2-3 ‘S
> 3—4 of
Lats ee
5—6 ‘e
6—1 ee
a es
Increase
grams.
Decrease
grams
er eeee
“MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. _
TABLE VIII. 8 A.M. Oct. 7 to 8 A. M. Oct. 9.
(See Plate xv.)
per
Remarks.
Grams
Transpirat’n
hour.
of leaves.
_————— eee aS
site| Clouds.
Sunshine.
Rain.
er ( Sunshine.
i}
.4
8
it
st
0
7
er ee on oo |
by
ie)
=
j=}
’
iS ERS Vee
oy
?Cold wind.
ROM kCoe, Cos iGO eect ee” (Com Se ton OK
oo
oe
————— —~, -- ———~ —
Rain and cold wind.
-
a
SOS
ol of / ae . . >
Las ? ¥ Se a es ~ Se a
LS os a”
Wao “a ¢
a : GROWTH OF CUCURBITA.
Dey.
> 63 .
Vill. 8 A.M. Oct. 7 to 8 A. M. Vet. 9. (Continued. )
(See Plate xv.)
TABLE
aa ; 2.5
Time. ce MD ral aoa -
28 38 g BEE ; Remarks. ee iS
ae 86 | 36/8 aoe .
+e Day. Hour. 3 A i FaRatc} &
eet. € | 6—9a.m)...+7.|:..... 9| 89 | .9 ) *
Reet 9-10. |... 2=119;| “84. <1 2.0 | #
“a oa 9 aca aes as Se eee 1.7
113 mi. | oss 6 li9| 73 | 2. | ;
toa aga Ge uae eens Poo em 20s pier
eg cee aaeE 21| 68 | 4.
coe ie eee 22] 70 | 4. | ‘
Bade thes Sc io «| 3.
TALL SRE ig Ee 19| 73 | 2.5
Rg | ce eee chad fel of Vana
Sh CR ag we Ts Sa ea PP 3 | |
jaa (al a PU RB: ar dsio- 2 ;
Sol A Sey ae eee | ae, a 1.0
9—10 * Oe ieee ee aes Pees 1.0 si
3 7 aaa ac Mite a eee Saal 9 1) ;
ee Loe PIR Gea Se eevee 12 8B TB it |
Bert 9. [2 -1a.m|: 6 |......|-.-[... 8
= ae eed Bh eee Pep eo .6 | ‘Cold.
cS Geis ech cepa A 6
dy YE 9| 88 | .6
3 AS
i Wis pe aa ae 8
ia ora 13! 92 | 1.9
2 Ren eel Maid BEY .
-.
“9 | 26— i
by
¥
ee
3
oy pr LesA: u?
MINNESOTA BOTANI
a,
Time.
Increase
Decrease
Day. Hour.
Oct. 11. | 8—9a.mJ......] 2
9—10 “ 3
10-11 “: Beal
V2 we lo [P 8 | 72
4
4
2
Sunshine.
12—1 p. m.|......
ase c 1—2 « eeeeee 18 70
|
|
|
J 3
Se eeG es a ce;
Cold wind. =a |
Fruit beginning toturn yel- |
low. ee
y)
8—9
9—10
Oth lB
| Ree cae ea
Oct. 12. [12-1 am.| 1
Hetatidiecle Sp
pies is) ‘
Beg (inl Coe aa een: 1800
ea ty
56a 8
Ages ott salt Ty
ae Se ae
he 42 ts The
eh? s tke
in a a
ay x
as
- oe.
Rae)?
A ee
cca
,
4
~s
oe Day. Hour.
—10."*
9—10 “
10-11 «.
11—12
Oct. 13. [12-1 a. m.
ee 1-2 “
Reet by ee
Anderson:
_ TABLE IX. 8 A.M. Oct. 11 to 8 A.M. Oct. 13. (Continued).
(See Plate xv1.)
esr |
Increase
grams
Decrease.
grams
.
Remarks.
17 80 }
ori:
16 Sunshine.
60
: 65 | |
70 |)
'
4
3
4
Ce eae 16 | 78
5 :
. Cold night.
4
fA ae San Pay ey
5
3
2
ES axes eta es 13} 80 |J
64 | 58:
» Oeste t Se! 2 ee
x
ll
Alias dia STi: fae
‘.
-80
10 |16 78
8 |19 70
Gow20) HS
8 [21 65
Ss cise 55
2) 22 55
seee rele eels wee ee
woe e es leeeleeeeee
om a Ge enn
DIES.
fruit No. 2.
Stem in wa-
Grams.
Transpirat’n}|
ter.
Sunshine.
bo on
on hea aamet coll dan, (oma,
Fae
=e PS
(See Plate xvit.)
Remarks.
The tips of a few of
the leaves outside of
building frosted. De- —
crease at time of ©
frost. ; ¥3
Warmer.
id:
r hee
9—10 *
10—11 **
11—12 m
2—1 p.m
2S
2-3.‘
34
4—5 *
56
6—7 “
7-8 ‘
8—9 ‘*
9—10 **
10—11 “
od 11—12 ‘‘
is Oct. 15. {12—la. m.
a 2“
2-3
3—4 “
4-5 *
5-6 ‘
6—7 ‘
7—8 ‘
ae
Increase
grams
—— SS ES EE eee |
seen we
slew w wee
oe 3 H
ef ial 3
Ba | 8] 2
A a
2 1/9] 80
10] 78
14| 74
20 |22) 63
18 |22| 65
10 |20| 67
6 |18] 68
17 | 67
aire 16 | 73
Rae 2 14| 77
rotsaes 12] 80
Leary 13] 80
70
: ea
An de r3on GROWTH OF CUCURBITA.
TABLE X. 8 A. M. Oct. 13 to 8 A. M. Oct. 15.
(Continued. )
(See Plate xym1.)
Transpirat’n
. fruit No. 2.
—
Stem in wa
ter. Grams.
— -_—_——, ———— Oo FF NY
Remarks.
Sunshine all day.
Leaves and fruit in
shade.
Cold night.
TABLE XI.
Temp. C°
Psychr.
n
go
a5
Time at which two gram weights fell ee
on scale pan, |
85
fe >
Increase Decrease
Ochs Mites. ton, cusr S00 lease mel.
8:30 s
9:00 a 067
9:12 Qu
9:22 “s
9:32 alae?
11:00 oe
11:20 CO eal:
11:40 re
Ie jon
1:30 P Se ipl la3
1:45 ee
2:00 re
2:30 ve. -|',06
3:20 p.m
S200 We
3:55 COM etait ake ells 1
4:20 ne
Och 14. 12:10 asm:
12:30 Se eysiete rete eich erect 1
1:00 Cl reilotanal decease eels 1
1:20 us
2:00 OSS Teall | aay raneron sey ells 05
2:30 a. m.
2:48 cei viel.
3:10 oral 09
3:30 WO
4:00 et |-07
4:30 re
5:00 Seal nCha
6:00 us
OOM tants .03
7:30 a
8:00 es .06
8:48 a
9:30 ee 506
20
20
22
22
70
76
60
60
60
80
+ Sunshine.
J
oe and fruitin shade
J
Becoming colder.
of room frosted.
Cold morning. ; we
Tips of leaves outeides
|
|
|
oe leaves thawed.
‘ime at which two gram weights fell
Rate in gram
per minute,
lo moO
or Over
—
w
SSSR
Al ad lO Do ee
Whotst Pec
S888 FSS5
S8s
22
18
16
14
‘TABLE XI. Data of Short Interval taken from Table X.
Be ( Continued.)
65
63
70
15 |3
77
80
80
y
gy } if
‘ohh gree
SaaS
(See Plate xym.)
Ree eee Myers
rete ¢
Sunshine on fruit.
——---~ Wa
|
rt and leaves in shade
Stan camel
eee ae aes os ou:
fe 2 MS (eo aK Te a oy BOT
etre le te
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. __
oa an TABLE XII. 8 A.M. Oct. 15 to8 A.M. Oct. 17. —
(See Plate xvii.)
a
Time. og | Se Bon
38 e 5 ay, eb Remarks.
ge | gh Pre
Day. Hour. A =) ane
Oct. 15s) 8-—9'alm:) 4. oos: 6 )
PEE) Ge MR oe 7 |
é IDA aoe Ne aed tess B
4 he re ee vy rey ps Oa |
3 gn mes TE 1207) 21055) 1B gd ee
feed ane et 10> 21a) 684-043
x ee oe eas 712}. 60 | 1A |
& sr pCi aie he 21} 70° | 1.3 |
Bs #5" 1) 84 2 in| 2 lie |)
sp Se Dene igh | hi feerteg Py eae ey ees ij
: BT a 10 Gales 20 | 74 ae leh
: 18 Goal ake 19| 74 7 | {Maximum increase. —
| Fruit almost ripe. |
g—9 CIS ERR yh ey Ian 7, ¢
9—10 * den Aten ele ae rene 7
10—11 ‘ As Weeds [Ses tees 6
11—12 * Wogle aca Satna 5
Oct. 16.)12—1.a.m.|) 3° |ale. 18 | 80 4
aoe hs gl See CaP a ae 4
Dest 1 BPI aate 1 oe Rares S 3
os eee Tal? 82 3
. 4-5 “ ital Teste anes hae 4
5-6 Ad inc 14 Goel ay gi) ie
G75 > a PAR see (ef ay once nae | Warmer; daylight.
age etal rig al ae | 80 | .6 |) :
Rae apes
a,
Ss ~
, »
Bir
Hour.
< Oct. 16.
hy
9—10 ‘‘
Increase,
grams.
8—9 a.m.]......
Ae ~
ee
; Dewees Aes oh te Bia é ‘<
| « Anilerson:* GROWTH OF CUCURBITA.
i
MBLE XID 8 A.M. Oct. 15 to 8 A.M. Oct. 17. ( Continued.)
'
,
Be 3
a Pe
5 81
9 75
i Sate Gale a Oe
> EES ESCH ea tie leo ecb
BeOct. 17, |12—-1a.m\| 2 |...-:. aes
(Ded eae peg Vee Rae
Penman cdg aN | Mex: cath
SU GE ke ae 16 | 75
: Se ie hee
“Tar en OMG Wich ag he em aie) ae
7 EA Ge ea Pe Bag ei
Ie |. 20.51.00 Sil18 fore
58 | 84
\
(See Plate XVIII.)
[=| n
£ Care|
PNOS
Ss -ph
ESs6
Bo Remarks,
e582
ZE83
Ben
6 1)
.6
14 | Grand maximum of
daily decrease.
rc |
ot
J
‘
Maximum increase
t began when leaves.
were shaded.
alae | Fruit almost ripe.
J
—
(fea y=)
9
9
a!
8
iy
.6+
{ Warmer daylight.
Le Rar
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUI
Increase,
Day. Hour.
Oct. 20. | 8S—9 a. m.].
9—10 ‘f
10—11 +"
112m.
12—1 p. m.).
1—2 p.m.
2—3
38—4
4—5
5—6
7—8
8—9
9—10 *
10—11 ‘‘
11-12 ‘
Oct. 21. 1121 a. m.
12
Clouds.
©
flu whe nanan aseeaane)es
ie
est “
“GROWTH OF CUCURBITA.
LE XII 8 A.M. Oct. 20 to 8 A. M. Oct, 22. (Cont.)
(See Plate x1x.)
Remarks.
Decrease
Increase
Clouds.
forge eet) es: 3 | 17| 87 =
MUTE Sida bol Gales } .
12-1 Oba) ¢ bad a ae 11
TOR at lees. ee 13 | 22) 75 i
52 eat ial eae esi a
2a hon eas SEN ate | : x
a aes Peaee a Beltane. | "3
ts Pe Oren, en ee ) es
Sei ha. 488 (aes ares Rie “
Cae bg aes : 18| 87
“ Bur lean saeaee: F
ea ra cue ie
eras UGS eae |
ae erie ees ee gS
Bead aie! Qala oee sabe weg he
ee te. bee healed es
Bigs oe Hood ses eal ie 5 ae
3-4 Dial oaenees Mae ied
eee aR Det he Feely: =. 33
5-6 eran agli Oy om
"Gaal ie le Pt Be.
Weei <6 eee 16] 81 >
4 ity
i$ yee ; Raat et,
oe >i
: Oo” Se Sts
ee 2 = To ge ae! ates
Be TABLE XIV. ~- 12:30. A. M. Nov.. 2 to 10:A 4M; Nov. 7. Be
cout‘ ; (See Plate xx.)
és 3 Time. Oe ota. 3 :
Bec, i Peat zy ye Remarks.
Tee mrs | Be s o
: Day. Hour. ig es Roms
is eed (ek fsa plc
es. PSs Nov. 2. |12:30—-4 am.| 0 0} 14) 88 t Rain. No change.
“ae ea | 15] 83] )
Bons 6:12—7:20 “ 2} 15] 82} ‘ Sunshine.
Cg
E 7:20—8:30 ‘* 2) 15 co :
Gh a Bees cut 80 cm. from the
ae Ss fruit and immersed
; pe SES Fg. EM scary bert eoes fee water.
eee © D Position of fruit and yine
“oo s | balance as before.
oon {02 one Un We Se a teh 8
ie: 1) 12:30pm.) 2 |
ai Sp
% 12:30--2:30 “ | = | 1) 16) 76
De =
a ¥ ie “ = Q) 21 70) |
Ss °
ae « | @ | 0) 18) 72
= Gee 2 yDE Eo a | Qe) 78 ee
ie 2 No change. Sunshine “all :
Bho fees aera area eb | day; transpiration rapid;
Rp 2 stem absorbed 23 c¢. c. 0
. ae EBay “ 2 Q| 16} 75} |} ~ water.
a ees a eae eee (es
"Cheam 3)
2 G51. + ae (oeat oO Re
oe Novy. 3. |12:30—4:30 p.m.| 0} 22) 65) j
ae. 5 ]
” Te Zi
baa Fruit separated from vin
‘g STE) SENG ol Oe Oe oral petal bene ec ; and put on decrease pan | fa)
Es | registering balance. .
‘Vas |
ea ‘ }
pp ey GROWTH OF CUCURBITA.
of a
(abe XIV. 12:30 A. M. Nov. 2, 10:00 A. M. Nov. 7.(Cont.)
ae} (See Plate xrvy.)
Bene re: een as gram = 5 Time ey which ane gram 8 & Remarks.
= weights fell. 3 2 weights fell. 2
a ESRI FS es a | eam I Dae
Nov. 3. | 5:30 p.m.| 21 | 68 |Nov. 5. | 6:20 a.:m.| 10 | 70
. 6:24 eS 9:25 = 2
15 1:00: 148 1 63 = |
ob 9 ee aaa Pa WSL eg eg baa og 08 | E
9:20 1:20 * 2
10:30 s 2:25 fe 19 61 3
140 “ | 10] 70 3:25“ ae
Nov. 4. {12:50 a.m 4:25 3
2:95 5:30 © | 18 | 65 =
355“ | 6|.%6 6:35 E
5:15 7:40 « &
6:40 ‘ | 14] 77 9:20 Jo 5
8:50 + 1120, fons ede. | =e
11:30 ‘ | 15| 72 |Nov. 6. | 2:00 a. m. z
12:50 p. m.| i5 | 67 500 “* |isii2| =
140 “ 840“ g
Babe 115) 00 LODO 1S BT =
4:30 * 12:35 p.m 3
B45 CO 2:30 « E
Pips BAG PRC \75 =
8:50 | 14] 71 8:00 * S
e 10:5 « 10:35 é
Nov. 5. [12:30 a. m| 9| 72 |Nov. 7. | 3:20 a. m. a
s: 2:30 6:15 * | E
4:20 « 10:00 * <
272 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Comment on the preceding tables. Table I. The total
weight of the fruit at the time of the grand maximum, Sep-
tember 27-28, was approximately equal to one-half of its final
weight, October 30, when increase had ceased.
The development of the fruit can be divided into three
periods:
1. Period of active and continuous increase; from the time
of pollination, September 18, to the grand maximum, Septem-
ber 27-28.
2. Period of decline in the daily increase and rise in the
daily decrease; from the grand maximum, September 27-28,
to the beginning of ripening, October 10-12.
3. Ripening period, October 10-12 to October 22-24.
The grand maximum decrease occurred about the middle of
the ripening period. The daily decrease was greatest at the
time of ripening. The daily increase and decrease continued
until October 31, when increase ceased, followed by a continu-
ous loss in weight.
Tables IJ and III. On the morning of September 25, the influ-
ence of light and moisture on the young fruit was demonstrated.
From 2-3 Pp. M., when the leaves and fruit were in bright sun-
light, the increase was at the rate of one gram per hour, while
from 1-2 P. M., when the sun was clouded, the increase was
ten grams per hour.
September 26, from 11 A. M. to 1 P.M., an increase of one
gram per hour occurred. At 1:10 P. M. the vines were sprinkled
and the root watered. Two minutes later, at 1:12 Pp. M., the
increase was at the rate of thirty grams per hour, while the
fruit was still in the sunshine. These results agree with those
of F. Darwin’. ‘‘Syringing the leaves and watering the soil
causes a rapid increase in growth.”
Tables IV. and V. The grand maximum increase had been
reached and the first decrease occurred when the leaves, fruit
and plant were in direct sunlight, temperature high and rela-
tive humidity low.
The grand maximum increase occurred between 1-2 A. M.
and 8-10 Pp. M., September 28. The rate of increase at night
at the time of the grand maximum was quite uniform and con-
stant, the daily maximum occurring between 8 P. M.and 6 A.M.
Tables VI. and VII. The lessened daily maximum increase
following the grand maximum is demonstrated.
9, Ann. Bot. 7: 485. 1893.
Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 273
Decrease occurred at the time of sunshine, high temperature,
__ low relative humidity and rapid transpiration of the leaves.
From 8 a. M., October 1, to 8 a. M., October 2, there were
only slight variations in temperature, humidity and rate of
transpiration of the leaves. No decrease was exhibited. This
was due to the cloudy and rainy weather.
Table VIII. The complete cessation of growth from 10-12
P. M., October 7, was due to a cold wind. The vines were
sprinkled for one minute at 12:20 Pp. M., October 8; an increase ~
immediately occurred, but as soon as the leaves were dry,
decrease began. The effect of sprinkling vines at this stage of
the fruits’ development was uot so marked as at the grand
maximum.
; Table IX. This table is inclusive of the time at the begin-
ning of the ripening period. The daily increase and decrease
are nearly equal.
There was a cessation in growth from 8 P. M., October. 11, to
1a. M., October 12, when the temperature was low and trans-
piration rapid, as indicated by the psychrometer.
; Tables X and XI. At the ripening period the two leaves near
the fruit had been cut away so that only the weight of the
fruit remained on the balance.
October 13 there was a decrease from 8 A. M. to 3:20 P. M.
From 2-6 a. M., October 14, the temperature outside of the
laboratory fell to O0°C, and the tips of a few of the
leaves were frosted. During the time of the low temperature
a decrease of sixteen grams occurred. This points conclusively
to the fact that the decrease in weight was due largely to the
_ transpiration of the fruit itself. At the time of the low
temperature it may be assumed that there was scarcely any
movement of sap. With the rise in temperature from 6-8
A. M. a slow increase occurred. This was again followed by
the daily decrease as soon as the sun began to shine on the
_ leaves.
The transpiration of fruit No. 2 is given in this table, and
_ shows the same periodicity of decrease as the fruit attached to
the vine, being greatest at the time of least relative humidity
and highest temperature.
Table XII. At the time of ripening and completion of the
ripening period, the daily maximum increase occurred during
the first two hours of the increase, which began as soon as the
leaves and fruit were shaded, This occurred from October
13-24, inclusive. The probable reason for this position of the
274 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
maximum daily increase, inasmuch as it occurred later in the
evening and during the night at other stages of development
of the fruit, is that the translocation of the carbohydrates and
proteid substances that go to make up the seed, occurred at —
this time of day. Further, following a cloudy and rainy day
when there had been no decrease nor sunshine, this maximum
increase did not occur.
The grand maximum of daily decrease occurred between
8 A. M. and 4 Pp. M. October 15. The increase following this
decrease from 4:30-7:30 P. M. was thirty-six grams, or one-half
of the total increase from 4:30 P. M., October 15, to 7 A. M.,
October 16.
Table XIII. The maximum daily decrease occurred betweer
11 A. M. and 12 m., October 20.
The plant was sprinkled at 1:28 Pp. M. when decrease was at
the rate of one gram in four minutes. At 1:32, four minutes
later, the fruit increased at the rate of one gram in two
minutes. This increase, however, continued only three
minutes, and at 1:35 Pp. M. there was a standstill, immediately
followed by a decrease which continued until the regular daily
increase began, as soon as the leaves were shaded at 3:30 P. M.
From 8 A. M., October 15, to 8 A. M., October 22, the total
increase exceeded the total decrease by sixteen grams. From
8 A. M., October 22, to 8 A. M., October 30, when all increase
had ceased, the total decrease was fifty-two grams more than
the increase.
Table XIV. In this table are given data obtained after in-
crease in the weight of the fruit had ceased. The object of
the prolongation of the experiment was to demonstrate that
the daily decrease that had taken place since the grand maxi-
mum was chiefly and directly due to the transpiration of the
fruit itself, but indirectly to the amount of the transpiration
current to the leaves.
On November 2 the fruit was still in connection with the
vine, and showed a daily periodicity in its decrease, which was
greatest at the time of highest temperature and least relative
humidity. At times when the atmosphere was almost satu-
rated, as during rain from 12:30-4:00 a. M., November 2, no
decrease took place. With the rise in temperature and fall in
the relative humidity, decrease began.
At 10 a. M., November 2, the vine was cut eighty centi-
meters from the fruit and the end of portion attached to it was —
immersed in a beaker of water. The fruit still remained on
Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 275
the balance, and the position of the stem between the fruit and
the point of support remained as before.
The leaves near the fruit had been cut away so that the fruit
formed the only weight on the balance. From 10 a. M. to
2:30 Pp. M. a decrease of three grams occurred. From
2:30 p. M.. November 2, to 4:30 Pp. M., November 3, there was
no change in the weight of the fruit. All this time, however,
as shown by the psychrometer, transpiration was rapid. The
stem in the beaker absorbed twenty-three cubic centimeters of
water, which must have been taken up by osmotic action and
transpired by the fruit.
At 4:30 Pp. M., November 3, the fruit was separated from its
stem and placed on the decrease pan of the registering bal-
ance, where it remained until 10 a, M., November 7. While on
the decrease pan the fruit showed a daily periodicity in its loss
of weight, this being greatest at the time of least relative
humidity.
The amount of daily loss in weight became less each day with
the drying of the rind and the cuticularization of the epidermis.
The use of weight as a means of measurement of the rapidity
and amount of growth of massive organs is found to be a fairly
efficient method in the determination of the features of the
daily period and the grand period. The changes in weight
due to conditions of transpiration and accession of food mater-
ial are such that their periodicity corresponds to that of
growth.
The conditions of transpiration and their effect in such ex-
periments are easily controlled and analyzed, and a curve of
the growth may be plotted, which would be entirely free from
error arising from this source.
The curve representing the growth of a plant, determined
by weight, will be found approximately correct, although of
course both the upper and lower apices of such a curve will be
somewhat extended. On the other hand, in auxanometric
measurements of length-extension only one dimension of an
organ is taken into account, and the error in such instance
must be equally great, and is, moreover, incapable of elimin-
ation.
SUMMARY.
1. The grand period of growth of the fruit of Cucurbita
under observation occupied 34 days.
2. The growth of this fruit took place in a temperature
varying from 4°C. to 28°C., and in a humidity from 50 to 98 per
cent.
ete al ee See eee te ee ee eS OT a
276 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
3d. The grand maximum of daily increase occurred 11 days
after pollination, and 11 days previous to the beginning of the
ripening period, which occupied 12 days.
4. The maximum daily increase occurred at times between
8 P.M. and 38 a. M. The maximum daily decrease occurred
between 9 A. M. and 5 P. M.
5. During ‘‘ ripening” an extended decrease lasting
throughout the daylight hours, was quickly followed by the
maximum increase. This was not true during the growing
period. The rapid flow of sap to the ripe fruit was perhaps
promoted by the high endosmotic equivalent of the cell sap in
the fruit.
6. At the time of the grand maximum increase, the fruit
gained 1 gram per minute. At the time of the greatest de-
crease it lost 0.4 grams per minute.
7. At the time of the grand maximum the fruit gained
732 grams in 24 hours.
8. Noactual loss in weight of the fruit occurred before it had
reached the maximum of the grand period. “>
9. Immediately following the grand maximum, the daily
decrease rose in amount until the middle of the ripening
period, when it fell. The lessening of the amount of decrease
was due to the cuticularization of the epidermis.
10. The weight of the fruit at the time of the grand maxi-
mum was approximately one-half its final weight.
11. Increase and decrease may occur at any hour of the day.
12. The greatest decrease occurred at the time of the least
relative humidity, and consequent greatest transpiration of
leaves and fruit.
13. The fruit responded much more readily, by changes in
weight, to variations in temperature, humidity and other
atmospheric conditions, in the earlier stages of development.
14. Decrease in weight was due directly to the transpiration
of the fruit, and indirectly to the transpiration of the leaves.
15. The fruit showed an increase at any time when trans-
piration was checked by increased humidity of the air.
16. Low temperature and frost established an equilibrium,
arresting growth and checking the transpiration stream.
17. The ‘“‘ripened” fruit, or one severed from the plant, ex-
hibited a daily periodicity in loss of weight corresponding to
that of a growing fruit.
18. In the ripened fruit attached to the plant, the daily loss
in the morning by transpiration, was nearly balanced by the
gain at night by osmose.
Vv lit of the fenthe
- 20. The percentage of variation of weight of a fieshy fruit
ai tendant on growth, was much more marked than variations in
measurement of internodes. In the former instance, the fruit
consisted ofa mass of parenchymatous cells whose contents are
consists only in a small proportion of such cells, while it con-
ns a strong development of mechanical tissue which offers a
wked resistance to changes in size.
wen
I De We
pir
{Tins erate ct
pee eS op aes Fy
ay Ae ae a hee ce ea
SITs tho? ey OL
Qa
>
ATi reer
ee ae
:
278 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE XI. (See Table I).
Curve of grand period of growth. Portions of curve above base line
show net increase; below, net decrease. Broken line at left represents
probable course of growth from time of pollination to beginning of
record.
Fruit completely ripened October 22.
1 mm. vertical—10 grams increase or decrease.
5 mm. horizontal=1 day.
PLATE XII. (See Tables II and III).
Curves of growth and temperature during fifty hours immediately pre-
ceding the grand maximum.
A rise in the daily maximum increase, also the effect of sprinkling vine
is demonstrated.
3 mm. vertical=1° C.
3 mm. vertical=1 gram of increase.
5 mm. horizontal=1 hour.
PLATE XIII. (See Tables IV and V).
Curves of growth, temperature and humidity, during fifty hours, in-
clusive of the grand maximum. First daily decrease.
2mm. vertical=1 gram increase or decrease.
2 mm. vertical—1°C.
2mm. vertical—1 pér cent. variation of humidity.
5 mm. horizontal—1 hour.
PLATE XIV. (See Tables VI and VII).
Curves of growth, temperature, barometric pressure, transpiration of
the leaves and humidity during fifty hours immediately following the
grand maximum.
Demonstrates lessened daily maximum increase.
3mm. vertical—1 gram increase or decrease.
5 mm. vertical—0.1 inch variation in barometric pressure.
2mm. vertical] per cent. variation of humidity.
3mm. vertical—0.23 grams (approximately) of transpiration.
5mm. horizontal=1 hour.
PLATE XV. (See Table VIII.)
Curves of growth, relative humidity and transpiration of the leaves
during fifty hours, ending three days before the beginning of the “ripen-
ing” period.
Indicates the effect of rain, cold wind and sprinkling vine on growth.
3 mm. vertical—1 gram of increase or decrease.
2mm. vertical—1 per cent. variation of humidity.
3 mm. vertical—0 23 grams (approximately) of transpiration.
5 mm. horizontal=1 hour. p
~ tes 0! en ee i fe he Ne
Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 279
PLATE XVI. (See Table IX.)
Curves of growth and relative humidity, fifty hours inclusive of the
beginning of the “ripening period.” Daily increase and decrease nearly
equal.
3mm. vertical—1 gram of increase or decrease.
2 mm. vertical—1 per cent. variation of humidity.
5 mm. horizontal=1 hour.
PLATE XVII. (See Tables X and Xi.)
Curves of growth, temperature, and of the transpiration of fruit No. 2,
with stem in a sealed test tube of water, fruit and test tube with water
resting on the decrease pan of the registering balance.
Fifty hours during the time of “ripening period.”
Indicates the effect of cold (decrease at night.) Daily increase and de-
crease nearly equal.
3 mm. vertical=1 gram of increase or decrease.
3 mm. vertical=1°C. ;
3mm, vertical=0.13 grams (approximately) of transpiration.
5 mm. horizontal=1 hour.
PLATE XVIII. (See Vable XII).
Curves of growth, relative humidity and of the transpiration of fruit
No. 20n the decrease pan of the registering balance, stem not in water,
but cut from fruit. Fifty hours preceding the completion of the “ripen-
ing period.”
Indicates grand maximum of daily decrease, also maximum daily in-
crease immediately following an entire day of decrease.
3 mm. vertical=1 gram of increase or decrease.
2mm. vertical—1 per cent. variation of humidity.
3mm. vertical—0.13 grams (approximately) of transpiration.
5 mm. horizontal=1 hour.
PLATE XIX. (See Table XIII.)
Curves of growth, relative humidity, temperature and growth of inter-
nodes, during fifty hours after the fruit had ripened.
Indicates the effect of sprinkling at the time of rapid decrease.
(The temperature and growth of internodes plotted on this plate are
results obtained by Mr. D. T. MacDougal, by observations carried on in the
plant house at the same time. The observations were made on another
plant of the same genus, using a Baranetzky’s auxanometer. ]
3mm. vertical—1 gram of increase or decrease.
2mm. vertical—1 per cent. variation of humidity.
3mm. vertical=1°C.
3mm. vertical=.09 mm. actual growth elongation or shortening of
internode.
5 mm. horizontal=1 ‘hour.
PLATE XX. (See Table XIV).
Curves of relative humidity, and variations in weight of the fruit, be-
ginning eleven days after the close of the “‘ripening period.”
Increase atanend. Fruit losing weight by transpiration.
10 mm. vertical=1 gram of decrease.
2mm. vertical—] per cent. variation of humidity.
5 mm. horizontal=2 hours.
280 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
XXII. A PRELIMINARY LIST OF THE MOSSES” :
OF MINNESOTA, =
JOHN M. HOLZINGER.
Prefatory note. In offering this preliminary list the
first aim is to stimulate all interested to more energetic
and systematic work. In view of this fact, the question
of nomenclature has been set aside for the present. In a final -
paper on Minnesota Mosses, material for which has been col-
lected for a number of years, and is in process of preparation, 4
a number of changes will be made, principally under Barbula, 4
Cynodontium, Leptotrichum, Atrichum, Racomitrium, and Platygy- eg
rium. Whether Encalypta, Mnium, Tetraphis, Webera, Weisia,
and some other generic names should be changed seems still
an open question. The able historical reviews under these sey-
eral generic names, by Limpricht, in his Lauwbmoose, command
the respectful attention of modern doctors of nomenclature.
So far the principal effect of this author has been to counter-
act the radical course of Lindberg in changing names, and to
base the procedure of making changes on a more conservative,
though still progressive basis.
It is chiefly with a view to temporary convenience that the
writer has based his list on Musci Americae Septentrionalis by F.
Renauld and J. Cardot, 18938. The material which forms the
basis of this list was collected by the writer, unless otherwise >
stated. In its elaboration, especially during the earlier years
of effort, invaluable aid has been rendered by counsel, verifi- “4
cation, correction, and determination of a large majority of the a
species reported. by Professor C. R. Barnes, of the University
of Wisconsin. Mrs. E. G. Britton, of Columbia College, has
kindly reviewed the species of Orthotrichum. Mr. J. Cardot
has examined critically a number of Minnesota mosses, which
passed into his hands by exchange, and has kindly communi-
cated his determinations. He also determined Fontinalis. Dr.
Warnstorf determined the two species of Sphagnum. Itis with —
pleasure that the kind service of all these able bryologists is — ee
here recognized. =
Holzinger: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA.
Dr. J. H. Sandberg and Mr. F. F. Wood collected in 1891, in
_ Northern Minnesota, for the National Herbarium, where most
of the material is deposited. Mr. Wood’s mosses were deter-
mined by Mrs. Britton. Later the collector sent a little of
_ those species which the writer found he had not yet on his list.
And only these are embodied in this report.
: Bulletin No. 3 of the Geological and Natural History Survey of
Minnesota, pp. 25-26, 1887, reports a list of 33 species of
- mosses from Minnesota. Five of these are embodied in the
present report, not having been found by the author. Refer-
ence to localities of the other species is omitted.
: It will be considered a favor if all who are interested in the
Minnesota Natural History Survey, and especially those who
collect and study mosses, will submit to the writer material
_ from different parts of the state. Allsuch material will become
the property of the University Herbarium, and will be fully.
aeeezed in the final report.
$e
SPHAGNACEAE.
1. Sphagnum recurvum P. B. var. amblyphyllum Russ.
(Dr. J. H. Sandberg, Chisago City, July, 1891.) Dr.
Warnstorf det.
2. Sphagnum warnstorfii Russ. var. viride Russ.
Marine Mills, (J. M. H., July 20, 1891.) Dr. Warnstorf
det.
Sphagnum acutifolium Exru., Sphagnum cymbi-
fulium Exru., and Sphagnum squarrosum PERs.,
are also reported, all from Vermilion lake, by Pro-
fessor C. R. Barnes, in Bull. 3, of Minn. Geol. and Nat.
Hist. Surv. 25. 1887.
BRYINEAE ACROCARPAE.
3. Gymnostomum caleareum NEES E HORNSCH.
Marine Mills, on the St. Croix river, (J. UM. H., July 21,
1890). Moist shaded sana cliff over Laird’s spring,
near Winona, (J. M. H., March 31, 1894); Bear Creek,
near Winona, (J. M. H., May 10, 1890. )
4. Gymnostomum curvirostrum HeEpw. var. scabrum
(LINDB. )
Cannon Falls, (J. H. Sandberg, July 8, 1891); entrance
to a lime cave between Lewiston and Rollingstone,
(J. M. H., Sept. 21, 1889).
10.
il.
12.
13.
14.
SE ARNE oe AY OE ES ET RED
A
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Gymnostomum rupestre ScHw.
Franconia on the St. Croix river, (J. M. H., July 16,
1890).
Weisia viridula Brrip.
Cave near Stockton, (J. MW. H., Aug. 9, 1890); Winona,
(J. M. H., Aug. 2, 1890); Bear Creek, (J. WM. H., May
9, 1894).
Cynodontium polycarpum B. S. var. strumiferum B. S.
Two Harbors, (J. H. Sandberg, July 9, 1891).
Cynodontium wahlenbergii (B. S.) R. and C.
Northern Minnesota, (F. F. Wood, 1891).
Dicranella heteromalla Scu.
Thompson and Two Harbors, (J. H. Sandberg, June,
1891).
Dicranella varia Scu.
Bear Creek, near Winona (J. M. H,, April 19, 1890);
Homer (J. M. H., June 17, 1890); Franconia on the
St. Croix river (J. M H., July 16, 1890); also
Arcola, July 21, 1890; Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, |
July 9, 1891); Winona (J. M. H., May, 1894).
Dicranum congestum Brip.
This may be Dicranum scopariforme KINDB. Can.
Muse. 28. Material for comparison not being at
hand, the plant is referred to D. congestum with
which it agrees in the isodiametric cells in the upper
part of the leaf, and the serrate margin. But it
differs from typical D. congestum in the narrower,
longer cells in the lower part of the leaf being thin-
ner walled, the lamina broader near apex, and the
ridges on the back of the costa being stronger and
coarsely serrate above the middle.
Marine Mills on the St. Croix River (J. IZ. H., July, 1890).
Dicranum drummondii C. MuBLL.
St. Croix Falls (Miss E. A. Ross, July, 1891).
Dicranum flagellare HeEpw.
Marine Mills on the St. Croix river (J. MU. H., July 20,
1890); also Franconia, July 16, 1890, and Trempea-
leau Mountain, Wis., June 26, 1890.
Dicranum fuscescens TuRN.
Northern Minnesota (Ff. F. Wood, 1891).
‘
al ill alae eh a CD A el a ge tk
bo
o 2)
co
Holzinger: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA.
15. Diecranum montanum HEpw.
Northern Minnesota (£/ F. Wood, 1891.
16. Dicranum bergeri BLAND.
D. schraderi W. and M.
D. rugosum KINDB.
Two Harbors (J. H. Sandberg, July 16, 1891).
17. Dicranum scoparium HEDw.
Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891).
18. Dicranum strictum SCHLEICH.
Carleton county, (H. B. Ayres, June, 1892).
19. Dicranum undulatum ExRH.
Two Harbors, (J. H. Sandberg, July 16, 1891).
20. Dicranum viride B. S.
Decaying log, on bluffs near Winona, (J. M. H.,, April
21, 1894).
21. Fissidens decipiens De Not.
Franconia, (J. M. H., July 16, 1890); Northern Minne-
sota, (Ff. F. Wood, 1891); bluffs south of Lake Wino-
na, (J. WM. H., May, 1894).
22. Fissidens minutulus SULL.
Franconia, (J. M. H.,, July 16, 1890); Osceola Mills,
(J. M. H., July 17, 1890); Bear Creek, (J. M. H., May,
1894); bluffs near Winona, (J. UM. H., Aug. 7, 1894);
entrance to Indian inscription cave, a little way be-
low Lamoille, (J. MU. H., August, 1894).
23. Leucobryum glaucum Scu.
Marshland, Wis. (J. M. H., Aug. 19, 1890).
24. Ceratodon purpureus Brip,
Winona prairie, (J. M. H., Sept. 14, 1889); Bear Creek,
(J. M. H., June 18, 1890); Homer, (J. M. H., June 7,
1890); Trempealeau mountain, (J. M. H., May 17,
1890); Mankato, (J. M. H., Nov. 16, 1894). Very
common in dry situations. Two Harbors, (J. H.
Sandberg, June 3, 1891).
Distichium capillaceum B. S.
On a perpendicular sand cliff, in a dense carpet,
Winona bluffs, (J. M. H.. May 14, 1890); Northern
Minnesota, (F. F. Wood, 1891. With Myurella
julacea.
i)
Or
26.
28.
29.
30.
ol.
30.
34.
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. rs
Eustichia norvegica C. MUELL. ;
Entrance to Indian inscription cave below Lamoifie
(J. M. H., Oct. 30, 1893 and August, 1894). Also
found around Trempealeau mountain, but in each —
case only sterile.
Seligeria pusilla B.S.
Bear Creek, (J. MU. H., May, 1890).
Blindia acuta B. S.
Northern Minnesota, (F. F. Wood, 1891).
Didymodon cylindricus B. S.
St. Croix Falls, (J. M. H., July 10, 1890).
Since Lesquereaux and James’ Manual assigns
D. luridus to Minnesota (see p. 105), the above
plant was carefully compared with Reinsch’s speci-
mens of D. luridus in the National Herbarium, and
was excluded from the species because its leaf base is _
hyaline nearly a third up. In this respect it was
found to agree better with Schimper’s specimens of
D. cylindricus, though the leaves in the Minnesota 4
plant are shorter. ms
Leptotrichum glaucescens HamMpPE.
Winona bluffs, (J. M@. H, September, 1894).
Leptotrichum tortile C. MUELL. a
Catholic cemetery bluff (J. M. H., April 26, 1890); Osce-
ola Mills, Wis. (J. M. H., July 18, 1890).
Desmatodon obtusifolius Scu.
Winona bluffs and Laird’s spring (J. W. H., May, 1894);
Trempealeau Mountain, Wis. (J. . H., May 17, i890).
This moss is very common around Winona. It
occurs always on perpendicular shaded sand cliffs.
Its fugacious peristome, which falls almost uniformly
with the operculum, makes it a very perplexing moss
to the beginner.
SS = a
Barbula fallax Hepw.
Bluffs near Winona (J. M. H., Sept. 28, 1889).
Barbula mucronifolia B. S.
Franconia (J. M. H., July 16, 1890); Mankato (J. M. H.,
Nov. 16, 1894).
me 87.
42.
43:
a
4A.
4
me 45,
36.
Holzingey: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA. 285
Barbula ruralis Hepw.
Catholic cemetery bluff (J. MW. H., May 4, 1893).
This moss has been collected for five years in the
same locality, but has always been found sterile.
Barbula tortuosa W. and M. var dicranoides (F ERG. ).
Mrs. E. G. Britton, det.
Catholic cemetery bluff (J. WM. H., May 4, 1893).
Like the preceding, quite common in the sand on
top of the bluff, but like it only sterile
Barbula unguiculata Hepw.
Winona (J. MW. H., Sept. 21, 1889); Bear Creek (J. M. H.,,
May 10, 1890).
The most common of the Barbulas around Winona.
Grimmia ambigua SuLL.
Sand rocks on Winona bluffs (J. WZ. H., May 14, 1890).
Grimmia apocarpa HEepw.
Lime rocks near Winona (J. M. H., May 26, 1890); also
near Fountain City, Minn. (J. WM. #., June 21, 1890).
Grimmia calyptrata Hook.
St. Croix Falls (J. M. H., July 12, 1890).
Grimmia conferta FUNCK.
Catholic cemetery bluff (J. M. H., June 11, 1890).
On sand rock.
Grimmia unicolor GREv.
North shore of Lake Superior (J. H. Sandberg, June,
1891); Northern Minnesota (Ff. F. Wood, 1891).
Racomitrium fasciculare Brip.
Northern Minnesota (F. F. Wocd, 1891).
Hedwigia ciliata EHRH.
St. Croix Falls and Marine Mills (J. M. H., July, 1890);
Trempealeau Mountain (J. WM. H., May 17, 1890);
Lanesboro (J. M. H., Aug., 1894); Virginia City
(Thomas Rowley, Sept., 1893).
Coscinodon rani AUSTIN.
Catholic cemetery bluff (J. M. H., Sept., 1890).
This moss is not settled. I referred it first, doubt-
fully, to C. wrightii. Professor C. R. Barnes, after
careful comparison at Cambridge with typical material,
pronounced it C. rani. Some of it came by exchange
286
46.
47.
48.
49,
50.
dl.
52.
54.
55.
56.
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
into the hands of M. Jules Cardot, and he pronounces
it C. wrightii, finding with it also C. renauldi, his own
species! Until it is again compared with the types of
the three species of Coscinodon, for which there is no
immediate opportunity, I cannot divest myself of the
suspicion that the line may be too elonelyy drawn be-
tween these three species.
Orthotrichum affine SCHRAD.
Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891).
Orthotrichum anomalum HEDw.
Winona bluffs, on lime rocks (J. MW. H., Aug. 7, 1890).
Orthotrichum braunii Scu. As 0. strangulatum (BEAUV-)
Vermilion lake (C. R. Barnes).
Orthotrichum lescurii AUSTIN.
Winona bluffs (J. M. H., Aug. 7, 1890 and later); Bear
Creek (J. M. H., May, 1894).
This moss is found always on limestone boulders, and
is frequently mixed with Grimmia apocarpa.
Orthotrichum pumilum Sw.
Hammond’s farm, near Winona (J. UM. H., June 11,
1890).
Orthotrichum speciosum NEES.
Northern Minnesota (Ff. F. Wood, 1891).
Encalypta ciliata HEpw.
Stockton (J. M@. H., April 24, 1890); Winona (J. M. #.,
May 16, 1890, May 6, 18938); Marine Mills (J. M@. H.,
July 19, 1890); Arcola (J. M. H., July 21, 1890).
Tetraphis pellucida HEDw.
Osceola Mills on the St. Croix river (J. H. M., July 18,
1890); near Indian inscription cave, below Lamoille
(J. M. H., August, 1894).
Physcomitrium hookeri HPE.
Moist meadow, on Hamilton’s farm near Winona (J. WM.
A. sune 7, 1S90):
Physcomitrium immersum SULL.
Sandy clay bank of Mississippi river, near Winona
(J: . H., Oct., 19, 1889).
Physcomitrium pyriforme BRip.
Bear Creek (J. M. H., April 19, 1890). Fide Cardot.
ad
Se
Holzinger: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA. _ 287
Physcomitrium turbinatum (Micux.) Brrp.
Winona (J. WM. H., May 5, 1894).
58.. Funaria hygrometrica Hepw.
Beck’s farm, near Winona (J. M. H., May 29, 1890),
Very common.
§9. Bartramia oederi Scuw.
. Winona (J. UW. H., May 15, 1888); Bear Creek (J. H.,
Oct 12, 1889); Lamoille cave (J. MU. H., August, 1894).
60. Bartramia pomiformis Hepw.
a Two Harbors (J. H. Sandberg, July, 1891).
_ 61. -Philonotis fontana Brip.
Se Beck’s farm, near Winona (J. UM. H., June 6, 1890);
& Osceola, on the St. Croix river (J. M@. H., July 17,
1890); Floodwood bay, north shore of Lake Super-
ior (J. H. Sandberg, July, 1891).
; Be 62. Amblyodon dealbatus P. B. var americanus R. and C.
=, n. var ined.
a Osceola Mills, on the St. Croix river (J. M. H., July
a 17, 1890). ,
63. Aulacomnium palustre ScHWAEGR.
a Vermilion lake (C. R. Barnes).
64. Leptobryum pyriforme Scu.
a _ Franconia (J. M. H., July 16, 1890); Winona (J. . #.,
x Sept., 1889); Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct. 20, 1894).
65. Webera albicans Scu.
Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891).
a 66. Webera carnea Scu.
ae Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891. )
_- 67..~Webera elongata Scuw.
Spring near Laird’s mill, S, E.of Winona (J. M. Z.,
June, 1894).
68. Webera nutans Hepw.
. . Trempealeau, Wis. (J. M. H., June 26, 1890); Cannon
q Falls (J. H. Sandberg, July 2 and 3, 1891).
Bryum arcticum B. S.
Stockton bluffs (J. M. H., Sept. 21, 1889).
288
role
72.
74.
75.
80.
SE.
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
Bryum argenteum L.
Winona (J. MW. H., Sept. 14, 1879); Bear Creek (J. M. #.,-
Aug. 30, 1889). :
A yery common moss.
Bryum bimum SCHREB.
Catholic cemetery bluff (J. M. H., June 11, 1890);
Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891, also Two
Forks, same coll, July 9, 1891).
Bryum caespiticium L.
Bear Creek (J. M. H., April 19, 1890); Winona (J. i.
H., Sept. 14, 1889).
Bryum cirrhatum H. & H.
Beck's farm near Winona (J. M. H., May 29, 1890);
Stockton cave (J. M. H., Aug. 9, 1890).
Bryum intermedium B. S.
Homer (J. M. H., June, 1890); Winona (J. M. #., July
3, 1890); Trempealeau, Wis. (J. M. H., May 17, 1890).
Bryum ontariense KInpDB.
Bear Creek (J. M. H., Aug. 30, 1889); Thompson
(J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891).
Bryum pallescens SCHLEICH.
Bear Creek (J. M. H., Sept. 21, 1889).
Bryum pendulum Scu.
Winona bluffs (J. M@. H., May, 1890, and Nov., 1893).
Bryum torquescens B. S.
McAlister (J. MU. H., August 24, 1889).
Bryum uliginosum B. S.
Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct. 12, 1889); Stockton (J. UW.
H., April 24, 1890); Franconia and Arcola (J. M. H.,
July 16 and 21, 1890).
Mnium affine Scuw.
Bear Creek (J. MW. H., May 3, 1890).
Mnium cinelidioides Hus.
Vermilion lake (C. R&. Barnes).
Mnium cuspidatum HEepw.
Winona (J. M. H., June 5, 1889); Homer (J. Mu. He
~
June 7, 1890); Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June,
1891).
'
“
j
;
.
.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
Holzinger: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA. 289
Mnium hornum L.
Winona bluffs (J. M@. H., Apri) 1, 1894).
Mnium lycopodioides SCHWAEGR.
Northern Minnesota (/. /. Wood, 1891).
Mnium orthorhynchum B. S.
Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891).
Mnium punctatum HEpw.
Tsle Royal (J. H. Sandberg, July, 1889); Thompson
(J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891).
Mnium serratum Brib.
Winona bluffs (J. M. H., May 6, 1898).
Timmia bavarica Husst. var. cucullata (MICHX. ).
Bear Creek (J. M. H., April 28, 1894); Winona (J. 7.
H., May, 1894); Lanesboro (J. M. H., July 15, 1894).
Atrichum angustatum B. and S$.
Winona (J. M. H., June, 1889); Cannon Falls (J. H.
Sandberg, July 2, 1891).
Atrichum undulatum BEAvYy.
Bear Creek (J. M. #H., Oct. 12, 1889); Marine Mills
(J. M. H., July 20, 1890).
Pogonatum alpinum ROcHL.
Northern Minnesota (/. F. Wood, 1891).
Polytrichum commune L.
Two Harbors (J. H. Sandberg, July 16, 1891); Marsh-
land, Wis. (J. M. H., Aug. 19, 1890).
Polytrichum gracile MENz.
Two Harbors (J. H. Sandberg, July 9, 1891).
Polytrichum juniperinum WILLD.
Winona (J. M. H.,, June, 1886, and July 3, 1890); La-
moille (J. M. H., June 7, 1890).
Polytrichum piliferum SCHREB.
Trempealeau mountain, Wis. (J. WM. H., May 14,
1890) ; Lamoille (J. M. H., Aug., 1894); Rochester
(C. F. Ainslie, 1894).
Polytrichum strictum Banks.
Trempealeau Mt. (J. WM. A., May 17, 1890).
290
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
BRYINEAE PLEUROCARPAE.
97.
98.
100.
10].
104.
105.
106.
109.
110.
Fontinalis hypnoides Harr.
Forma foliis apice denticulatis Fide Cardot.
Near Lamoile cave, on an old log (J M. H., Aug.,
1894). ;
Fontinalis leseurii SULL., var. gracilescens SULL..
Vermilion lake (C. &. Barnes).
Leptodon trichomitrion Mour.
Lanesboro (J. MW. H., Aug. 1894).
Neckera oligocarpa Br. and SCH.
Vermilion lake (C. R&. Barnes).
Neckera pennata Hepw.
Carleton county (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891).
. Leucodon julaceus SuLLIv.
Winona bluffs (J. M. H., May 6 and Dec., 1894).
. Fabronia octoblepharis Scuw.
Shady ravine, near Winona (J. W. H., Sept., 1889).
Found only on one oak tree.
Thelia asprella SULLIV.
Lanesboro (J. W. H., July 24, 1894); Mankato (J. M. #.,
Nov. 16, 1894).
Myurella careyana SULLIV.
Moist shaded limestone cliff, Winona bluffs (J. M. Z.,
May 6, 1893); Bear Creek (J. UM. H., May, 1894).
Myurella julacea Scu.
Northern Minnesota (F. F. Wood, coll., 1891); with
Distichium capillacewm.
. Leskea austini SULLIV.
Winona bluffs (7. M@ H., Aug. 7, 1890).
. Leskea obscura Hepw.
Base of trees in Mississippi bottoms, Winona (J. M. Z.,
Sept., 1894).
Leskea polycarpa EuRH.
Marine Mills (J. M. H., July 20, 1890).
Anomodon attenuatus Harr.
Winona bluffs, covering lime rocks (J. MW. H.,May, 1894).
Abundant, but rarely fertile.
CO Sh irae Ree
; ”~ 4}
a o +) te
oe ee ae
ge > ma é
Aa oe cite Vere
a Pen et hey Et Sa
Nee
Loe ae
eee
1m
oe.
Ze ee eg
ats fae os Pus ee! oa be Cd = ie : ,
m aa bes ton) 2 ae? a? Tick
; ape Si Holzinger: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA. 291
-- 111. Anomodon obtusifolius Scu.
ie . * Winona bluffs, covering lime rocks like the last,
but requiring a more moist situation (J. M. #.)
Abundant, but also mostly sterile.
112. Anomodon rostratus ScuH.
Bear Creek (J. M. H, May 10, 1890); Winona bluffs
= with the last two species (J. M. H., May, 1894);
a Lanesboro (J. M. H., July 26, 1894).
2% Occurs mostly at the base of trees.
_—«:113, Platygyrium repens Scx.
a } Winona bluffs (J. MU. H., Dec., 1894); Bear Creek (J.
B U. H., Oct. 12, 1889).
114. Pylaisia intricata Scu.
i Winona (J. M. H., May, 1890); Franconia and Osceola
Ss (J. M. H., July, 1890); Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct.
ies 20, 1894); Mankato (J. M. H., Nov. 16, 1894).
—«- 115. Pylaisia velutina Scx.
oe Pokegama lake (J. H. Sandberg, July 16, 1891); North-
co ern Minn. (F. F. Wood, 1891).
116. Cylindrothecium cladorrhizans Scu.
Winona (J. M. H., June 8, 1889); Mankato (J. M. #.,
Nov. 16, 1894).
117. Cylindrothecium seductrix SULLIV.
Trempealeau Mountain (J. M. H., Nov. 11, 1893).
% 118. Climacium americanum Brip.
e Devil’s cave, Winona (J. M. H., Oct., 1894); St. Croix
a Falls (Miss E. A. Ross, July, 1891); Bear Creek (J.
me M. H., April 28, 1894); LaMoille cave J. UM. Z.,
4 August, 1894).
119. Climacium dendroides W. and M.
ea Laird’s spring, Winona (J. M. H., Aug. 16, 1889, and
Bei Oct. 6, 1894).
120. Thuidium abictinum Scu.
Winona bluffs (J. M. H., Sept., 1893).
In large cushions covering rocks in an old quarry.
P 121. Thuidium delicatulum LInpbe.
— Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct. 12, 1889); St. Croix Falls
a (Miss E. A. Ross, July 23, 1891).
136
MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES.
2, Thuidium gracile Scu.
Bear Creek (J. WM. H., May 8, 1890). 4
. Thuidium minutulum Scu.
Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct, 12, 1889).
. Thuidium pygmaeum Scu.
Bear Creek (J. UM. H., April 19, 1890.
. Brachythecium acuminatum L. and J.
Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct. 12, 1889); Winona bluffs
(J. M. H., May 4, 18938).
. Brachythecium laetum B. and S.
Bear Creek (J. M. H., Aug., 1889); Thompson (J. Z.
Sandberg, June, 1891).
. Brachythecium rutabulum Scu.
Bear Creek (J. M@. H., Oct. 12, 1889).
. Brachythecium salebrosum Scu.
Bear Creek (J. M@. H., Aug. and Oct., 1889).
. Eurhynehium hians L. and J.
Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct. 12, 1889).
As Professor Barnes remarks, this plant varies from
tne type in that the leaves are serrulate to the base.
. Eurhynchium strigosum Scu.
Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891).
. Raphidostegium jamesii L. and J.
Northern Minnesota (Ff. F. Wood, 1891).
Rhynchostegium serrulatum L. and J.
Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, July, 1891).
. Thammium alleghaniense Scu.
Winona (J. M. H., June, 1888).
. Plagiothecium denticulatum Scu.
Northern Minnesota (F. F. Wood, 1891).
. Amblystegium adnatum L. and J.
On trees and stones, Winona bluffs (J. M. H., April,
1894).
Amblystegium fluviatile Scu.
Lanesboro (J. WM. H., May, 1894).
LS eit eee
a he BS
Holzinger: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA. 293
137. Amblystegium noterophilum S. and L.
138
139
Lanesboro (J. M. H., Aug., 1894).
This very distinct species stands in L. and J. Man-
ual as a synonym of Amblystegium irriguum var. spini-
folium. Cardot, to whom I submitted it, makes it a
new variety of Amblystegium fluviatile. But the un-
equally greater size of the plant and texture of the
leaves seem to entitle this moss to specific rank. Its
remarkable occurrence, in large, dark green cushions,
on limestones covered the year around with swiftly
flowing water from a large spring, is worthy of note.
It has been collected by Geo. W. Clinton, at Caledonia,
Reo wbyc, £: Parker. at York, Pas,- by <..